International Space Station Assembly Operations Book ISS-5A · JSC-48502-5A International Space Station Assembly Operations Book ... ISS-5A FINAL August 16, 2000 ... SETTING IWIS

JSC-48502-5A

International Space StationAssembly Operations Book

ISS-5A

Mission Operations DirectorateOperations Division

FinalAugust 16, 2000

National Aeronautics andSpace Administration

Lyndon B. Johnson Space CenterHouston, Texas

United StatesSystems Operations Data File JSC-48502-5A

INTERNATIONAL SPACE STATION

ASSEMBLY OPERATIONS BOOK

ISS-5A

FINALAugust 16, 2000

APPROVED BY:

___________________________________________Mark KasingerBook Manager

_____________________________ _____________________________John A. McCullough Debbie D. Stapleton

Lead, Cargo Support Planning Chief, Cargo Integration andGroup Operations Branch

___________________________________________Jeffery L. Wilson

SODF Coordinator

ACCEPTED BY:

___________________________________________Michael T. HurtSODF Manager

This document is under the configuration control of the Systems Operations DataFile Control Board (SODFCB).

United StatesSystems Operations Data File JSC-48502-5A

16 AUG 00 ASSEMBLY OPSii

Incorporates the following:

CR:

16 AUG 00 ASSEMBLY OPSiii

INTERNATIONAL SPACE STATION

ASSEMBLY OPERATIONS BOOK - 5A

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

FINAL 16 AUG 00

Sign Off .......................... 16 AUG 00ii ..................................... 16 AUG 00iii..................................... 16 AUG 00iv .................................... 16 AUG 00v ..................................... 16 AUG 00vi .................................... 16 AUG 00vii.................................... 16 AUG 00viii ................................... 16 AUG 00ix .................................... 16 AUG 00x ..................................... 16 AUG 00xi .................................... 16 AUG 00xii.................................... 16 AUG 001 .....................................2 .....................................3 .....................................4 .....................................5 .....................................6 .....................................7 .....................................8 .....................................9 .....................................10 ...................................11 ...................................12 ...................................13 ...................................14 ...................................15 ...................................16 ...................................17 ...................................18 ...................................19 ...................................20 ...................................21 ...................................22 ...................................23 ...................................24 ...................................25 ...................................26 ...................................27 ...................................28 ...................................29 ...................................30 ...................................31 ...................................32 ...................................

33 ....................................34 ....................................35 ....................................36 ....................................37 ....................................38 ....................................39 ....................................40 ....................................41 ....................................42 ....................................43 ....................................44 ....................................45 ....................................46 ....................................47 ....................................48 ....................................49 ....................................50 ....................................51 ....................................52 ....................................53 ....................................54 ....................................55 ....................................56 ....................................57 ....................................58 ....................................59 ....................................60 ....................................61 ....................................62 ....................................63 ....................................64 ....................................65 ....................................66 ....................................67 ....................................68 ....................................69 ....................................70 ....................................71 ....................................72 ....................................73 ....................................74 ....................................75 ....................................76 ....................................

16 AUG 00 ASSEMBLY OPSiv

77 ...................................78 ...................................79 ...................................80 ...................................81 ...................................82 ...................................83 ...................................84 ...................................85 ...................................86 ...................................87 ...................................88 ...................................89 ...................................90 ...................................91 ...................................92 ...................................93 ...................................94 ...................................95 ...................................96 ...................................97 ...................................98 ...................................99 ...................................100 .................................101 .................................102 .................................103 .................................104 .................................105 .................................106 .................................107 .................................108 .................................109 .................................110 .................................111 .................................112 .................................113 .................................114 .................................115 .................................116 .................................117 .................................118 .................................119 .................................120 .................................121 .................................122 .................................123 .................................124 .................................125 .................................126 .................................127 .................................

128 ..................................129 ..................................130 ..................................131 ..................................132 ..................................133 ..................................134 ..................................135 ..................................136 ..................................137 ..................................138 ..................................139 ..................................140 ..................................141 ..................................142 ..................................143 ..................................144 ..................................145 ..................................146 ..................................147 ..................................148 ..................................149 ..................................150 ..................................151 ..................................152 ..................................153 ..................................154 ..................................155 ..................................156 ..................................157 ..................................158 ..................................159 ..................................160 ..................................161 ..................................162 ..................................163 ..................................164 ..................................165 ..................................166 ..................................167 ..................................168 ..................................169 ..................................170 ..................................171 ..................................172 ..................................173 ..................................174 ..................................175 ..................................176 ..................................177 ..................................178 ..................................

16 AUG 00 ASSEMBLY OPSv

179 .................................180 .................................181 .................................182 .................................183 .................................184 .................................185 .................................186 .................................187 .................................188 .................................189 .................................190 .................................191 .................................192 .................................193 .................................194 .................................195 .................................196 .................................197 .................................198 .................................199 .................................200 .................................201 .................................202 .................................203 .................................204 .................................205 .................................206 .................................207 .................................208 .................................209 .................................210 .................................211 .................................212 .................................213 .................................214 .................................215 .................................216 .................................217 .................................218 .................................219 .................................220 .................................221 .................................222 .................................223 .................................224 .................................225 .................................226 .................................227 .................................228 .................................229 .................................

230 ..................................231 ..................................232 ..................................233 ..................................234 ..................................235 ..................................236 ..................................237 ..................................238 ..................................239 ..................................240 ..................................241 ..................................242 ..................................243 ..................................244 ..................................245 ..................................246 ..................................247 ..................................248 ..................................249 ..................................250 ..................................251 ..................................252 ..................................253 ..................................254 ..................................255 ..................................256 ..................................257 ..................................258 ..................................259 ..................................260 ..................................261 ..................................262 ..................................263 ..................................264 ..................................265 ..................................266 ..................................267 ..................................268 ..................................269 ..................................270 ..................................271 ..................................272 ..................................273 ..................................274 ..................................275 ..................................276 ..................................277 ..................................278 ..................................279 ..................................280 ..................................

16 AUG 00 ASSEMBLY OPSvi

281 .................................282 .................................283 .................................284 .................................285 .................................286 .................................287 .................................288 .................................289 .................................290 .................................291 .................................292 .................................293 .................................294 .................................295 .................................296 .................................297 .................................298 .................................299 .................................300 .................................301 .................................302 .................................303 .................................304 .................................305 .................................306 .................................307 .................................308 .................................309 .................................310 .................................311 .................................312 .................................313 .................................314 .................................315 .................................316 .................................317 .................................318 .................................319 .................................320 .................................321 .................................322 .................................323 .................................324 .................................325 .................................326 .................................327 .................................328 .................................329 .................................330 .................................331 .................................

332 ..................................333 ..................................334 ..................................335 ..................................336 ..................................337 ..................................338 ..................................339 ..................................340 ..................................341 ..................................342 ..................................343 ..................................344 ..................................345 ..................................346 ..................................347 ..................................348 ..................................349 ..................................350 ..................................351 ..................................352 ..................................353 ..................................354 ..................................355 ..................................356 ..................................357 ..................................358 ..................................359 ..................................360 ..................................361 ..................................362 ..................................363 ..................................364 ..................................365 ..................................366 ..................................367 ..................................368 ..................................369 ..................................370 ..................................371 ..................................372 ..................................373 ..................................374 ..................................375 ..................................376 ..................................377 ..................................378 ..................................379 ..................................380 ..................................381 ..................................382 ..................................

16 AUG 00 ASSEMBLY OPSvii

383 .................................384 .................................385 .................................386 .................................387 .................................388 .................................389 .................................390 .................................391 .................................392 .................................393 .................................394 .................................395 .................................396 .................................397 .................................398 .................................399 .................................400 .................................401 .................................402 .................................403 .................................404 .................................405 .................................406 .................................407 .................................408 .................................409 .................................410 .................................411 .................................412 .................................413 .................................414 .................................415 .................................416 .................................417 .................................418 .................................419 .................................420 .................................421 .................................422 .................................423 .................................424 .................................425 .................................426 .................................427 .................................428 .................................429 .................................430 .................................431 .................................432 .................................433 .................................

434 ..................................435 ..................................436 ..................................437 ..................................438 ..................................439 ..................................440 ..................................441 ..................................442 ..................................443 ..................................444 ..................................445 ..................................446 ..................................447 ..................................448 ..................................449 ..................................450 ..................................451 ..................................452 ..................................453 ..................................454 ..................................455 ..................................456 ..................................457 ..................................458 ..................................459 ..................................460 ..................................461 ..................................462 ..................................463 ..................................464 ..................................465 ..................................466 ..................................467 ..................................468 ..................................469 ..................................470 ..................................471 ..................................472 ..................................473 ..................................474 ..................................475 ..................................476 ..................................477 ..................................478 ..................................479 ..................................480 ..................................481 ..................................482 ..................................483 ..................................484 ..................................

16 AUG 00 ASSEMBLY OPSviii

485 .................................486 .................................487 .................................488 .................................489 .................................490 .................................491 .................................492 .................................493 .................................494 .................................495 .................................496 .................................497 .................................498 .................................499 .................................500 .................................501 .................................502 .................................503 .................................504 .................................505 .................................506 .................................507 .................................508 .................................509 .................................510 .................................511 .................................512 .................................513 .................................514 .................................515 .................................516 .................................517 .................................518 .................................519 .................................520 .................................521 .................................522 .................................523 .................................524 .................................525 .................................526 .................................527 .................................528 .................................

16 AUG 00 ASSEMBLY OPSix

CONTENTS

APCU PROCEDURES .......................................................................................... 1APCU ACTIVATION.............................................................................................. 3APCU DEACTIVATION ......................................................................................... 5

DTO/DSO PROCEDURES .................................................................................... 7DTO 261 PROCEDURESIWIS ACTIVATION............................................................................................ 9IWIS CHECKOUT............................................................................................. 13IWIS DEACTIVATION....................................................................................... 21

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES ................................................................................. 23CBM OPS PROCEDURESNODE 1 FORWARD CBM PREP FOR DEMATE.............................................. 25NODE 1 FORWARD CBM DEMATE................................................................. 43NODE 1 FORWARD CBM VERIFY PREMATE STATUS.................................. 49NODE 1 FORWARD CBM FIRST STAGE CAPTURE ...................................... 51NODE 1 FORWARD CBM SECOND STAGE CAPTURE ................................. 55NODE 1 FORWARD CBM ACQUIRE NUTS..................................................... 57NODE 1 FORWARD CBM BOLT LOADING ..................................................... 59LAB FORWARD CBM PREP FOR MATE......................................................... 69LAB FORWARD CBM VERIFY PREMATE STATUS ........................................ 87LAB FORWARD CBM FIRST STAGE CAPTURE............................................. 89LAB FORWARD CBM SECOND STAGE CAPTURE........................................ 93LAB FORWARD CBM ACQUIRE NUTS........................................................... 95LAB FORWARD CBM BOLT LOADING............................................................ 97

CBCS OPS PROCEDURESNODE 1 FWD CENTERLINE BERTHING CAMERA SYSTEM REMOVAL....... 107LAB FWD CENTERLINE BERTHING CAMERA SYSTEM INSTALL ................ 109LAB FWD CENTERLINE BERTHING CAMERA REMOVAL............................. 113

VESTIBULE OPS PROCEDURESLAB PRE-INGRESS EQUIPMENT SETUP....................................................... 117NODE 1 TO LAB VESTIBULE PRESSURIZATION AND LEAK CHECK........... 121NODE 1 TO LAB VESTIBULE OUTFITTING - PART 1..................................... 127NODE 1 TO LAB VESTIBULE OUTFITTING - PART 2..................................... 145

NODE OPS PROCEDURESNODE 1 EMERGENCY LIGHT POWER SUPPLY INSTALLATION -NOD1P1 ......................................................................................................... 159NODE 1 EMERGENCY LIGHT POWER SUPPLY INSTALLATION -NOD1P4 ......................................................................................................... 163NODE 1 EMERGENCY LIGHT POWER SUPPLY INSTALLATION -NOD1D1 ......................................................................................................... 167

EVA SUPPORT OPS PROCEDURESZ1/LAB UMBILICAL CONNECTIONS PRE EVA CONFIGURATION ................ 171POWER CHANNEL 2B DEACTIVATION.......................................................... 183EETCS ACCUMULATOR QUANTITY CHECK ................................................. 185

16 AUG 00 ASSEMBLY OPSx

POWER CHANNEL 4B ACTIVATION............................................................... 189NODE 1 RECOVERY POST POWER CHANNEL 4B ACTIVATION ................. 191POWER CHANNEL 2B ACTIVATION............................................................... 193NODE 1 RECOVERY POST POWER CHANNEL 2B ACTIVATION ................. 199

LAB SETUP2.402 PORTABLE BREATHING APPARATUS (PBA) INSPECTION............... 2032.403 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER (PFE) INSPECTION....................... 205AIR TO GROUND TEMPORARY JUMPER CABLE INSTALLATION................ 207DOCKED AUDIO TO RUSSIAN AUDIO I/F JUMPER CABLEINSTALLATION .............................................................................................. 209LAB AFT NPRV REMOVAL/IMV VALVE INSTALLATION ................................ 2152.506 IMV VALVE RECONFIGURATION POST CCS ..................................... 225LAB AV #2 RACK & FWD ENDCONE LTL TO MTL RECONFIGURATION...... 227LAB FWD NPRV CHECKOUT .......................................................................... 233PPRV REMOVAL/MPEV INSTALLATION ........................................................ 235ATMOSHPHERE REVITALIZATION RACK RELOCATE LAB1O6 TOLAB1D6 .......................................................................................................... 239LAB BACTERIA/CHARCOAL FILTER R&R...................................................... 255LAB RELEASE RACK LAUNCH RESTRAINTS................................................ 259LAB FWD NPRV REMOVAL/IMV VALVE INSTALLATION............................... 269LAB SETUP ACTIVITIES CHECKLIST............................................................. 281

ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT PROCEDURES.................................................. 283C&DH PROCEDURESPCS SETUP ..................................................................................................... 285PCS DEACTIVATION ....................................................................................... 2911.104 US AND RUSSIAN C&W SYSTEM CHECKOUT ................................... 293

C&T PROCEDURESAUDIO SUBSYSTEM INITIAL ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT ....................... 299AUDIO SUBSYSTEM INITIAL VOICE LOOPS SETUP..................................... 307S-BAND INITIAL HIGH DATA RATE ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT ............. 311EARLY COMM CONFIGURATION - POST LAB............................................... 317VDS SCU INITIAL ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT ......................................... 319VDS VSU INITIAL ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT.......................................... 327VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DEACTIVATION.......................................... 337

ECLSS PROCEDURESTRANSFER ECLSS FUNCTIONS FROM N1 TO INT MDM.............................. 3411.504 IMV FAN ACTIVTION/DEACTIVATION POST CCS .............................. 3432.404 RACK FIRE INDICATOR TESTING ....................................................... 345

EPS PROCEDURES1.213 LAB UOP CHECKOUT .......................................................................... 347LAB EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING POWER UP AND ACTIVATION....... 351LAB INTERNAL LIGHTING ACTIVATION ........................................................ 353

LAB PROCEDURESLAB ACTIVATION: CRITICAL SYSTEMS........................................................ 355

16 AUG 00 ASSEMBLY OPSxi

MCS PROCEDURESCMG STARTUP................................................................................................ 375CMG CONTROL AUTHORITY TEST................................................................ 385GPS RECEIVER/PROCESSOR CHECKOUT................................................... 403

TCS PROCEDURESLAB LTA HEATER ACTIVATION...................................................................... 4071.201 LAB IFHX ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT............................................ 4094.106 EETCS LOOP A(B) RESTART............................................................... 413TCS FDIR RECONFIGURATION...................................................................... 4292.107 EETCS RADIATOR DEPLOY ................................................................ 431PMA2 HEATER ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT ............................................. 437

TRANSFER PROCEDURES ................................................................................. 439RESUPPLY TRANSFER LIST............................................................................... 441RETURN TRANSFER LIST................................................................................... 451

DEORBIT PREP PROCEDURES.......................................................................... 457PAYLOAD DEACT ................................................................................................ 459PAYLOAD REACT ................................................................................................ 461PAYLOAD ENT SW LIST/VERIF........................................................................... 463

CONTINGENCY PROCEDURES .......................................................................... 465LAB ACTIVATION PROCEDURESLAB ACTIVATION: SINGLE POWER CHANNEL (2B)/SINGLE NODE 1 MDM -N1-2................................................................................................................ 467LAB ACTIVATION: SINGLE POWER CHANNEL (4B)/SINGLE NODE 1 MDM -N1-1................................................................................................................ 477LAB SHUTDOWN DURING CRITICAL ACTIVATION....................................... 487

IATCS ACTIVATION PROCEDURESIATCS ACTIVATION WITH SINGLE NODE 1 MDM.......................................... 489IATCS SINGLE LT STARTUP........................................................................... 493IATCS SINGLE MT STRTUP............................................................................ 495IATCS DUAL LT FAILED SARTUP................................................................... 497IATCS DUAL MT FAILED STARTUP................................................................ 501MANUAL IATCS STARTUP: SINGLE LT......................................................... 507MANUAL IATCS STARTUP: SINGLE MT........................................................ 511

MALFUNCTION PROCEDURES........................................................................... 515LAB ACTIVATION PROCEDURESLAB C&C1 FAILURE DURING LAB ACTIVATION............................................ 517LAB INT-2 FAILURE DURING LAB ACTIVATION ............................................ 519LOSS OF PCS TELEMETRY DURING LAB ACTIVATION............................... 521

16 AUG 00 ASSEMBLY OPSxii

This Page Intentionally Blank

16 AUG 00

APCU PROCEDURES

APCU

1

16 AUG 00


APCU

2

APCU ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 1 page

18 JUL 005424.doc

CRT SM 200 APCU Status

1. PAYLOAD POWER VERIFICATIONR1 √PL PRI MNC tb − ON

√PL CAB − MNB√PL AUX − ON

2. SWITCH POWER VERIFICATIONSSP1 √cb APCU 1 SW PWR − cl (L12U) √cb APCU 2 SW PWR − cl

3. APCU OUTPUT RELAY CLOSING√APCU 1(2) CONV tb − bp

APCU 1(2) OUTPUT RLY − CL

4. APCU CONVERTER ONAPCU 1(2) CONV − ON

√APCU 1(2) CONV tb − gray√APCU 1(2) OUTPUT RLY tb − gray


√APCU1(2) OUT VOLTS RES LOW ≥ 122

3

16 AUG 00


4

APCU DEACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 1 page

27 JUN 005428.doc


NOTEExpect ‘S200 APCU VOLTS ’ messagewhen APCU Converters are powered off.

1. TURNING APCU CONVERTER OFFSSP1 APCU 1(2) CONV − OFF (L12U)

√APCU 1(2) CONV tb − bp√APCU 1(2) OUTPUT RLY tb − bp

2. OPENING APCU OUTPUT RELAYAPCU 1(2) OUTPUT RLY − OP

3. OPENING APCU SWITCH CIRCUIT BREAKERSSSP1 cb APCU 1 SW PWR − OP (L12U) cb APCU 2 SW PWR – OP

4. TURNING PAYLOAD PRIMARY POWER OFFR1 PL PRI MNC – OFF (tb – OFF)

5

16 AUG 00


6

16 AUG 00

DTO/DSO PROCEDURES

DTO/D

SO

7

16 AUG 00


DTO/D

SO

8

IWIS ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 4 pages

01 JUL 008520.doc

1. UNSTOWING EQUIPMENTIWIS CTB Unstow:

NCU (P/N SEG-16102890-301, SN TBD)Antenna (P/N 0060-04-005)

Parallel port data cable (P/N 0060-04-014)Hard disk card (P/N SED33105832-304)

2. SETTING IWIS IN SERVICE MODULESSC Close all applications and shut-down Windows.

Pwr − Off

Data cable _|_ NCU Parallel PortData cable _|_ SSC LPT PortAntenna _|_ NCU

Install hard disk card into SSC.Secure NCU to TBD location with antenna oriented inboard.

3. ACTIVATING IWISSSC Pwr − OnNCU Pwr − On

RSU #1 √Pwr − OnRSU #2 √Pwr − On

FGB If RSU #3 temporarily stowed behind panel, mount on exterior ofPanel 226.

RSU #3 √Pwr − On

SM If RSU #4 temporarily stowed behind panel, mount on exterior ofPanel 225.

RSU #4 √Pwr − On

4. CONFIGURING SSC TO ECP MODESSC sel ECP shortcut on Windows Desktop (computer will reboot)

5. IWIS SOFTWARE ACTIVATIONSSC sel IWIS shortcut on Windows Desktop (c:\wis\IWIS.exe)

IWIS CAD SW

6. SETTING NCU SERIAL NUMBERSSC Preferences | Misc.Settings

Misc. Settings

sel NCU S/N [X] where [X] = TBDcmd Set

9


01 JUL 008520.doc

7. SYNCHRONIZING SSC CLOCKSSC Select clock from lower right corner of MS Windows display.

Date/Time Properties

Manually adjust time to match TBD time source.

cmd OK

8. SYNCHRONIZING NCU GMT WITH SSCSSC Commands | Set / Get GMT Time

GMT.vi

NOTE1. The PC GMT display on left continually updates

to show current time.

2. The NCU GMT display on right is static anddisplays the instantaneous time when selected.

cmd Sync NCU Clock with PCcmd Get NCU Time

√NCU GMT

If NCU GMT is not within ± 1 second of PC GMT, repeat fromcmd Sync NCU Clock with PC.

cmd RETURN

9. RESETTING RSUSSC Utilities | Sys. Diagnostics & Battery

Sys. Diagnostic & Battery

sel Node ID [X] where [X] = TBDTBDTBDTBD

cmd NCU/RSU Resetcmd Confirm (response to ‘Please confirm your request…’)

Wait until data blocks in Response portion of window fill.

√Errors − None

***********************************************If Errors not ‘None ’ then perform TBD.

***********************************************

Repeat

10


01 JUL 008520.doc

cmd RETURN

10. PERFORMING HARDWARE WARMUPSSC Commands | Init. for Data Collection

Initialize Network & Acquire Data

cmd Select (blue button in upper right quadrant)sel 4a_warmupcmd Open

√ACQ Start Time toggle button Select Start TimeIf toggle button − Use Current Time

sel Select Start Timesel ACQ Start Time [XX:XX:XX]

input [XX:XX:00] (must be input no later than start GMT-12:00)record ACQ Start Time ___ : ___ : ___

cmd Execute

√Message Box

If Message Box ‘CLEAR MEMORY REMINDER ’cmd Confirm

*****************************************************************************If Message Box ‘MESSAGE …This file could not executebecause ’

‘Some subfiles are incompatible/missing ’ then perform TBD‘A data folder with same name exists ’ then perform TBD‘Insufficient time for warmup ’ then perform TBD

*****************************************************************************

√Message Box − ‘CONFIRMATION’

cmd Confirm

Wait until Status table fills with data.

√RSU Status − ‘Initialization Pending’

**************************************************************If RSU Status not ‘Initialization Pending ’ … thenperform TBD.

**************************************************************

Wait until RSU Status updates (approximately 30 seconds to 1 minute).

√RSU Status − Initialized

11


01 JUL 008520.doc

****************************************************************If RSU Status − not ‘Initialized ’ … then perform TBD.

****************************************************************

Verify number of Events − 1Verify Event 0 Start − same GMT value as input aboveVerify Event 0 To Start − = 10:00, <decrementing>

NOTE1. The 10-minute warmup will be followed by a

10-second data acquisition.

2. This data will not be downloaded from RSU.

3. There is no coordination of activities withshuttle required.

√Event 0 Remaining time on counterWhen Event 0 Remaining 00:00:00 proceed to step 11.


Sys. Diagnostic & Battery

sel Node ID [X] where [X] = TBD

cmd NCU/RSU Resetcmd Confirm (response to ‘Please confirm your request …’)


√Errors − None

****************************************************If Errors not ‘None ’ …. then perform TBD.

****************************************************

Mark the checklist for each RSU RESET completed.

RSU Number Complete

TBDTBDTBDTBD

Repeat

cmd RETURN

12

IWIS CHECKOUT(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 8 pages

21 JUL 008521.doc

1. SELECTING CALIBRATION SETTINGS FILESSC Utilities | Calibration Settings

RSU/Ch Calibration Settings

cmd Selectsel 4a_checkout.clbcmd Opencmd Make Active

If ‘Replace existing “c:\wis\cal\Active.clb”?’ message appearscmd Replace

cmd Return

2. SELECTING DATA COLLECTION COMMAND FILESSC Window | Init. for Data Collection


cmd Select (blue button in upper right quadrant)sel 4a_checkoutcmd Open

√ACQ Start Time toggle button − Select Start Time

If toggle button − Use Current Timesel Select Start Timesel ACQ Start Time [XX:XX:XX]

input [XX:XX:00] (must be input no later than start GMT-5:00)record ACQ Start Time: ___ : ___ : ___

cmd Execute

Notify ISS crew: “Data acquisition for IWIS checkout begins in 5minutes”

√Message Box

If Message Box ‘CLEAR MEMORY REMINDER ’cmd Confirm

**************************************************************************If Message Box − ‘MESSAGE …This file could not beexecuted because ’

‘Some subfiles are incompatible/missing ’ then performTBD

‘A data folder with same name exists ’ then perform TBD‘Insufficient time for warmup ’ then perform TBD

**************************************************************************

13


21 JUL 008521.doc


cmd Confirm



********************************************************If RSU Status not ‘Initialization Pending ’ ….then perform TBD

********************************************************

Wait until RSU Status updates (~30 seconds to 1 minute).


***************************************************************If RSU Status not ‘Initialized ’ …. then perform TBD

***************************************************************

Verify number of Events: 9Verify Event 0 Start − same GMT value as input aboveVerify Event 0 To Start: 03:00, <decrementing>

3. MONITORING IWIS EVENT COUNTERS

NOTE1. During the Checkout data acquisition period, there will be nine

IWIS events (designated as Event 0, Event 1, …, Event 8).

2. Data will be downloaded and saved for assessment byMCC-H.

3. Coordination of activities with orbiter is not required.

√Event 0 Remaining − <decrementing>When Remaining = 00:00, proceed.


√Event 2 Remaining − <decrementing>When Remaining = 00:00,

sel EVENT SCROLL (down arrow button)sel EVENT SCROLL (down arrow button)sel EVENT SCROLL (down arrow button)


14


21 JUL 008521.doc






√Event 8 Remaining − <decrementing>When Event 8 Remaining = 00:00, data acquisition is complete.Notify ISS crew: “Data acquisition for IWIS checkout test 1 complete”

cmd Return

4. DOWNLOAD DATA FROM RSUSSC Commands | Download Data

Download Data

sel Download Remaining Data

NOTE1. Monitor progress of download using Windows Explorer.

2. Leave IWIS software running in background.

sel Start | Programs | Windows Explorer

Download is complete when the following folders have the number of filesshown and all files have size greater than zero.

Folder NameNumberof Files

FileSize

C:\wis\data\4a_checkout\RSU1_Node_Fwd 12 > 0C:\wis\data\4a_checkout\RSU2_Node_Aft 12 > 0C:\wis\data\4a_checkout\RSU3_FGB 7 > 0C:\wis\data\4a_checkout\RSU4_SM 7 > 0

15


21 JUL 008521.doc

*****************************************************************************If download not complete and more than 3 minutes since last filewas written

- OR -If correct number of files is present, but any file has size of 0 bytes:

sel Exploring | Minimize

Window | Download Data (in IWIS software) Download Data

cmd Download Remaining Data

Use Windows Explorer to monitor progress of download asabove.

*****************************************************************************

sel Exploring | Minimizecmd RETURN (in Download Data window of IWIS software)

5. PERFORMING AUTO RANGE FUNCTIONSSC Commands | Auto Range

Auto Range

cmd Start Auto Range

Wait until display on right side of window is filled with data.

cmd Save Command File

input 4a_checkout_RR (in file input block of Save As window)

cmd Savecmd Return

6. COPYING FILES TO REMOVABLE HARD DISK CARDSSC sel Start | Programs | Windows Explorer

sel c:\wis\data\4a_checkout

copy entire contents of folder to hard disk card


Sys. Diagnostics & Battery

16


21 JUL 008521.doc

sel Node ID [X] where [X] = TBD TBD TBD TBD

cmd NCU/RSU Resetcmd Confirm (response to ‘Please confirm your request forNCU/RSU reset ’)


√Errors − None

*****************************************************************If Errors message other than ‘None ’, then peform TBD.

*****************************************************************

Mark the checklist for each RSU RESET completed.RSU Number Complete

TBDTBDTBDTBD

Repeat

cmd Return

8. SELECTING DATA COLLECTION COMMAND FILESSC Window | Init. for Data Collection


cmd Select (blue button in upper right quadrant)sel 4a_checkout_RRcmd Open

√ACQ Start Time toggle button − Select Start TimeIf toggle button − Use Current Time

sel Select Start Timesel ACQ Start Time [XX:XX:XX]

input [XX:XX:00] (current GMT plus at least 5 minutes)record ACQ Start Time: ___ : ___ : ___

cmd Execute

Notify ISS crew: “Data acquisition for IWIS checkout begins in 5minutes.”

17


21 JUL 008521.doc

√Message Box

If Message Box ‘CLEAR MEMORY REMINDER’cmd Confirm

*****************************************************************************If Message Box ‘MESSAGE …’

‘Some subfiles are incompatible/missing ’ then perform TBD‘A data folder with same name exists ’ then perform TBD‘Insufficient time for warmup ’ then perform TBD

*****************************************************************************


cmd Confirm



***************************************************************If RSU Status not ‘Initialization Pending ’ …. thenperform TBD

***************************************************************

Wait until RSU Status updates (~30 seconds to 1 minute)


******************************************************************If RSU Status not ‘Initialized ’ …. then perform TBD

******************************************************************

Verify number of Events: 9Verify Event 0 Start − same GMT value as input aboveVerify Event 0 To Start: 03:00, <decrementing>

cmd RETURN

9. MONITORING IWIS EVENT COUNTERS

NOTE1. During the Checkout data acquisition period, there will be nine

IWIS events (designated as Event 0, Event 1, …, Event 8)

2. This data will be downloaded and saved for assessment byMCC-H.

3. Coordination of activities with orbiter is not required.

18


21 JUL 008521.doc











√Event 8 Remaining − <decrementing>When Event 8 Remaining = 00:00, data acquisition is complete.Notify ISS crew: “Data acquisition for IWIS checkout test 2 complete”

cmd RETURN

10. DOWNLOADING DATA FROM RSUSSC Commands | Download Data

Download Data

sel Download Remaining Data

NOTE1. Monitor progress of download using Windows Explorer.

2. Leave IWIS software running in background.

sel Start | Programs | Windows Explorer

Download is complete when the following folders have the number of filesshown and all files have size greater than zero:

19


21 JUL 008521.doc

Folder NameNumberof Files

FileSize

C:\wis\data\4a_checkout_RR\RSU1_Node_Fwd 12 > 0C:\wis\data\4a_checkout_RR\RSU2_Node_Aft 12 > 0C:\wis\data\4a_checkout_RR\RSU3_FGB 7 > 0C:\wis\data\4a_checkout_RR\RSU4_SM 7 > 0

**********************************************************************************If download not complete and more than 3 minutes since last file waswritten

- OR -If correct number of files is present, but any file has size of 0 bytes:

sel Exploring | Minimize

Window | Download Data (in IWIS software) Download Data

cmd Download Remaining Data

Use Windows Explorer to monitor progress of download as above.**********************************************************************************

sel Exploring | Minimizecmd RETURN (in Download Data window of IWIS software)

11. COPYING DATA FILES TO REMOVABLE HARD DISK CARDSSC sel Start | Programs | Windows Explorer

sel c:\wis\data\4a_checkout_RR

Copy entire contents of folder to hard disk card.


Sys. Diagnostics & Battery

sel Node ID [X] where [X] = TBD TBD TBD TBD

cmd NCU/RSU Resetcmd Confirm (response to ‘Please confirm your request for NCU/RSUReset ’)


√Errors − None

******************************************************************If Errors message other than ‘None ’, then perform TBD.

******************************************************************

Repeat

cmd RETURN

20

IWIS DEACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 1 page

18 JUL 007018.doc

1. COPY ALL IWIS FILES TO REMOVABLE HARD DISK CARDSSC sel Start | Programs | Windows Explorer

sel c:\wisCopy entire contents of folder to hard disk card.

2. SHUTDOWN IWIS SOFTWARESSC File | Exit

3. CONFIGURE SSC TO BI-DIRECTIONAL MODESSC sel ECP shortcut on Windows Desktop (computer will reboot)

4. IWIS DATA ARCHIVESSC Pwr — off

Remove hard disk card from SSCPwr — on

Label hard disk card ‘Flight 4A, DTO-261, IWIS Data’.Transfer hard disk card to orbiter and stow for return.

5. IWIS HARDWARE DEACTIVATION AND STOWAGENCU Pwr — off

Data cable _|_ PGSC LPT portData cable _|_ NCU parallel portAntenna _|_ NCU

If IWIS SHUTDOWN follows IWIS CHECKOUTTemporarily stow NCU, antenna, data cable.Stow RSU #3 behind panel 226 in FGBStow RSU #4 behind panel 234 in SM

If IWIS SHUTDOWN follows completion of TEST1/TEST2 OPSRSU #1 Pwr — offRSU #2 Pwr — offRSU #3 Pwr — offRSU #4 Pwr — offStow NCU, antenna, data cable in IWIS CTB.

If RSUs are to be stowedStrain gage cable _|_ RSU portAccelerometer cable _|_ RSU portStow RSUs in IWIS CTBCoil accelerometer cablesCoil strain gage cables

21

16 AUG 00


22

16 AUG 00

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES

ASSEMBLY

23

16 AUG 00


ASSEMBLY

24

NODE 1 FORWARD CBM PREP FOR DEMATE(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 18 pages

17 JUL 002675.doc

OBJECTIVE:Activate and check out Node 1 Forward Active Common Berthing Mechanism(ACBM) prior to demate of PMA-2.

LOCATION:NOD1/AFD EPCS

DURATION:1 hour

REFERENCED PROCEDURE(S):None

NOTE1. Step titles followed by the notation “(AOS/HD)” indicate that

AOS during the execution of that step is highly desired. Ifcommunication will be regained within 10 minutes of reachingsuch a step, wait until AOS to perform.

2. For any off-nominal steps or for any attention symbols thatappear, refer to {NODE 1 CBM PREP FOR DEMATEMALFUNCTION} (SODF: ASSY MAL: MALFUNCTION: CBM).

1. VERIFYING RPCM STATUSPCS Node 1: S&M

Node 1: S&M

sel Forward CBM

Node 1 Forward CBM Display

sel RPCM N13B C

RPCM_N13B_C

√Integ Counter incrementing


sel RPCM N14B A

RPCM_N14B_A


2. VERIFYING DATA CONFIGURATION

Node 1 Forward CBM Display‘Functional CBM Representation (External View)’

25


17 JUL 002675.doc

√MDM N1-2 − Primary√MDM N1-1 − Secondary

Record Active CB-GNC-N1-1 Bus Channel: Record Active CB-GNC-N1-2 Bus Channel:

3. ENABLING N13B C RPCS

NOTEDo not close RPCs during this step. This stepenables the RPCs so they can be closed later inthe procedure or following a malfunction.

Node 1 Forward CBM Display‘RPCM N13B C’

sel RPC 3

RPCM_N13B_C_RPC_03

cmd Close Cmd − Enable (Verify − Ena)


sel RPC 4

RPCM_N13B_C_RPC_04



sel RPC 5

RPCM_N13B_C_RPC_05



sel RPC 6

RPCM_N13B_C_RPC_06


26


17 JUL 002675.doc

4. ENABLING AND CLOSING N14B A RPCS (AOS/HD)

Node 1 Forward CBM Display‘RPCM N14B A’

sel RPC 2

RPCM_N14B_A_RPC_02

cmd Close Cmd − Enable (Verify − Ena)cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify − Cl)


sel RPC 3

RPCM_N14B_A_RPC_03



sel RPC 14

RPCM_N14B_A_RPC_14



sel RPC 15

RPCM_N14B_A_RPC_15


27


17 JUL 002675.doc

5. ACTIVATING FORWARD CBM CB-GNC-1 MASTER CONTROLLER

NOTENumerous (up to 20) command statuses of ‘No Broadcast’may be indicated after activation of CBM Master Controller.

Node 1 Forward CBM Display‘Commands by Task’

sel Prep for Demate

Node 1 Fwd CBM Prep for Demate‘Activate Master Controller’

cmd Activate CB-GNC-1 Master Controller ExecuteWait 20 seconds.

Node 1 Forward CBM Display‘CBM Status’

√Mode − Activated√Master − CB-GNC-1√Comm Error − no X√Master Cmd Status − Complete√485 Timeout − no X

sel Built-In Test Failures

Node_1_CBM_Active_Built_In_Test_Failures

√no X


Record Master Controller number: CPA _____

√RTL indications (four) − green

6. INITIALIZING CONTROLLER POSITIONS ZERO

NOTENumerous command statuses of ‘No Broadcast’ may be indicatedafter initial ‘Set All Positions to Zero 485 Ch B’ command.

Node 1 Fwd CBM Prep for Demate‘Initialize Controller Positions’

cmd Set All Positions to Zero 485 Ch B Execute

28


17 JUL 002675.doc


√Master Cmd Status − Complete

‘Powered Bolt Status’

√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete

‘Capture Latch Status’

√Cmd Status (four) − Complete

NOTEBuilt-In Test command may be sent up to threetimes to clear all ‘No Broadcast ’ indications.

29


17 JUL 002675.doc

*****************************************************************If any Bolt or Latch Cmd Status − No Broadcast


cmd Active BIT Execute

‘Confirmation Request‘

√Override Active BIT Command?

‘Initialize Controller Positions’

cmd Active BIT Execute(Command requires approximately 10 seconds.)




√Cmd Code (sixteen) − Built-In Test√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete


√Cmd Code (four) − Built-In Test√Cmd Status (four) − Complete


Node_1_Fwd_CBM_Active_Built_In_Test_Failures

√no X*****************************************************************

Node 1 Forward CBM Display‘Powered Bolt Status’

√Posn (sixteen): 0 rev


√Posn (four): 0 deg

30


17 JUL 002675.doc

**************************************************************If any Bolt or Latch Posn ≠ 0

Node 1 Fwd CBM Prep for Demate




‘CBM Status’



√Cmd Code (sixteen) − Reload√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete√Posn (sixteen): 0 rev


√Cmd Code (four) − Reload√Cmd Status (four) − Complete√Posn (four): 0 deg

**************************************************************

7. TESTING BOLT ACTUATORS (AOS/HD)

Node 1 Fwd CBM Prep for Demate‘Test Bolt Drive’

cmd Deberthing Bolt Checkout Execute(Command requires approximately 30 seconds.)




√Cmd Code (sixteen) − DBBoltck√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete√Posn (sixteen): 0 rev

31


17 JUL 002675.doc

8. DEACTIVATING FORWARD CBM

Node 1 Fwd CBM Prep for Demate‘Deactivate CBM’

cmd Deactivate Execute


√Mode − Deactivated√Master − None

9. OPENING N14B A RPCS


sel RPC 2

RPCM_N14B_A_RPC_02

cmd RPC Position − Open (Verify − Op)


sel RPC 3

RPCM_N14B_A_RPC_03



sel RPC 14

RPCM_N14B_A_RPC_14



sel RPC 15

RPCM_N14B_A_RPC_15


32


17 JUL 002675.doc

10. CLOSING N13B C RPCs (AOS/HD)


sel RPC 3

RPCM_N13B_C_RPC_03

cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify − Cl)


sel RPC 4

RPCM_N13B_C_RPC_04



sel RPC 5

RPCM_N13B_C_RPC_05



sel RPC 6

RPCM_N13B_C_RPC_06





sel Prep for Demate


cmd Activate CB-GNC-1 Master Controller Execute

33


17 JUL 002675.doc

Wait 20 seconds.




Node_1_CBM_Active_Built_In_Test_Failures

√no X


Record Master Controller number: CPA









34


17 JUL 002675.doc


Node 1 Fwd CBM Prep for Demate‘Deactivate CBM’




14. SWITCHING CB-GNC-1 BUS CHANNEL

Node 1 Fwd CBM Display‘Functional CBM Representation (External View)’

sel N1-1 MDM

Secondary NCS MDM Node1

sel CB-GNC-1

CB_GNC_1

sel Bus Status

CB_GNC_1_Bus_Status

√Channel Selected – A(B)

cmd Select Channel B(A) Execute

√Channel Selected – B(A)

Record Active CB-GNC-1 Bus Channel: ______

15. SWITCHING CB-GNC-2 BUS CHANNEL

Node 1 Fwd CBM Display‘Functional CBM Representation (External View)’

sel N1-2 MDM

Primary NCS MDM Node1

sel CB-GNC-2

CB_GNC_2

35


17 JUL 002675.doc

sel Bus Status

CB_GNC_2_Bus_Status




Record Active CB-GNC-2 Bus Channel: ______




sel Prep for Demate










36


17 JUL 002675.doc






18. SWITCHING RS 485 BUS TO CHANNEL A

Node 1 Fwd CBM Prep for Demate‘Change 485 Channel’

cmd Select 485 Channel A Execute


√Master Cmd Status − Complete√485 Channel − A√485 Timeout − no X


NOTENumerous Command Statuses of ‘No Broadcast’ may beindicated after initial ‘Set All Positions to Zero Ch A’ command.


cmd Set All Positions to Zero 485 Ch A Execute





37


17 JUL 002675.doc



NOTEBuilt-In Test command may be sent up to threetimes to clear all ‘No Broadcast’ indications.

*****************************************************************If any Bolt or Latch Cmd Status - No Broadcast














Node_1_Fwd_CBM_Active_Built_in_Test_Failures

√no X*****************************************************************



38


17 JUL 002675.doc













**************************************************************

20. DEPLOYING LATCH 1 TO 210 DEGREES (AOS/HD)

Node 1 Fwd CBM Prep for Demate‘Deploy Capture Latches to 210 Degrees’

cmd Deploy Latch 1 Execute

‘Confirmation Request’

√Override Deploy Command?

cmd Yes Execute(Command requires approximately 108 seconds.)


√Master Cmd Status − Failed

39


17 JUL 002675.doc


√Latch 1 Cmd Code − Deploy√Latch 1 Cmd Status − Binding√Latch 1 Posn: 200 --- 210 deg




















40


17 JUL 002675.doc












24. CLEARING BINDING COMMAND STATUSES

NOTEStop command may be issued up to fivetimes to clear binding indications.

Node 1 Fwd CBM Prep for Demate

cmd Stop Execute




√Cmd Code (sixteen) − Stop√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete


41


17 JUL 002675.doc

√Cmd Code (four) − Stop√Cmd Status (four) − Complete

25. SETTING BOLT/LATCHING START POSITIONS

Node 1 Fwd CBM Prep for Demate‘Reinitialize Controller Positions’

cmd Set Deberthing Start Posns 485 Ch A Execute







26. MOVING LATCHES TO CAPTURE POSITION

Node 1 Fwd CBM Prep for Demate‘Capture Passive CBM’

cmd Capture for Deberth Execute


√Override Capture Command?





√Cmd Status (four) − Complete√Posn (four): 11 --- 13 deg

42

NODE 1 FORWARD CBM DEMATE(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 5 pages

11 AUG 002676.doc

OBJECTIVE:Demate PMA 2 from Node 1 Forward Port using Common BerthingMechanism (CBM).

LOCATION:NOD1/AFD EPCS

DURATION:45 minutes

REFERENCED PROCEDURE(S):PMA2 DEMATE FROM NODE 1 (FDF: PDRS OPS, PMA2: NODE 1 TO Z1)PMA2 GRAPPLE (FDF: PDRS OPS, PMA2: NODE 1 TO Z1)

NOTEFor any off-nominal steps or for any attention symbols that appear,refer to {NODE 1 CBM DEMATE MALFUNCTION} (SODF: ASSYMAL: MALFUNCTION: CBM).

1. VERIFYING N13B C RPCs CLOSEDPCS Node 1: S&M

Node 1:S&M

sel Forward CBM


√RPC Position (four) − Cl

2. VERIFYING CBM STATUS


√Mode − Activated√Master − CB-GNC-2√Comm Error − no X√Master Cmd Status − Complete

3. VERIFYING PMA2 CAPTURED

Node 1 Forward CBM Display‘Capture Latch Status’

√Posn (four): 11 --- 13 deg

4. LOOSENING CBM BOLTS


43


11 AUG 002676.doc

sel Demate

Node 1 Fwd CBM Demate‘Loosen Bolts’

cmd Loosen Execute


√Override Loosen Bolts Command?

cmd Yes Execute(Command requires approximately 5 minutes.)




√Cmd Code (sixteen) − LBolt√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete√Posn (sixteen): 50.6 --- 50.8 rev√Load (sixteen): ≥ 0 kN

5. REMOVING FIRST SET OF FOUR BOLTS

Node 1 Fwd CBM Demate‘Remove Bolts’

cmd Remove First Four Execute


√Override Remove Bolts Command?

cmd Yes Execute(Command requires approximately 6.5 minutes.)




√Cmd Code (four) − RBolts√Cmd Status (four) − Complete√Posn (four): 21.4 --- 21.8 rev√Load (four): 0 kN

44


11 AUG 002676.doc

6. REMOVING SECOND SET OF FOUR BOLTS


cmd Remove Second Four Execute







√Cmd Code (eight) − RBolts√Cmd Status (eight) − Complete√Posn (eight): 21.4 --- 21.8 rev√Load (eight): 0 kN

7. REMOVING THIRD SET OF FOUR BOLTS

CAUTION1. To prevent damage to Active CBM (ACBM), free drift

(DAP:FREE for Shuttle control or thruster inhibit forSM control) is required from initiation of removal of thethird set of four CBM powered bolts until PMA2 is2 feet clear of Node 1 Forward Port.

2. SRMS should be grappled to PMA2 and brakesshould be applied prior to performing step 7.

A6U √DAP: FREE√Step 3 of PMA2 GRAPPLE (FDF: PDRS OPS, PMA2: NODE 1 TO Z1)

complete


cmd Remove Third Four Execute



45


11 AUG 002676.doc





√Cmd Code (twelve) − RBolts√Cmd Status (twelve) − Complete√Posn (twelve): 21.4 --- 21.8 rev√Load (twelve): 0 kN

8. REMOVING FINAL SET OF FOUR BOLTS


cmd Remove Last Four Execute







√Cmd Code (sixteen) − RBolts√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete√Posn (sixteen): 21.4 --- 21.8 rev√Load (sixteen): 0 kN

9. DEPLOYING CAPTURE LATCHES√Transition to SRMS Test Mode (in step 1 of PMA2 DEMATE FROM

NODE 1) (FDF: PDRS OPS, PMA2: NODE 1 TO Z1) complete

Node 1 Fwd CBM Demate‘Deploy Capture Latches’

cmd Deploy Execute

46


11 AUG 002676.doc






‘Capture Latch Status’√Cmd Code (four) − Deploy√Cmd Status (four) − Complete√Posn (four): 199 --- 200 deg

10. REINITIALIZING BOLT POSITIONS

Node 1 Forward CBM Display‘Commands by Type’

sel Prebuilt Commands

CBM Prebuilt Commands‘CBM Nonactuation Commands’

sel Set Bolt Positions

CBM Set Bolt Posn Cmds

cmd Set Bolt Posns Zero 485 Ch A Execute





NOTEForward CBM is now prepared for PMA2 DEMATE(FDF: PDRS OPS, PMA2: NODE 1 TO Z1).

47

16 AUG 00


48

NODE 1 FORWARD CBM VERIFY PREMATE STATUS(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

27 JUN 004661.doc

OBJECTIVE:Verify status of Node 1 Forward Active Common Berthing Mechanism(ACBM) prior to beginning Lab berthing operations.

LOCATION:Node 1/AFD EPCS

DURATION:5 minutes

REFERENCED PROCEDURE(S):LAB INSTALL (FDF: PDRS OPS, NOMINAL LAB OPS)

NOTEFor any off-nominal steps or for any attention symbols thatappear, refer to {NODE 1 CBM DEMATE MALFUNCTION}(SODF: ASSY MAL: MALFUNCTION: CBM).

1. PRIMARY RPCS CLOSED VERIFICATION√Step 4 of LAB INSTALL complete (FDF: PDRS OPS, NOMINAL LAB

OPS)

PCS Node 1: S&MNode 1:S&M

sel Forward CBM


√RPC Posn (four) − Cl

2. CBM STATUS VERIFICATION


√Mode − Activated√Master − CB-GNC-2√Comm Error − no X√Master Cmd Status − Complete


√Posn (four): 199 --- 200 deg



49

NODE 1 FORWARD CBM VERIFY PREMATE STATUS(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

27 JUN 004661.doc

‘Functional CBM Representation (External View)’

√RTL indications (four) − gray

50

NODE 1 FORWARD CBM FIRST STAGE CAPTURE(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 3 pages

11 JUL 004659.doc

OBJECTIVE:Perform first stage capture following translation of U.S. Lab into ready-to-latch position for berthing to Node 1 Forward Active Common BerthingMechanism (ACBM).

CBM capture latches are driven from initial position of 200° (fully deployed) toapproximately 186°.


DURATION:5 minutes


NOTE1. Step titles followed by the notation “(AOS/M)”

indicate that AOS during the execution of thatstep is mandatory. If currently LOS orexpecting LOS prior to completion of an AOS/Mstep, wait for the next AOS to perform step.

2. For any off-nominal steps or any attentionsymbols that appear, refer to {NODE 1 CBMMATE MALFUNCTION} (SODF: ASSY MAL:MALFUNCTION: CBM).

3. Step 1 is nominally performed with the SRMS inPosition Hold mode.

4. Capture sequence may be initiated with three offour RTLs closed. In this case, the latchassociated with the open RTL must be masked.

1. READY-TO-LATCH INDICATORS (RTLs) CLOSED VERIFICATION√Step 7 of LAB INSTALL complete (FDF: PDRS OPS, NOMINAL LAB

OPS)


sel Forward CBM



51


11 JUL 004659.doc

*************************************************************************If RTL X (where X = 1, 2, 3, 4) is gray after repeated attemptsto gain ready to latch indication

√MCC for go

sel Latch X

Capture Latch X Details

sel Commands

Latch_X_Cmds

cmd Mask Latch X Execute


√Latch X – Ø*************************************************************************

2. FIRST STAGE CAPTURE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to active CBM (ACBM), free drift(DAP: FREE for shuttle control or thruster inhibit for SMcontrol) is required from initiation of CBM capture latchoperation until a minimum of eight alternating bolts(every other bolt) have completed the ABolts command.SRMS shall remain grappled to U.S. Lab until such time.

A6U √DAP: FREE

PCS Node 1 Forward CBM Display‘Commands by Task’

sel Mate

Node 1 Fwd CBM Mate‘Capture Passive CBM’

cmd Capture First Stage Execute




52


11 JUL 004659.doc




√Cmd Code (four) − Capture√Cmd Status (four) − Complete√Posn (four): 185 --- 187 deg


sel Latch “X” (where X = 1, 2, 3, and 4)

Capture Latch “X” Details ‘Capture Switch’

√Open − X

53

16 AUG 00


54

NODE 1 FORWARD CBM SECOND STAGE CAPTURE(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

11 JUL 004660.doc

OBJECTIVE:Perform second stage capture following first stage capture and transition ofShuttle Remote Manipulator System (SRMS) into test mode.

Common Berthing Mechanism (CBM) capture latches are driven from initialposition of approximately 186° to approximately 12° in preparation for boltdrive.


DURATION:5 minutes


NOTE1. Step titles followed by the notation “(AOS/M)” indicate that AOS

during the execution of that step is mandatory. If currently LOSor expecting LOS prior to completion of an AOS/M step, waitfor the next AOS to perform step.

2. For any off-nominal steps or any attention symbols that appear,refer to {NODE 1 CBM MATE MALFUNCTION} (SODF: ASSYMAL: MALFUNCTION: CBM).

3. Step 1 is performed following SRMS transition to test mode.

4. Following SRMS transition to Test mode, closed RTLs mayopen due to RTL spring forces. RTL closed indication is notrequired prior to execution of Second Stage Capture command.

1. SECOND STAGE CAPTURE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to active CBM (ACBM), freedrift (DAP: FREE for shuttle control or thrusterinhibit for SM control) is required from initiation ofCBM capture latch operation until a minimum ofeight alternating bolts (every other bolt) havecompleted the ABolts command. SRMS shallremain grappled to the Lab until such time.

√Step 8 of LAB INSTALL complete (FDF: PDRS OPS, NOMINAL LABOPS)

PCS Node 1: S&MNode 1: S&M

sel Forward CBM

55

NODE 1 FORWARD CBM SECOND STAGE CAPTURE(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

11 JUL 004660.doc


sel Mate

Node 1 Fwd CBM Mate‘Capture Passive CBM’

cmd Capture Second Stage Execute








56

NODE 1 FORWARD CBM ACQUIRE NUTS(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

11 JUL 004658.doc

OBJECTIVE:Actuate powered bolts on Node 1 Forward Active Common BerthingMechanism (ACBM) to acquire nut assemblies on U.S. Lab PassiveCommon Berthing Mechanism (PCBM).

Each bolt is driven until it reaches a load of 6672 N/1500 lbf.


DURATION:15 minutes


NOTE1. Step titles followed by the notation “(AOS/M)” indicate that

AOS during the execution of that step is mandatory. Ifcurrently LOS or expecting LOS prior to completion of anAOS/M step, wait for the next AOS to perform step.

2. For any off-nominal steps or any attention symbols thatappear, refer to {NODE 1 CBM MATE MALFUNCTION}(SODF: ASSY MAL: MALFUNCTION: CBM).

3. Following successful completion of this procedure, the CBMcan sustain attitude control and EVA loads.

1. BOLTS ACQUISITION (AOS/M)

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to active CBM (ACBM), free drift (DAP:FREE for shuttle control or thruster inhibit for SM control) isrequired from initiation of CBM capture latch operation until aminimum of eight alternating bolts (every other bolt)complete the ABolts command. SRMS shall remaingrappled to U.S. Lab until such time.


sel Forward CBM


sel Mate

57

NODE 1 FORWARD CBM ACQUIRE NUTS(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

11 JUL 004658.doc

Node 1 Fwd CBM Mate‘Engage Passive CBM Nuts’

cmd Acquire Bolts Execute


√Override Acquire Bolts Command?

cmd Yes Execute(Command requires approximately 6½ minutes.)




√Cmd Code (sixteen) − ABolts√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete

58

NODE 1 FORWARD CBM BOLT LOADING(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 9 pages

11 AUG 004662.doc

OBJECTIVE:Complete mate of U.S. Lab to Node 1 Forward port using Common BerthingMechanism (CBM).


DURATION:1 hour



during the execution of that step is mandatory. If currently LOS orexpecting LOS prior to completion of an AOS/M step, wait for the nextAOS to perform step.

2. Step titles followed by the notation “(AOS/HD)” indicate that AOSduring the execution of that step is highly desired. If communicationwill be regained within 10 minutes of reaching such step, wait for AOSto perform.

3. For any off-nominal steps or any attention symbols that appear, referto {NODE 1 CBM MATE MALFUNCTION} (SODF: ASSY MAL:MALFUNCTION: CBM).

1. INITIALIZING BOLT POSITIONS ZERO

NOTEBolt positions are reloaded to zero to prevent exceeding theIbolt command turn limit.

PCS Node 1: S&MNode 1: S&M

sel Forward CBM

Node 1 Forward CBM Display‘Commands by Type’

sel Prebuilt

CBM Prebuilt Commands‘CBM Nonactuation Commands’


CBM Set Bolt Posn Cmds

59


11 AUG 004662.doc

cmd Set Bolt Positions Zero 485 Ch A Execute







2. INTERMEDIATE TORQUE FIRST STAGE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)


sel Mate

Node 1 Fwd CBM Mate‘Perform Intermediate Torque Sequence’

cmd Intermediate Bolting Stage 1 Execute


√Override Intermediate Bolting Command?





√Cmd Code (sixteen) − IBolt√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete√Load (sixteen): 0 --- 12.23 kN

60


11 AUG 004662.doc

3. INTERMEDIATE TORQUE SECOND STAGE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)










4. INTERMEDIATE TORQUE THIRD STAGE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)









61


11 AUG 004662.doc


5. INTERMEDIATE TORQUE FOURTH STAGE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)

NOTEFollowing Intermediate Torque Fourth Stage Performance(AOS/M), all 16 bolts should have preload greater than 23.35kN; otherwise, step 5 should be repeated until all 16 boltsachieve the specified preload.









√Cmd Code (sixteen) − IBolt√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete√Load (sixteen) ≥ 23.35 kN

If preload is not greater than 23.35 kN, repeat step 5.

6. INTERMEDIATE TORQUE FIFTH STAGE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)

NOTEFollowing Intermediate Torque Fifth Stage Performance(AOS/M), all 16 bolts should have preload greater than45.59 kN; otherwise, step 6 should be repeated until all 16bolts achieve the specified preload.


62


11 AUG 004662.doc










7. FINAL TORQUE SEQUENCE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)

NOTEFollowing the Final Torque Sequence Performance(AOS/M), all 16 bolts should have preload greater than84.74 kN; otherwise, step 7 should be repeated until all16 bolts achieve the specified preload.

Node 1 Fwd CBM Mate‘Perform Final Torque Sequence’

cmd Final Bolting Execute


√Override Final Bolting Command?




63


11 AUG 004662.doc


√Cmd Code (sixteen) − FBolt√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete√Load (sixteen) ≥ 84.74 kN


8. CAPTURE LATCHES CLOSURE (AOS/HD)

Node 1 Fwd CBM Mate‘Close Capture Latches’

cmd Close Execute


√Override Close Command?





√Cmd Code (four) − Close√Cmd Status (four) − Complete√Posn (four): 0 --- 2 deg

9. DEACTIVATING FORWARD CBM MASTER CONTROLLER

Node 1 Fwd CBM Mate‘Deactivate CBM’




10. N13B C RPCS OPEN/INHIBIT


64


11 AUG 004662.doc

sel RPC 3

RPCM_N13B_C_RPC_03

cmd RPC Position − Open

√RPC Position − Op

cmd Close Cmd − Inhibit

√Close Cmd − Inh


sel RPC 4

RPCM_N13B_C_RPC_04






sel RPC 5

RPCM_N13B_C_RPC_05






sel RPC 6

RPCM_N13B_C_RPC_06

65


11 AUG 004662.doc





11. SECONDARY RPCs INHIBIT


sel RPC 2

RPCM_N14B_A_RPC_02





sel RPC 3

RPCM_N14B_A_RPC_03




66


11 AUG 004662.doc


sel RPC 14

RPCM_N14B_A_RPC_14





sel RPC 15

RPCM_N14B_A_RPC_15




67

16 AUG 00


68

LAB FORWARD CBM PREP FOR MATE(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 17 pages

14 JUL 003743.doc

OBJECTIVE:Activate and check out Lab Forward Active Common Berthing Mechanism(ACBM) prior to mate of PMA2.

LOCATION:LAB/AFD EPCS

DURATION:1 hour


NOTE1. Step titles followed by the notation “(AOS/HD)” indicate that AOS

during the execution of that step is highly desired. Ifcommunication will be regained within 10 minutes of reachingsuch a step, wait until AOS to perform.

2. For any off-nominal steps or for any attention symbols thatappear, refer to {LAB CBM PREP FOR MATE MALFUNCTION}(SODF: ASSY MAL: MALFUNCTION: CBM).

1. VERIFYING RPCM STATUSPCS Lab: S&M

Lab: S&M

sel Forward CBM

Lab Forward CBM

sel RPCM LA1B B

RPCM_LA1B_B


Lab Forward CBM

sel RPCM LA2B B

RPCM_LA2B_B


2. VERIFYING DATA CONFIGURATION

Lab Forward CBM‘Functional CBM Representation (External View)’

69


14 JUL 003743.doc

Record Nomenclature of Primary MDM (INT-1 or INT-2): Record Active LB-SYS-LAB-1 Bus Channel: Record Active LB-SYS-LAB-2 Bus Channel:

3. ENABLING PRIMARY CBM RT AND RT FDIR (C&DH)PCS C&DH Summary: Primary INT MDM

Primary Int MDM

sel LB SYS LAB 1sel RT Status

LB SYS LAB 1 RT Status

cmd 24 CBM LAFWD P RT Status − Enable Execute (√Ena)

cmd 24 CBM LAFWD P RT FDIR Status − Enable FDIR Execute (√Ena)

√24 CBM LAFWD P RT Comm Failed Status − blank

4. ENABLING SECONDARY CBM RT AND RT FDIR (C&DH)

Primary Int MDM

sel LB SYS LAB 2sel RT Status

LB SYS LAB 2 RT Status

cmd 24 CBM LAFWD S RT Status − Enable Execute (√Ena)

cmd 24 CBM LAFWD S RT FDIR Status − Enable FDIR Execute (√Ena)

√24 CBM LAFWD S RT Comm Failed Status − blank

5. CLOSING LA2B B RPCS (AOS/HD)PCS Lab: S&M

Lab: S&M

sel Forward CBM

Lab Forward CBM‘RPCM LA2B B’

sel RPC 4

RPCM_LA2B_B RPC 04


Lab Forward CBM

70


14 JUL 003743.doc

‘RPCM LA2B B’

sel RPC 3

RPCM_LA2B_B_RPC_03



sel RPC 2

RPCM_LA2B_B_RPC_02



sel RPC 1

RPCM_LA2B_B_RPC_01


6. ACTIVATING FORWARD CBM LB-SYS-LAB-1 MASTER CONTROLLER


Lab Forward CBM‘Commands by Task’

sel Prep for Mate

Lab Fwd CBM Prep for Mate‘Activate Master Controller’

cmd Activate LB-SYS-LAB-1 Master Controller Execute

Wait 20 seconds.

Lab Forward CBM‘CBM Status’

71


14 JUL 003743.doc

√Mode − Activated√Master − LB-SYS-LAB-1√Comm Error − no X√Master Cmd Status − Complete√485 Timeout − no X


CBM I Active Built In Test Failures

√no X



7. SELECTING 485 CHANNEL

Lab Forward CBM‘Commands by Type’

sel Prebuilt

CBM I Prebuilt Commands

sel Set Last State

CBM I Set Last State Commands

cmd Select 485 Ch B Execute


√Master Cmd Status − Complete√485 Channel − B


NOTENumerous command statuses of ‘No Broadcast ’ may be indicatedafter initial ‘Set All Positions to Zero 485 Ch B’ command.

Lab Fwd CBM Prep for Mate‘Initialize Controller Positions’


72


14 JUL 003743.doc








************************************************************If any Bolt or Latch Cmd Status − No Broadcast















√no X************************************************************

73


14 JUL 003743.doc

Lab Forward CBM‘Powered Bolt Status’




***************************************************************If any Bolt or Latch Posn ≠ 0









***************************************************************

9. TESTING BOLT ACTUATORS (AOS/HD)

Lab Fwd CBM Prep for Mate‘Test Bolt Drive’

cmd Berthing Bolt Checkout Execute


√Override Berthing Bolt Check Command?


74


14 JUL 003743.doc




√Cmd Code (sixteen) − BBoltck√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete√Posn (sixteen): 50 --- 51 rev


Lab Fwd CBM Prep for Mate‘Deactivate CBM’




11. OPENING LA2B B RPCS


sel RPC 4

RPCM_LA2B_B_RPC_04



sel RPC 3

RPCM_LA2B_B_RPC_03



sel RPC 2

RPCM_LA2B_B_RPC_02

75


14 JUL 003743.doc



sel RPC 1

RPCM_LA2B_B_RPC_01


12. CLOSING LA1B B RPCs (AOS/HD)


sel RPC 4

RPCM_LA1B_B_RPC_04



sel RPC 3

RPCM_LA1B_B_RPC_03



sel RPC 2

RPCM_LA1B_B_RPC_02



sel RPC 1

RPCM_LA1B_B_RPC_01

cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify – Cl)

76


14 JUL 003743.doc




sel Prep for Mate



Wait 20 seconds.





√no X







Wait 10 seconds.

77


14 JUL 003743.doc






Lab Fwd CBM Prep for Mate‘Deactivate CBM’




16. SWITCHING LB-SYS-LAB-1 BUS CHANNEL

Lab Fwd CBM‘Functional CBM Representation (External View)’

sel Primary INT MDM

Primary INT MDM

sel LB SYS LAB 1sel Bus Status

LB_SYS_LAB_1_Bus_Status




Record Active LB-SYS-LAB-1 Bus Channel: _______

78


14 JUL 003743.doc

17. SWITCHING LB-SYS-LAB-2 BUS CHANNEL

Primary INT MDM

sel LB SYS LAB 2sel Bus Status

LB_SYS_LAB_2_Bus_Status




Record Active LB-SYS-LAB-2 Bus Channel: _______


NOTENumerous (up to 20) command statuses of ‘No Broadcast ’may be indicated after activation of CBM Master Controller.


sel Prep for Mate



Wait 20 seconds.





√no X

79


14 JUL 003743.doc




NOTENumerous (up to 20) command statuses of ‘No Broadcast ’may be indicated after activation of CBM Master Controller.



Wait 10 seconds.






NOTENumerous command statuses of ‘No Broadcast’ may beindicated after initial ‘Set All Positions to Zero Ch A’ command.







80


14 JUL 003743.doc




******************************************************************If any Bolt or Latch Cmd Status − No Broadcast














Node_1_Fwd_CBM_Active_Built_In_Test_Failures

√no X******************************************************************

Lab Forward CBM‘Powered Bolt Status’



81


14 JUL 003743.doc











**************************************************************

21. DEPLOYING LATCH 1 TO 210 DEGREES (AOS/HD)√MCC-H for go

Lab Fwd CBM Prep for Mate‘Deploy Capture Latches to 210 Degrees’








82


14 JUL 003743.doc





















83


14 JUL 003743.doc












25. CLEARING BINDING COMMAND STATUSES

NOTEStop command may be issued up tofive times to clear binding indications.

Lab Fwd CBM Prep for Mate

cmd Stop Execute




√Cmd Code (sixteen) − Stop√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete


84


14 JUL 003743.doc

√Cmd Code (four) − Stop√Cmd Status (four) − Complete

26. SETTING BOLT/LATCHING START POSITIONS

Lab Fwd CBM Prep for Mate‘Reinitialize Controller Positions’

cmd Set Berthing Start Posns 485 Ch A Execute







27. PREBERTHING INSPECTION OF ACTIVE CBMRefer to P/TV C/L (FDF), then:

NOTEVideo should be recorded if LOS during step 27.Downlink will be recorded if AOS with video capability.

TBD TBD

CCTV B CCTV C

Figure 1.- CCTV Configuration for Inspection Camera B, C.

√Capture latches (four) fully deployed and clear of the mating interface√Mating corridor and surface are clear of obstructions

85

16 AUG 00


86

LAB FORWARD CBM VERIFY PREMATE STATUS(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

01 JUL 004656.doc

OBJECTIVE:Verify status of Lab Forward Active Common Berthing Mechanism (ACBM)prior to beginning Lab berthing operations.


DURATION:5 minutes

REFERENCED PROCEDURE(S):PMA2 INSTALL TO LAB (FDF: PDRS OPS, PMA2: Z1 TO LAB)

NOTEFor any off-nominal steps or for any attention symbols thatappear, refer to {LAB CBM PREP FOR MATEMALFUNCTION} (SODF: ASSY MAL: MALFUNCTION:CBM).

1. PRIMARY RPCS CLOSED VERIFICATION√Step 2 of PMA2 INSTALL TO LAB complete (FDF: PDRS OPS, PMA2:

Z1 TO LAB)

PCS Lab: S&MLab:S&M

sel Forward CBM


√RPC Posn (four) − Cl

2. CBM STATUS VERIFICATION


√Mode − Activated√Master − LB-SYS-LAB-2√Comm Error − no X√Master Cmd Status − Complete





87

LAB FORWARD CBM VERIFY PREMATE STATUS(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

01 JUL 004656.doc


√RTL indications (four) − gray

88

LAB FORWARD CBM FIRST STAGE CAPTURE(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 3 pages

13 JUL 004654.doc

OBJECTIVE:Perform first stage capture following translation of PMA2 into ready-to-latchposition for berthing to Lab Forward Active Common Berthing Mechanism(ACBM).

CBM capture latches are driven from initial position of 20° (fully deployed) toapproximately 186°.


DURATION:5 minutes

REFERENCED PROCEDURE(S):PMA2 INSTALL TO LAB (FDF: PDRS OPS, PMA2: Z1 to Lab)


during the execution of that step is mandatory. If currently LOS orexpecting LOS prior to completion of an AOS/M step, wait for thenext AOS to perform step.

2. For any off-nominal steps or any attention symbols that appear,refer to to {LAB CBM MATE MALFUNCTION} (SODF: ASSY MAL:MALFUNCTION: CBM).

3. Step 1 is nominally performed with the SRMS in Position HoldMode.

4. Capture sequence may be initiated with three of four RTLs closed.In this case, the latch associated with the open RTL must bemasked.

1. READY-TO-LATCH INDICATORS (RTLs) CLOSED VERIFICATION√Step 4 of PMA2 INSTALL TO LAB complete (FDF: PDRS OPS, PMA2:

Z1 TO LAB)

PCS Lab: S&MLab: S&M

sel Forward CBM



89


13 JUL 004654.doc

*****************************************************************************If RTL X (where X = 1, 2, 3, 4) is gray after repeated attempts togain ready-to-latch indication

√MCC for GO

sel Latch X

Capture Latch X Details

sel Commands

Latch_X_Cmds

cmd Mask Latch X Execute


√Latch X – Ø*****************************************************************************

2. FIRST STAGE CAPTURE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to active CBM (ACBM), free drift (DAP: FREE forshuttle control or CMG TEA with SM thrusters inhibited for ISS control)is required from initiation of CBM capture latch operation until aminimum of eight alternating bolts (every other bolt) have completedthe ABolts command. SRMS shall remain grappled to PMA2 until suchtime.

A6U √DAP: FREE

PCS Lab Fwd CBM Mate‘Commands by Task’

sel Mate

Lab Fwd CBM Mate‘Capture Passive CBM’

cmd Capture First Stage Execute




90


13 JUL 004654.doc






sel Latch “X” (where X = 1, 2, 3, and 4)

Capture Latch “X” Details‘Capture Switch’

√Open − X

91

16 AUG 00


92

LAB FORWARD CBM SECOND STAGE CAPTURE(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

11 JUL 004655.doc

OBJECTIVE:Perform second stage capture following first stage capture and transition ofShuttle Remote Manipulator System (SRMS) into test mode.

Common Berthing Mechanism (CBM) capture latches are driven from initialposition of approximately 186° to approximately 12° in preparation for boltdrive.


DURATION:5 minutes

REFERENCED PROCEDURE(S):PMA2 INSTALL TO LAB (FDF: PDRS OPS, PMA2: Z1 TO LAB)


during the execution of that step is mandatory. If currently LOS orexpecting LOS prior to completion of an AOS/M step, wait for thenext AOS to perform step.

2. For any off-nominal steps or any attention symbols that appear,refer to {LAB CBM MATE MALFUNCTION} (SODF: ASSY MAL:MALFUNCTION: CBM).

3. Step 1 is performed following SRMS transition to test mode.

4. Following SRMS transition to Test mode, closed RTLs may opendue to RTL spring forces. RTL closed indication is not requiredprior to execution of Second Stage Capture command.

1. SECOND STAGE CAPTURE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to active CBM (ACBM), free drift (DAP: FREE forshuttle control or CMG TEA with SM thrusters inhibited for ISS control)is required from initiation of CBM capture latch operation until aminimum of eight alternating bolts (every other bolt) have completedthe ABolts command. SRMS shall remain grappled to PMA2 until suchtime.

√Step 5 of PMA2 INSTALL TO LAB complete (FDF: PDRS OPS, PMA2:Z1 TO LAB)


sel Forward CBM

93

LAB FORWARD CBM SECOND STAGE CAPTURE(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

11 JUL 004655.doc


sel Mate

Lab Fwd CBM Mate‘Capture Passive CBM’

cmd Capture Second Stage Execute








94

LAB FORWARD CBM ACQUIRE NUTS (ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

12 JUL 00 4653.doc

OBJECTIVE: Actuate powered bolts on Lab Forward Active Common Berthing Mechanism (ACBM) to acquire nut assemblies on PMA2 Passive Common Berthing Mechanism (PCBM).

Each bolt is driven until it reaches a load of 6672 N/1500 lb-f.

LOCATION: LAB/AFD EPCS

DURATION: 15 minutes

REFERENCED PROCEDURE(S): None

NOTE

1. Step titles followed by the notation “(AOS/M)” indicate that AOS during the execution of that step is mandatory. If currently LOS or expecting LOS prior to completion of an AOS/M step, wait for the next AOS to perform step.

2. For any off-nominal steps or any attention symbols that appear,

refer to {LAB CBM MATE MALFUNCTION} (SODF: ASSY MAL: MALFUNCTION: CBM ).

3. Following successful completion of this procedure, the CBM

can sustain attitude control and EVA loads. 1. BOLTS ACQUISITION (AOS/M)

CAUTION 1. To prevent damage to active CBM (ACBM), free drift (DAP:

FREE for shuttle control or CMG TEA with SM thrusters inhibited for ISS control) is required from initiation of CBM capture latch operation until a minimum of eight alternating bolts (every other bolt) complete the ABolts command. SRMS shall remain grappled to PMA2 until such time.

2. A 12-hour thermal equilibrium hold is required after completion of ABolts command. Record date and time (GMT) after verification of nominal completion of ABolts command.

PCS Lab: S&M

Lab:S&M

sel Forward CBM

95

LAB FORWARD CBM ACQUIRE NUTS (ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

12 JUL 00 4653.doc

Lab Forward CBM ‘Commands by Task’

sel Mate

Lab Fwd CBM Mate

‘Engage Passive CBM Nuts’

cmd Acquire Bolts Execute


√Override Acquire Bolts Command?

cmd Yes Execute (Command requires approximately 6 ½ minutes.)

Lab Forward CBM

‘CBM Status’



√Cmd Code (sixteen) − ABolts √Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete

Record time (GMT: dd:hh:mm)

96

LAB FORWARD CBM BOLT LOADING(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 9 pages

11 AUG 004657.doc

OBJECTIVE:Complete mate of PMA2 to Lab Forward port using Common BerthingMechanism (CBM).


DURATION:1 hour


NOTE1. Step titles followed by the notation “(AOS/M)” indicate that

AOS during the execution of that step is mandatory. Ifcurrently LOS or expecting LOS prior to completion of anAOS/M step, wait for the next AOS to perform step.

2. Step titles followed by the notation “(AOS/HD)” indicate thatAOS during the execution of that step is highly desired. Ifcommunication will be regained within 10 minutes ofreaching such step, wait for AOS to perform.

3. For any off-nominal steps or any attention symbols thatappear, refer to {LAB CBM MATE MALFUNCTION} (SODF:ASSY MAL: MALFUNCTION: CBM).

1. INITIALIZING BOLT POSITIONS ZERO

NOTEBolt positions are reloaded to zero to preventexceeding the Ibolt command turn limit.


sel Forward CBM

Lab Forward CBM‘Commands by Type’

sel Prebuilt

CBM I Prebuilt Commands‘CBM Nonactuation Commands’


CBM I Set Bolt Posn Cmds

97


11 AUG 004657.doc

cmd Set Bolt Positions Zero 485 Ch A Execute







2. INTERMEDIATE TORQUE FIRST STAGE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)


sel Mate

Lab Fwd CBM Mate‘Perform Intermediate Torque Sequence’









98


11 AUG 004657.doc

3. INTERMEDIATE TORQUE SECOND STAGE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)










4. INTERMEDIATE TORQUE THIRD STAGE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)










99


11 AUG 004657.doc

5. INTERMEDIATE TORQUE FOURTH STAGE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)

NOTEFollowing Intermediate Torque Fourth Stage Performance (AOS/M), all16 bolts should have preload greater than 23.35 kN; otherwise, step 5should be repeated until all 16 bolts achieve the specified preload.









√Cmd Code (sixteen) − IBolt√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete√Load (sixteen) ≥ 23.35 kN.


6. INTERMEDIATE TORQUE FIFTH STAGE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)

NOTEFollowing Intermediate Torque Fifth Stage Performance (AOS/M), all16 bolts should have preload greater than 45.59 kN; otherwise, step6 should be repeated until all 16 bolts achieve the specified preload.





100


11 AUG 004657.doc







7. FINAL TORQUE SEQUENCE PERFORMANCE (AOS/M)

NOTEFollowing the Final Torque Sequence Performance(AOS/M), all 16 bolts should have preload greater than84.74 kN; otherwise, step 7 should be repeated until all16 bolts achieve the specified preload.

Lab Fwd CBM Mate‘Perform Final Torque Sequence’

cmd Final Bolting Execute


√Override Final Bolting Command?





√Cmd Code (sixteen) − FBolt√Cmd Status (sixteen) − Complete√Load (sixteen) ≥ 84.74 kN.


101


11 AUG 004657.doc

8. CAPTURE LATCHES CLOSURE (AOS/HD)

Lab Fwd CBM Mate‘Close Capture Latches’

cmd Close Execute


√Override Close Command?





√Cmd Code (four) − Close√Cmd Status (four) − Complete√Posn (four): 0 --- 2 deg

9. DEACTIVATING FORWARD CBM MASTER CONTROLLER

Lab Fwd CBM Mate‘Deactivate CBM’




10. LA1B B RPCS OPEN/INHIBIT


sel RPC 4

RPCM_LA1B_B_RPC_04


102


11 AUG 004657.doc





sel RPC 3

RPCM_LA1B_B_RPC_03






sel RPC 2

RPCM_LA1B_B_RPC_02






sel RPC 1

RPCM_LA1B_B_RPC_01





103


11 AUG 004657.doc

11. SECONDARY RPCs INHIBIT


sel RPC 4

RPCM_LA2B_B_RPC_04





sel RPC 3

RPCM_LA2B_B_RPC_03





sel RPC 2

RPCM_LA2B_B_RPC_02





sel RPC 1

104


11 AUG 004657.doc

RPCM_LA2B_B_RPC_01




105

16 AUG 00


106

NODE 1 FWD CENTERLINE BERTHING CAMERA SYSTEM REMOVAL(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

11 AUG 008507.doc

OBJECTIVE:Remove, stow Centerline Berthing Camera System (CBCS) CameraAssembly following Lab berthing operations.

LOCATION:Located: Node 1 Fwd HatchStowed: √Maintenance and Assembly Tasks Supplement (MATS)

DURATION:30 minutes

PARTS:CBCS Stowage Bag

MATERIALS:None

TOOLS REQUIRED:USOS IVA TOOL KIT:Kit C:

1" Deep Socket, 3/8" DriveKit E:

Ratchet 3/8" Drive


SAFING1. √UOP power Out Switch, RESET illuminated White.

SECURE, STOW CBCS CAMERA ASSEMBLY

2. CBCS Camera Cable P1 (Orange) ←|→ J1 of CBCS Camera Assembly(Orange).

CAUTIONDo not to let camera assembly impact hatchwindow glass as doing so may damage glassanti-reflective coating

3. Temporarily Stow CBCS Camera Cable (Orange connector) on NOD1S0handrail (Velcro straps).

4. Remove CBCS Camera Assembly from NOD1 Fwd Hatch, 1/4 turnfasteners (four).

5. Temporarily Stow CBCS Camera Assembly in Camera Assembly Bagfrom CBCS Stowage Bag.

107

NODE 1 FWD CENTERLINE BERTHING CAMERA SYSTEM REMOVAL(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

11 AUG 008507.doc

6. Adjust Multi-use Bracket to temporary stow VIU, LCU to side not tointerfere with Logistic Transfers through hatchway.

7. Remove hatch standoff fittings (four) from Hatch Ring Assembly, stow inCamera Assembly Bag standoff pockets (Ratchet 3/8" Drive, 1" DeepSocket).

8. Stow Camera Assembly Bag inside CBCS Stowage Bag.

POST MAINTENANCE

9. Inform MCC-H of task complete.

10 √MATS for stowage location of CBCS Stowage Bag, stow tools,materials.

108

LAB FWD CENTERLINE BERTHING CAMERA SYSTEM INSTALL(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 3 pages

11 JUL 008508.doc

OBJECTIVE:Move Centerline Berthing Camera System (CBCS) from Node 1 ForwardHatch to U.S. Lab Forward Hatch to support PMA 2 berthing operations.

LOCATION:Installed: Node 1 Fwd Hatch, U.S. Lab Fwd HatchStowed: √Maintenance and Assembly Tasks Supplement (MATS)

DURATION:1 hour

PARTS:CBCS Stowage Bag: (P/N TBD)CBCS Camera Assembly (P/N SEG33112576-301)

MATERIALS:Velcro Straps

TOOLS REQUIRED:None


NOTEWhen mating cables, several cables will be calledout with a color in parentheses. These connectorcolors are another aid to successful mating ofcables. When mating colored cables, ensure thatthe colors on both connectors match.

SAFING1. √UOP Power Out Switch, RESET illuminated White.

RELOCATING CBCS CAMERA ASSEMBLY2. Retrieve CBCS Camera Assembly from CBCS Stowage Bag.

3. √Camera focus set to ∞ ( when looking at camera lens).

109


11 JUL 008508.doc

Figure 1.- CBCS Camera Assembly Installed in LAB Forward Hatch.

LAB Fwd 4. Mount CBCS Camera Assembly to Hatch Standoffs with camera Hatch protrusion pointing towards Deck. 1/4 turn fasteners (four).

Refer to Figure 1.

RELOCATION OF VIU, LCU5. CBCS Electronics Extension Cable P1 (Green) ←|→ J1 of LCU (Green).

6. CBCS Electronics Extension Cable P2 (Light Blue) ←|→ J2 of VIU (LightBlue).

7. Untether CBCS Camera Cable (Orange connector) from NOD1S0handrail.

8. Disconnect Multi-use Bracket with VIU, LCU from Handrail Clamp,remove Handrail Clamp, temporary stow.

LAB1S1 9. Attach Multi-use Bracket with VIU, LCU to LAB1S1 seat track.

10. CBCS Camera Cable P1 (Orange) →|← J1 of CBCS Camera Assembly(Orange).

Deck

Port

CameraProtrusion

CameraAssembly

Direction ofhatch travel

110


11 JUL 008508.doc

Figure 3.- LED Control Unit (LCU).

11. Verify LCU SettingsLCU Brightness Dial → 6LCU Mode Switch → STEADYLCU System Select Switch → SYS 1&2Refer to Figure 3.

12. Untether CBCS Electronics Extension Cable (Blue, Yellow connectors)from NOD1S0 handrail.

CAUTIONConnectors between CBCS Electronics Cable,CBCS Electronics Extension Cable (blue,yellow connectors) must remain attached toNOD1S0 handrail to ensure near hatchdisconnect capability.

12. Untether, uncoil Electronics Extension Cable.Route, secure cable along LAB1SD standoff continue to LCU, VIU(Velcro straps).

13. CBCS Electronics Extension Cable P1 (Green) →|← J1 of LCU (Green).

14. CBCS Electronics Extension Cable P2 (Light Blue) →|← J2 of VIU (LightBlue).

POST MAINTENANCE15. Inform MCC-H of task completion.

16. √MATS for stowage location of CBCS Stowage Bag, stow tools, materials.

Mode Switch System Select Switch

BrightnessDial

111

16 AUG 00


112

LAB FWD CENTERLINE BERTHING CAMERA SYSTEM REMOVAL(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 3 pages

14 JUL 008848.doc

OBJECTIVE:Remove, stow Centerline Berthing Camera System (CBCS) and all relatedavionics following completion of berthing operations.

LOCATION:Installed: LAB FWD Hatch, LAB1S1, NOD1S4Stowed: √Maintenance and Assembly Tasks Supplement (MATS)

DURATION:1 hour

PARTS:CBCS Stowage Bag

MATERIALS:None

TOOLS REQUIRED:USOS IVA Tool Kit:Kit C:

9/16" Socket, 3/8" DriveKit E:

Ratchet, 3/8" Drive


SAFING

NOD1SD4 1. √No power applied to J3, J4 for NOD1SD4 UOP.√Power Out Switch – RESET illuminated (White)√Fault/Test – dark√Test Select – DC illuminated (White)

2. CBCS Power Cable, UOP P2 ←|→ J3 of UOP.

3. Rotate down NOD1S4 Rack Volume Closeout (RVCO), PIP pins (two).

4. Ku-Band Power Supply switch OUTPUT 28V → OFF.

SECURING, STOWING CBCS CABLES

NOTEOnce cables have been completely unmated,coil using Velcro straps on cable.

NOD1S4 5. CBCS Power Cable,UOP P1 ←|→ J1 of Ku-Band Power Supply.

6. CBCS Electronics Cable P2 (Pink) ←|→ J2 of Ku-Band Power Supply.

113


14 JUL 008848.doc

7. CBCS Electronics Cable P1 (Red) ←|→ P1 of CBCS 5A Adapter Cable(Red).

CAUTIONEquipment contains parts sensitive to damage byElectrostatic Discharge (ESD). Do not touch connectorpins, sockets unless wearing a Static Wrist Tether.

8. CBCS 5A Adapter Cable P18 ←|→ J18 of ECS RFPDB.

9. RFPDB 18/Jumper P18 →|← J18 of ECS RFPDB (attached to top ofRFPDB).

10. CBCS Electronics Cable P4 (Yellow) ←|→ P4 of CBCS ElectronicsExtension Cable (Yellow).

11. CBCS Electronics Cable P3 (Blue) ←|→ P3 of CBCS ElectronicsExtension Cable (Blue).

12. NOD1S4 Rack Ground Strap ←|→ Ku-Band Power Supply groundingstrap, 1/4 turn fastener (one). (Ratchet 3/8" Drive, 9/16" Socket)

13. Release Ku Band Power Supply from Node 1 Aft truss, bungee straps(two).

Stow in CBCS Stowage Bag.

LAB FWD 14. CBCS Electronics Extension Cable P1 (Green) ←|→ J1 of LCU Hatch (Green).

15. CBCS Electronics Extension Cable P2 (Light Blue) ←|→ J2 of VIU (LightBlue).

16. CBCS Camera Cable P1 (Orange) ←|→ J1 of CBCS Camera Assembly(Orange).

17. CBCS Camera Cable P3 (Violet) ←|→ J3 of LCU (Violet).

18. CBCS Camera Cable P2 (Gold) ←|→ J2 of LCU (Gold).

19. Stow all CBCS cables in CBCS Stowage Bag.

20. Rotate up, install NOD1S4 RVCO, Pip pins (two).

REMOVING CAMERA ASSEMBLY

CAUTION

Do not to let camera assembly impact hatch window glassas doing so may damage glass anti-reflective coating.

114


14 JUL 008848.doc

21. Remove CBCS Camera Assembly from standoffs, 1/4 turn fasteners(four).

Stow in CBCS Camera Case Assembly first, then CBCS Stowage Bag.

REMOVING LED CONTROL UNIT (LCU), VIDEO INTERFACE UNIT (VIU)22. Remove LCU/VIU assembly from Multi-use Bracket.

23. Detach LCU from VIU (Velcro).Stow LCU in CBCS Stowage Bag.Temporarily stow VIU.

24. Remove Multi-use Bracket from LAB1S1 seat track.Stow multi-use Bracket in CBCS Stowage Kit Bag.


26. √MATS for stowage location of CBCS Stowage Bag, Ku-Band PowerSupply, Video Interface Unit (VIU), stow tools, materials.

115

16 AUG 00


116

LAB PRE-INGRESS EQUIPMENT SETUP(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 4 pages

12 JUL 007016.doc

OBJECTIVE:Setup equipment essential to LAB Ingress. This equipment will be used forthe Node 1 to Lab Vestibule Outfitting Procedure, Parts 1 and 2.

LOCATION:Installed: Node 1 Fwd HatchStowed: √Maintenance and Assembly Tasks Supplement (MATS)

DURATION:30 minutes

PARTS:None

TOOLS REQUIRED:None

REFERENCED PROCEDURES:None

TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT PREP FOR INGRESS1. Unstow tools, place in Equipment Bags.

Station Tools:Mini MaglitePortable FanFluid Fitting Torque Device (FFTD)USOS IVA TOOL KIT:Kit A:

10" Adjustable WrenchKit D:

5/32" Hex Head, 1/4" Drive1/4" Hex Head, 1/4" Drive

Kit E:Ratchet 1/4" Drive4" Ext 1/4" Drive1/4" to 3/8" Adapter

Kit F:3/8" Socket, 1/4" Drive7/16" Socket, 1/4" Drive7/16" Deepwell Socket, 1/4" Drive1/2" Deepwell Socket, 1/4" Drive

Kit G:(5-35 in-lb) Torque Driver,1/4" Drive(40-200 in-lb) Torque Wrench,1/4" Drive

Equivalent Shuttle Tools:FlashlightPortable FanScissorsIFM TOOL KIT:Drawer 1:

Tool Table ClothAnti-Static Wrist TetherGeneral Purpose Tape (1")

Drawer 2:10” Adjustable Wrench

Drawer 3:1/4" to 3/8" AdapterRatchet 1/4" Drive1/4" Hex Head, 3/8" Drive3/16" Hex Head, 3/8" Drive5/32" Hex Head, 3/8" Drive3/8" Socket, 1/4" Drive7/16" Socket, 1/4" Drive7/16" Deepwell Socket, 1/4" Drive1/2" Deepwell Socket, 1/4" Drive4" Extension, 1/4" DriveTorque Wrench, 1/4" Drive

117


12 JUL 007016.doc

Kit H:Scissors

Kit I:Phillips Screwdriver #1

Kit R:6", 3/16" Ball Tip Hex Head Driver, 3/8" Drive

Lid #1:Static Wrist Tether

Lid #2:Gray TapeTablecloth

Drawer 4:Phillips Screwdriver #1

No Shuttle Tool Equivalent:Fluid Fitting Torque Device(5-35 in-lb) Torque Driver, 1/4" Drive

2. Unstow materials, place in Equipment Bag.Velcro StripsMarking PenTowel

3. Unstow Vestibule Outfitting Kit (VOK) Cargo Transfer Bag.

NOTEOne Cargo Transfer Bag (Double), P/NSEG33111839, contains the contents ofthe Vestibule Outfitting Kit listed below.

12" x 12" Ziplock Bag (four) P/N 528-50000-524" x 24" Ziplock Bag (one) P/N 528-50000-8Ground Straps (two) P/N 683-13477-7LTCS Jumper Mittens (four) P/N 683-13896-3

Jumpers:

JumperName/Function

Wire HarnessReferenceDesignator

Wire HarnessAssembly

Part Number1553B, LB-A W2001 1F89687-11553B, LB-B W2002 1F89689-1

MSS Cupola Video -1, - 2 W2013 1F89709-1MSS Cupola Video -3 W2014 1F89711-1

MSS Cupola Inst. W2010 1F89703-1Analog Audio RAIU W2011 1F89705-1Audio Bus A, Video W2005 1F89693-1

Audio Bus B W2012 1F89707-1S-Band Z1 W2015 1F89825-1

RS-485 W2017 1F89827-1Power 1/4 N2, AL W2007 1F89697-1

Power 2/3 N2, MPLM, AL W2004 1F89691-1Cupola BCU, E Stop W2009 1F89701-1UHF,CVIU (N1 CAM) W2006 1F89695-1

Video (N1 CAM) W2008 1F89699-1

118


12 JUL 007016.doc

Part NumberLTL Supply (insulated) 683-13896-5LTL Return (insulated) 683-13896-6

MTL Supply 683-13870-2MTL Return 683-13870-5HTL Supply 683-13870-3HTL Return 683-13870-6IMV Supply 683-13870-14IMV Return 683-13870-15

ARS 683-13870-13Waste Water 683-13870-8

Fuel Cell Water 683-13870-7Oxygen 683-13870-10

Oxygen Recharge 683-13870-11Nitrogen 683-13870-9

Nitrogen Recharge 683-13870-12

4. Unstow parts.

Axial Port Closeout (one) P/N 683-60461-7Cargo Transfer Bag, Single (two) P/N SEG33111837-301Divider, Cargo Transfer Bag (two) P/N SEG33111841-30924" x 24" Ziplock Bag (four) P/N 528-50000-8Desiccant Bag Assy (four) P/N SDG39125390-303

Protective Caps for Powered Bolts (PBs)

Protective CapName/Function

Part Number

PB Actuator Plug (three) NATC-PPC-N-11PB Actuator Receptacle (three) NATC-RPC-N-11

PB Load Cell Plug (three) NATC-PPC-N-9PB Load Cell Receptacle (three) NATC-RPC-N-9

Protective Caps for Capture Latch Assemblies (CLAs)


Part Number

CLA Power Plug (four) NATC-PPC-N-11CLA Power Receptacle (four) NATC-RPC-N-11

CLA Sensor Plug (four) NATC-PPC-N-9CLA Sensor Receptacle (four) NATC-RPC-N-9

119


12 JUL 007016.doc

Protective Caps for Controller Panel Assemblies (CPAs)


Part Number

1553B/485 Data Plug (four) NATC-PPC-N-151553B/485 Data Receptacle (four) NATC-RPC-N-15

CPA Power Plug (eight) NATC-PPC-N-11CPA Power Receptacle (eight) NATC-RPC-N-11

Controller & 485 Plug (24) NATC-PPC-N-13Controller & 485 Receptacle (24) NATC-RPC-N-13

12" x 12" Ziplock Bag (four) P/N 528-50000-5Each 12" x 12" Ziplock Bag contains a set of protective caps for one CPA.One set is 1/4th of the CPA caps shown above.

120

NODE 1 TO LAB VESTIBULE PRESSURIZATION AND LEAK CHECK(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 6 pages

18 JUL 002681.doc

TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREDNOD1 Internal Sampling AdapterD4_G2 Fluke ScopeMeter

5-ft Vacuum Access Jumper (VAJ)

ISA/SCOPEMETER CHECKOUT1. Uncap one/ISA-VAJ port.

2. √Other ISA-VAJ port (1of 2) − CAPPED

NOTEScopemeter will be face down with respect toISA Pressure Module, if installed properly.

3. Attach Scopemeter to ISA Pressure Module.

4. √COM-COM and V-V on Scopemeter to ISA Pressure Module connection

5. While depressing yellow button, set Scopemeter readout to V (1mV =1mmHg or readout * 1,000 = mmHg).

6. Set ISA Pressure Module to mmHg.

7. Record ISA pressure: mmHg

PCS NODE 1: ECLSSNODE 1 :ECLSS

8. Record Node 1 Cab P: mmHgCalculate delta P (ISA – Node 1): mmHgIf delta P > 20 mmHg

√MCC-H for instructions

ISA/VAJ/MPEV SETUP9. √Node 1 Fwd MPEV − CLOSED

10. Uncap Node 1 Fwd MPEV.

121


18 JUL 002681.doc

Figure 1.- ISA/VAJ/MPEV Connection.

11. Connect bent end of 5' VAJ to Node Fwd MPEV.

12. Connect other end of VAJ to ISA per Figure 1 (one VAJ port remainscapped).

WARNINGFailure to secure ISA/VAJ assembly may resultin damage to equipment and/or injury to crew.

13. Secure ISA/VAJ to seat track with bungees and anchors.

122


18 JUL 002681.doc

Figure 2.- ISA Sample Valve.

ISA/VAJ CONNECTION LEAK CHECKNode 14. √ISA Sample Port valve – CLOSED Fwd Refer to Figure 2. Hatch

15. Uncap ISA Sample Port valve.

WARNINGOpening the MPEV will start the pressurizationof the vestibule and may cause a loud hissingnoise. Crew in the vicinity should don ear plugs.

16. Node 1 Fwd MPEV → OPEN

17. Wait 10 seconds.

18. Node 1 Fwd MPEV → CLOSED

19. Monitor ISA pressure for 3 minutes.If ISA delta pressure is > 2 mmHg, suspect ISA/VAJ leak.

√MCC-H for instructions >>

Open Closed

123


18 JUL 002681.doc

PARTIALLY PRESSURIZING VESTIBULE

WARNING1. Opening the ISA Sample Port Valve will start the

pressurization of the vestibule and may cause aloud hissing noise. Crew in the vicinity shoulddon ear plugs.

2. Keep clear of inlet of ISA Sample Port Valvewhen opened.

20. Node 1 Fwd MPEV → OPEN

21. ISA Sample Port valve → OPEN

22. Wait 60 seconds.Target Pressure is 260 mmHg.

23. ISA Sample Port Valve → CLOSED

GROSS LEAK CHECKISA 24. Record ISA P1: _____ mmHg

Record GMT: ____/____:____:____Report values to MCC-H.

If P1 < 260 mmHg, √MCC-H.If no comm with MCC-H, carefully cycle ISA Sample Port Valve asrequired until P is at least 200 mmHg.

25. Wait 10 minutes.

26. Record ISA P2: ____ mmHgRecord GMT: ____/____:____:____Report values to MCC-H.



29. If ∆P (P2-P3) > 20 mmHg, suspect vestibule leak.Node 1 Fwd MPEV → CLOSED


124


18 JUL 002681.doc

COMPLETING VESTIBULE PRESSURIZATION AND EQUALIZE WITH LAB

WARNINGOpening the ISA Sample Port Valve will equalize ISS with thevestibule and Lab and may cause a loud hissing noise. Crewin the vicinity should don ear plugs.

30. Record SM dP/dT, dP1: ______

31. ISA Sample Port valve → OPEN


33. Wait 5 minutes.


35. If dP3 ≥ dP2:ISA Sample Port Valve → CLOSED


36. Wait until SM dP/dT ≈ dP1.

37. ISA Sample Port valve → CLOSED


39. Record ISA P4: _____ mmHgRecord GMT: ____/____:____:____Report values to MCC-H.

40. Node 1 Fwd MPEV → CLOSED

41. Wait overnight.

FINE LEAK CHECK42. Node 1 Fwd MPEV → OPEN


44. If ∆P (P4-P5) > 20 mmHg, suspect vestibule leak.Node 1 Fwd MPEV → CLOSED


125


18 JUL 002681.doc

DETACHING AND STOWING EQUIPMENTISA 45. ISA Pressure Module → OFF

46. Scopemeter → OFFDetach from ISA Pressure Module.

47. ISA Sample Port Valve → OPEN

48. Cap ISA Sample Port Valve.

49. Detach VAJ from ISA and MPEV.

50. Cap ISA VAJ port.

51. Stow ISA Scopemeter and VAJ in location from where retrieved.

52. Node Fwd MPEV → CLOSED

126

NODE 1 TO LAB VESTIBULE OUTFITTING - PART 1(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 17 pages

11 JUL 002682.doc

OBJECTIVE:Remove CBM hardware and install ground straps and 1553 Data Jumpersessential to Flight 5A operations.

LOCATION:Installed: Node 1, LAB VestibuleStowed: √Maintenance and Assembly Tasks Supplement (MATS)

DURATION:4 hours

NOTEThis equipment was previously gathered during theLAB PRE-INGRESS EQUIPMENT SETUP (SODF:ASSY OPS: ASSEMBLY: VESTIBULE OPS).

PARTS:Protective Caps:


Part Number

Powered Bolt Actuator Plug (three) NATC-PPC-N-11Powered Bolt Actuator Receptacle (three) NATC-RPC-N-11

Powered Bolt Load Cell Plug (three) NATC-PPC-N-9Powered Bolt Load Cell Receptacle (three) NATC-RPC-N-9

Capture Latch Assy Power Plug (four) NATC-PPC-N-11Capture Latch Assy Power Receptacle (four) NATC-RPC-N-11

Capture Latch Assy Sensor Plug (four) NATC-PPC-N-9Capture Latch Assy Sensor Receptacle (four) NATC-RPC-N-9

Vestibule Outfitting Kit (VOK):

NOTEOne Cargo Transfer Bag (CTB, double), P/N SEG33111839,contains the contents of the Vestibule Outfitting Kit. TheVOK parts listed below will be used in NODE 1 TO LABVESTIBULE OUTFITTING - PART 1 (SODF: ASSY OPS:ASSEMBLY: VESTIBULE OPS).

Ground Straps (two), P/N 683-13477-724” x 24” Ziplock Bag (one), P/N 528-50000-8

127


11 JUL 002682.doc

Jumpers:

JumperName/Function



Part Number1553B, LB-A W2001 1F89687-11553B, LB-B W2002 1F89689-1

MATERIALS:Velcro Strips

TOOLS REQUIRED:Station Tools: Equivalent Shuttle Tools:

Mini Maglite FlashlightPortable Fan Portable Fan

USOS IVA TOOL KIT: IFM TOOL KIT:Kit A: Drawer 1:

10" Adjustable Wrench Tool Table ClothKit D: Anti-Static Wrist Tether

1/4" Hex Head, 1/4" Drive Drawer 2:Kit E: 10" Adjustable Wrench

Ratchet 1/4" Drive Drawer 3:1/4" to 3/8" Adapter 3/8" Driver Handle

Kit I: 1/4" Hex Head, 3/8" DrivePhillips Screwdriver #1 3/16" Hex Head, 3/8" Drive

Kit R: Drawer 4:6", 3/16" Ball Tip Hex Head Driver, Phillips Head Screwdriver #13/8" Drive


Lid #2:Tablecloth

REFERENCED PROCEDURE(S):1.101 CBM CONTROLLER PANEL ASSEMBLY REMOVAL - GENERIC(SODF: S&M: NOMINAL: VESTIBULE)

1.102 ACBM TO PCBM GROUND STRAP INSTALLATION (SODF: S&M:NOMINAL: VESTIBULE)

OPENING HATCH1. Open Node 1 Forward Hatch per decal.

CAUTIONCare must be taken while working in the vicinity of HatchSeal to avoid rubbing, scratching, or placing any type ofdirect pressure upon Seal. Damaging Hatch Seal couldprevent Hatch from maintaining pressure when closed.

128


11 JUL 002682.doc

REMOVAL OF CBM CONTROLLER PANEL ASSEMBLIES2. For all 4 CPAs, perform {1.101 CBM CONTROLLER PANEL ASSEMBLY

REMOVAL - GENERIC}, all (SODF: S&M: NOMINAL: VESTIBULE),then:

Figure 1.- Location of Node 1 Fwd CBM Components.

(Orientation from within Node 1 looking forward.)

CPAs were removed in step 2.

Bolt 4-3(PB15)

Bolt 4-2(PB14)

Bolt 4-1(PB13)

Bolt 3-4(PB12)

Bolt 2-1(PB5)

Bolt 2-2(PB6)

Bolt 2 -3

RTL 2

RTL 4

CPA 1

CPA 2

CPA 3

CPA 4

OVERHEAD

STBDPORT

DECK

Orientation fromwithin Node 1:

CLA 1CLA 2

CLA 3

CLA 4

Bolt 1-4(PB4)

(Looking Fwd)

129


11 JUL 002682.doc

DISCONNECTING CBM POWERED BOLT CONNECTORS

NOTEThe connectors of the Powered Bolts shown in Figure 1interfere with the torquing of the Node 1 to LAB VestibuleJumpers using the FFTD. The following steps disconnectthese Powered Bolt connectors.

Figure 2.- Powered Bolt Load Cell Connector for Bolts 1-4 and 3-4.

(Passive CBM side not shown.)

Figure 3.- Powered Bolt Load Cell Connector at RTL Break for Bolts 2-1 and 4-1.


PB Load CellConnector (P3) atConnector Bracket(PB side)

PoweredBolt (PB)

Ready ToLatch (RTL)

Mating Planeof CBM

Mating PlaneOf CBM

PB Load CellConnector (P3)at ConnectorBracket(CPA side)

Jam Nut(PB side)

PoweredBolt (PB)

130


11 JUL 002682.doc

Figure 4.- Powered Bolt Load Cell and Actuator Connectors for Bolts 2-2 and 4-2.


Figure 5.- Powered Bolt Actuator Connector for Bolts 2-3 and 4-3.


CAUTIONEquipment contains parts sensitive to damageby Electrostatic Discharge (ESD).

3. Don Static Wrist Tether.Attach Clip to unpainted, unanodized metal structure.

Table 1. Disassembling Powered Bolt Connectors (refer to step 4)Powered Bolt Connectors to be

DisassembledInterferes

WithReference

FigureBolt 1-4 (PB4) Load Cell Connector (to CPA) A18 Figure 2Bolt 3-4 (PB12) Load Cell Connector (to CPA) A16 Figure 2

PoweredBolt (PB)

PB ActuatorConnector (P2)PB Load Cell

Connector (P3)at connector bracket(PB side)

PoweredBolt (PB)

PB ActuatorConnector (P2)

Mating PlaneOf CBM

Mating Planeof CBM

131


11 JUL 002682.doc

Figure 6.- Load Cell Connector Bracket (for Bolts 1-4 and 3-4).

4. Disconnect Powered Bolt Connectors for Bolts 1-4 and 3-4.Refer to Table 1 and Figures 2 and 6.Disconnect PB side of Load Cell Connector at Connector Bracket.Unfasten Jam Nut (10" Adjustable Wrench).Slide CPA side of Load Cell Connector out of connector bracket.Fasten Jam Nut back onto CPA side of Load Cell Connector (do nottighten).

Connect PB side and CPA side and secure to Connector Bracket (Velcrostrip).

Table 2. Disconnecting Powered Bolt Connectors (refer to step 5)Powered Bolt Connectors to be

DisconnectedInterferes

WithReference

FigureBolt 2-1 (PB5) Load Cell Connector (to PB) A1 Figure 3Bolt 2-2 (PB6) Load Cell Connector (to PB) A2 Figure 4Bolt 2-3 (PB7) Actuator Connector A5 Figure 5Bolt 4-1 (PB13) Load Cell Connector (to PB) A14 Figure 3Bolt 4-2 (PB14) Actuator Connector A12 Figure 4Bolt 4-3 (PB15) Actuator Connector A10 Figure 5

5. Disconnect remaining Powered Bolt Connectors.Refer to Table 2 and Figures 3, 4, and 5.Disconnect Connectors.Install protective caps (plug and receptacle caps for each connection).Secure loose Cables (Velcro).

6. Doff Static Wrist Tether.

Jam Nut

To PoweredBolt

To CPA

O-ring

ConnectorThreads

Jam NutThreads

ConnectorBracket

“CPA Side”

“PB Side”

132


11 JUL 002682.doc

REMOVAL OF LAB PCBM INTERNAL COVER

Figure 7.- PCBM Internal Cover.

7. Locate ground fasteners (two per half).To access ground fasteners, partially separate two halves of Cover bypulling Velcro apart (at center).

Refer to Figure 7.

8. Disengage ground fasteners (two per half), 1/4-turn fasteners.If required, use 1/4" Hex Head, 1/4" Drive and Ratchet 1/4" Drive.

NOTEPCBM Internal Cover is removed one half at a time.

9. Pull one half of Cover from mounting surface (Velcro).Refer to Figure 7.

10. Fold Cover in half.Temporarily stow.

OVHD

DECK

PORT STBD

Orientationfrom withinNode 1:

1/4-turn Fastener at eachGround Point (two per half)

(Beneath cover)

Velcro

(Attaches each halfto CBM Ring and toeach other)

Interconnecting GroundWires

(Beneath cover)

MPEVFeedthru

IMVFeedthru

IMVFeedthru

CBCSView Cutout

133


11 JUL 002682.doc

11. Repeat steps 9 and 10 for other half of Cover.

INSTALLATION OF ACBM TO PCBM GROUND STRAPS

NOTEAs the Ground Straps are installed, twoPCBM Alignment Guides are removed.Due to interference with several jumpers,do not re-install the Alignment Guides.

12. Perform {1.102 ACBM TO PCBM GROUND STRAP INSTALLATION}, all(SODF: S&M: NOMINAL: VESTIBULE), then:

J 3 1553B, LB-A

J 4 S-Band Z1

J 5 RS-485

J 20 Cupola BCU, E Stop

A 16 Oxygen Recharge

A 17 Nitrogen Recharge

J 14 Audio Bus B

J 13 Power 2/3 N2, MPLM, AL

MSS Cupola Inst. J 22

UHF, CVIU (N1 CAM) J 10

Video (N1 CAM) J 11

1553B, LB-B J 12

A 8 HTL Return

A 9 Waste Water

A 10 LTL Supply

A 11 IMV Return

A 12 LTL Return

J 19 MSS Cupola Video-1,-2

A 14 Fuel Cell Water

Nitrogen A 1

Oxygen A 2

MTL Supply A 3

IMV Supply A 4

MTL Return A 5

ARS A 6

MSS Cupola Video-3 J 21

Power 1/4 N2, AL J 2

Audio Bus A, Video J 1

Analog Audio RAIU J 9

HTL Supply A 18

OVERHEAD

STBDPORT

DECK


Figure 8.- LAB Aft External Bulkhead.

(Orientation from within Node 1 looking forward.)

134


11 JUL 002682.doc

INSTALLATION OF 1553 DATA JUMPERS13. Reconfigure C&DH Bus to install 1553B, LB-B Jumper (W2002).

Inhibit CB GNC 2 Auto Channel SwitchingPCS Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-2


sel CB GNC 2

CB_GNC_2

sel Bus Status

CB GNC 2 Bus Status

√Channel Selected − A

If Channel Selected − Bcmd Select Ch A


√Bus Error Counter − <not incrementing>√Auto Channel Switch Status − Inh

If Auto Channel Switch Status − Enacmd Inhibit

√Auto Channel Switch Status − Inh

Inhibit LB SYS LAB 2 Auto Channel SwitchingPCS Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-2


sel LB SYS LAB 2

LB_SYS_LAB_2

sel Bus Status

LB SYS LAB 2 Bus Status





135


11 JUL 002682.doc



Inhibit CB GNC 1 Auto Channel SwitchingPCS Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1


sel CB GNC 1

CB_GNC_1

sel Bus Status

CB GNC 1 Bus Status







Inhibit LB SYS LAB 1 Auto Channel SwitchingPCS Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1


sel LB SYS LAB 1

LB_SYS_LAB_1

sel Bus Status






136


11 JUL 002682.doc



Table 3. 1553B, LB-B JumperJumper

Name/FunctionNode 1 Fwd

BulkheadInterface

LABAft

BulkheadInterface

WireHarness

ReferenceDesignator


Part Number

1553B, LB-B J18 J12 W2002 1F89689-1

14. Remove Terminators from Node 1 Forward J18 and US Lab Aft BulkheadJ12 Nadir connection interfaces.

Remove protective caps from 1553B, LB-B Jumper Assembly (W2002).Place terminators and caps in 24" x 24" Ziplock Bag, stow in VOK CTB.Refer to Figure 8.

CAUTIONPrior to Jumper installation, inspect Jumper Connectorfor bent pins and debris. Failure to do so could resultin Jumper damage upon installation.

15. Install 1553B, LB-B Jumper Assembly (W2002).P12 →|← J12 (LAB side)P18 →|← J18 (Node side)

16. Reconfigure C&DH Bus to install 1553B, LB-A Jumper (W2001).

Switch CB GNC 2 to Channel BPCS Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-2


sel CB GNC 2

CB_GNC_2

sel Bus Status

CB GNC 2 Bus Status

√Channel Selected − B

If Channel Selected − Acmd Select Ch B



137


11 JUL 002682.doc



Switch LB SYS LAB 2 to Channel BPCS Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-2


sel LB SYS LAB 2

LB_SYS_LAB_2

sel Bus Status








Switch CB GNC 1 to Channel BPCS Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1


sel CB GNC 1

CB_GNC_1

sel Bus Status

CB GNC 1 Bus Status





138


11 JUL 002682.doc



Switch LB SYS LAB 1 to Channel BPCS Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1


sel LB SYS LAB 1

LB_SYS_LAB_1

sel Bus Status








Table 4. 1553B, LB-A JumperJumper

Name/FunctionNode 1 Fwd

BulkheadInterface

LABAft Bulkhead

Interface

WireHarness

ReferenceDesignator


Part Number

1553B, LB-A J6 J3 W2001 1F89687-1

17. Remove Terminators from Node 1 Forward J06 and US Lab Aft BulkheadJ03 Zenith connection interfaces.

Remove protective caps from 1553B, LB-A Jumper Assembly (W2001).Place terminators and caps in 24" x 24" Ziplock Bag, stow in VOK CTB.Refer to Figure 8.

CAUTIONPrior to Jumper installation, inspect Jumper Connectorfor bent pins and debris. Failure to do so could resultin Jumper damage upon installation.

139


11 JUL 002682.doc

18. Install 1553B, LB-A Jumper Assembly (W2001).P3 →|← J3 (LAB side)P6 →|← J6 (Node side)

19. Reconfigure C&DH Buses to normal configuration.

Switch CB GNC 2 to Channel A and Enable Ch SwitchingPCS Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-2


sel CB GNC 2

CB_GNC_2

sel Bus Status

CB GNC 2 Bus Status




√Bus Error Counter − <not incrementing>√Auto Channel Switch Status − Ena

If Auto Channel Switch Status − Inhcmd Enable

√Auto Channel Switch Status − Ena

Switch LB SYS LAB 2 to Channel A and Enable Ch SwitchingPCS Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-2


sel LB SYS LAB 2

LB_SYS_LAB_2

sel Bus Status





140


11 JUL 002682.doc




Switch CB GNC 1 to Channel A and Enable Ch SwitchingPCS Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1


sel CB GNC 1

CB_GNC_1

sel Bus Status

CB GNC 1 Bus Status







Switch LB SYS LAB 1 to Channel A and Enable Ch SwitchingPCS Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1


sel LB SYS LAB 1

LB_SYS_LAB_1

sel Bus Status





141


11 JUL 002682.doc




REMOVAL OF CAPTURE LATCH ASSEMBLIES20. Locate Capture Latch Assemblies (four).

Refer to Figure 1.

Figure 9.- Capture Latch Assembly (side and front views).

CAUTIONEquipment contains parts sensitive todamage by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD).

21. Don Static Wrist Tether.Attach Clip to unpainted, unanodized metal structure.

22. Power connector (P2) ←|→ CLA.Refer to Figure 9.Install protective caps (two).Secure loose cable (Velcro).

Sensor Connector (P3)

Power Connector (P2)CLA Fasteners (four)

CLA Ground Strap

(side view)

142


11 JUL 002682.doc

Figure 10.- Capture Latch Arm Restraint Clip.

(Capture Latch shown in extended or deployed position.)

23. If Capture Latch is in extended or deployed position, remove RestraintClip on Latch to allow disengagement of Capture Latch followers fromDrive Arm (Phillips Screwdriver #1).

Refer to Figure 10.

NOTEUpon removal of the CLA in the next step, the SensorConnector P3 is still mated. Due to difficulties in accessingthis Connector, it is demated after the CLA is removed.

24. Remove CLA, loosen fasteners (four), note location of ground strap(Ratchet 1/4" Drive, 1/4" to 3/8" Adapter, 6", 3/16" Ball Tip Hex HeadDriver).

Refer to Figure 9.

25. Sensor Connector (P3) ←|→ CLA.Refer to Figure 9.Install protective caps (two).Secure loose Cable (Velcro).

26. Stow CLA in Cargo Transfer Bag (CTB) for return to ground.

27. Repeat steps 22 --- 26 for remaining CLAs.

28. Doff Static Wrist Tether.

Capture Latch ArmRestraint Clip

Capture LatchFollowers

Capture LatchDrive Arm

143

16 AUG 00


144


11 AUG 002683.doc

OBJECTIVE:Install remaining vestibule jumpers essential to Flight 5A operations(conclusion of Node 1 to Lab Vestibule Outfitting).

LOCATION:Installed: Node 1, LAB VestibuleStowed: √Maintenance and Assembly Tasks Supplement (MATS)

DURATION:4 hours

PARTS:

NOTEThis equipment was previously gatheredduring the LAB PRE-INGRESSEQUIPMENT SETUP (SODF: ASSY OPS:ASSEMBLY: LAB SETUP).

Axial Port Closeout (one), P/N 683-60461-7Vestibule Outfitting Kit (VOK):

NOTEOne Cargo Transfer Bag (double), P/NSEG33111839, contains the contents ofthe Vestibule Outfitting Kit. The VOK partslisted below will be used in NODE 1 TOLAB VESTIBULE OUTFITTING - PART 2(SODF: ASSY OPS: ASSEMBLYVESTIBULE OPS).

12" x 12" Ziplock Bag (four), P/N 528-50000-524" x 24" Ziplock Bag (one), P/N 528-50000-8LTCS Jumper Mittens (four), P/N 683-13896-3

145


11 AUG 002683.doc

Jumpers:

JumperName/Function



Part NumberMSS Cupola Video -1, - 2 W2013 1F89709-1

MSS Cupola Video -3 W2014 1F89711-1MSS Cupola Inst. W2010 1F89703-1

Analog Audio RAIU W2011 1F89705-1Audio Bus A, Video W2005 1F89693-1

Audio Bus B W2012 1F89707-1S-Band Z1 W2015 1F89825-1

RS-485 W2017 1F89827-1Power 1/4 N2, AL W2007 1F89697-1

Power 2/3 N2, MPLM, AL W2004 1F89691-1Cupola BCU, E Stop W2009 1F89701-1UHF,CVIU (N1 CAM) W2006 1F89695-1

Video (N1 CAM) W2008 1F89699-1Part Number

LTCS Supply (insulated) 683-13896-5LTCS Return (insulated) 683-13896-6

MTCS Supply 683-13870-2MTCS Return 683-13870-5HTCS Supply 683-13870-3HTCS Return 683-13870-6IMV Supply 683-13870-14IMV Return 683-13870-15

ARS 683-13870-13Waste Water 683-13870-8

Fuel Cell Water 683-13870-7

MATERIALS:None

146


11 AUG 002683.doc

TOOLS REQUIRED:Equivalent Shuttle Tools:

Mini Maglite FlashlightPortable Fan Portable FanFluid Fitting Torque Device (FFTD)

USOS IVA TOOL KIT: IFM TOOL KIT:Kit E: Drawer 1:

Ratchet 1/4" Drive Tool Table Cloth1/4" to 3/8" Adapter Drawer 3:

Kit F: Ratchet 1/4" Drive7/16" Deep Socket, 1/4" Drive 1/4" to 3/8" Adapter1/2" Deep Socket, 1/4" Drive 7/16" Deep Socket,

Kit G: 1/4" Drive(5-35 in-lbs) Trq Driver, 1/2" Deep Socket, 1/4" Drive 1/4" Drive(40-200 in-lbs) Trq Wrench, Trq Wrench, 1/4" Drive 1/4" Drive

Lid #2: No Shuttle Tool Equivalent:Tablecloth Fluid Fitting Torque Device

(5-35 in-lb) Trq Driver,1/4" Drive


147


11 AUG 002683.doc

J 3 1553B, LB-A

J 4 S-Band Z1

J 5 RS-485

J 20 Cupola BCU, E Stop

A 16 Oxygen Recharge

A 17 Nitrogen Recharge

J 14 Audio Bus B

J 13 Power 2/3 N2, MPLM, AL

MSS Cupola Inst. J 22

UHF, CVIU (N1 CAM) J 10

Video (N1 CAM) J 11

1553B, LB-B J 12

A 8 HTL Return

A 9 Waste Water

A 10 LTL Supply

A 11 IMV Return

A 12 LTL Return

J 19 MSS Cupola Video-1,-2

A 14 Fuel Cell Water

Nitrogen A 1

Oxygen A 2

MTL Supply A 3

IMV Supply A 4

MTL Return A 5

ARS A 6

MSS Cupola Video-3 J 21

Power 1/4 N2, AL J 2

Audio Bus A, Video J 1

Analog Audio RAIU J 9

HTL Supply A 18

OVERHEAD

STBDPORT

DECK


Figure 1.- LAB Aft External Bulkhead.(View from inside Node 1).

148


11 AUG 002683.doc

NOTEFigures 2 and 3 and Tables 1 and 2 are used in theinstallation of all Node 1 to LAB Vestibule Fluid Jumpers.

Figure 2.- Assembly of Fluid Fitting Torque Device (FFTD).

Table 1. Assembly and Use of Fluid FittingTorque Device (FFTD) (refer to Figure 2)

Step No. Assembly Step1 Assemble FFTD with specified drive and reaction

gears.2 Spread jaws and place Reaction Gear on

Feedthrough Shaft in desired orientation.3 While turning Drive to align Drive Gear with Jumper

Nut, slide Jaws to engage Jumper Nut.4 To torque Jumper Nuts, attach (5-35 in-lbs) Trq

Driver (with 1/4" to 3/8" Adapter).-OR-

To loosen Feedthrough Caps, attach, Ratchet 1/4"Drive (with 1/4" to 3/8" Adapter).

Drive HeadAssemblyReaction Unit Assembly and

Reaction Gears

Drive Head Assembly and Drive GearsReaction Gear

(Torque Driver or Ratchettip goes here)

Right AngleDriveAssembly

DriveGear

Reaction UnitAssembly“Jaws”

1.375”

0.625”1.25”

1.0”

1.625” 0.875”

1.0”

149


11 AUG 002683.doc

Figure 3.- Fluid Jumper Installation.

Table 2. Fluid Jumper Installation (refer to Figure 3)Step No. Installation Step

1 Loosen LAB Feedthrough Cap with FFTD. (Referto Table 1.)

2 Remove LAB Feedthrough Cap by hand.3 Remove cap from LAB side of jumper by hand.

(Hold cap then twist nut.)4 Install jumper onto LAB feedthrough hand tight.5 Repeat for Node feedthrough.6 Set torque driver to specified input torque (shown

in subsequent tables).7 Torque both sides of jumper with FFTD. (Refer to

Table 1.)

JumperNut

Jumper(uncapped)

Feedthrough(uncapped)

Bulkhead

Feedthrough(capped)

150


11 AUG 002683.doc

INSTALLATION OF STARBOARD JUMPERS

CAUTIONCare must be taken while working in the vicinity ofHatch Seal to avoid rubbing, scratching, or placingany type of direct pressure upon Seal. DamagingHatch Seal could prevent Hatch from maintainingpressure when closed.

NOTE1. The regional order (Stbd, Port, Ovhd, and Deck) of

Jumper installation does not matter. For example,Stbd and Port Jumper installation can beperformed simultaneously.

2. The order of Jumper installation within the regionis important. The order shown in Tables 3 – 6 wasselected for convenience purposes due tointerference issues.

Table 3. Starboard JumpersInput

TorqueOutputTorque

FFTD Head Sizes(in.)

JumperName/

Function

Node 1Fwd

BulkheadInterface

LAB AftBulkheadInterface

Part Number

(in-lbs) (in-lbs) DriveHead

ReactionHead

Fuel CellWater

A14 A14 683-13870-7 20 330-360 1 0.625

MSS CupolaVideo -1, - 2

J12 J19 1F89709-1(W2013)

N/A N/A N/A N/A

LTCS Return A12 A12 683-13896-6 40 675-725 1.375 1LTCS Supply A10 A10 683-13896-5 40 675-725 1.375 1Waste Water A9 A9 683-13870-8 20 330-360 1 0.625HTCS Return A8 A8 683-13870-6 20 330-360 1 0.625

NOTEThe Waste Water and Fuel Cell Water Jumpers have a QuickDisconnect (QD) connector on the Node side and a GamahFitting Connector on the LAB side (which requires the FFTD).

CAUTIONPrior to avionics Jumper installation,inspect jumper connector for bent pinsand debris. Failure to do so could resultin Jumper damage upon installation.

1. Install Jumpers in order shown in Table 3. For installation of fluidJumpers, refer to Tables 1 and 2.

151


11 AUG 002683.doc

INSTALLATION OF IMV RETURN DUCT2. Loosen V-Band Clamp and remove IMV Cap from Node Starboard (A11)

IMV Flange (Ratchet 1/4", 7/16" Deep Socket).Refer to Figure 1.Place IMV Cap in 12" x 12" Ziplock Bag and stow in VOK Cargo TransferBag.

3. Loosen V-Band Clamp and remove IMV Cap from LAB (A11) IMV Flange(Ratchet 1/4", 1/2" Deepwell Socket).

Place IMV Cap in 12" x 12" Ziplock Bag and stow in VOK Cargo TransferBag.

Figure 4.- A11 IMV Duct Installed.

4. Install (A11) IMV Return Duct by compressing Return Duct and sliding itinto place.

Orient flat side of Duct toward the CBM rings.Refer to Figure 4.

5. Secure Duct to Node 1 IMV Flange with V-Band clamp, tighten to 35 in-lbs (Ratchet 1/4", 7/16" Deep Socket, (5-35 in-lbs) Trq Driver).

6. Secure Duct to LAB IMV Flange with V-Band clamp, tighten to 135 in-lbs(Ratchet 1/4", 1/2" Deep Socket, (40-200 in-lbs) Trq Wrench).

LAB Bulkhead Node 1 Bulkhead

V-Band Clamps

IMV DuctBellows End

152


11 AUG 002683.doc

INSTALLATION OF LTCS JUMPER MITTENS

Figure 5.- LTCS Jumper Mitten.

7. Install LTCS Jumper Mittens (four) with tapered ends toward bulkhead,one at each LTCS Jumper (Velcro).

INSTALLATION OF PORT JUMPERS

Table 4. Port JumpersInput

TorqueOutputTorque


Jumper Name/Function

Node 1Fwd

BulkheadInterface


Part Number


ReactionHead

MTCS Supply A3 A3 683-13870-2

40 675-725

1.375 1

MTCS Return A5 A5 683-13870-5

40 675-725

1.375 1

AR Sample A6 A6 683-13870-13

N/A N/A N/A N/A

MSS CupolaVideo -3

J23 J21 1F89711-1(W2014)

N/A N/A N/A N/A

NOTEThe AR Sample Jumper is installed by hand. FastenAR Sample Jumper fitting to bulkhead by turning until Feedthrough Locking Tang engages theconnector cover.

Mitten

LTCSJumper

Do notleave gapas shown

153


11 AUG 002683.doc

CAUTIONPrior to avionics Jumper installation, inspect JumperConnector for bent pins and debris. Failure to do socould result in Jumper damage upon installation.

8. Install Jumpers in order shown in Table 4.For installation of Fluid Jumpers, refer to Tables 1 and 2.

INSTALLATION OF IMV SUPPLY DUCT9. Loosen V-Band Clamp and remove IMV Cap from Node Port (A4) IMV

Flange (Ratchet 1/4", 7/16" Deep Socket).Refer to Figure 1.Place IMV Cap in 12" x 12" Ziplock Bag and stow in VOK Cargo TransferBag.

10. Loosen V-Band Clamp and remove IMV Cap from LAB (A4) IMV Flange(Ratchet 1/4", 1/2" Deep Socket).

Place IMV Cap in 12" x 12" Ziplock Bag and stow in VOK Cargo TransferBag.

11. Install (A4) IMV Supply Duct by compressing Duct and sliding it intoplace.

Orient flat side of Duct toward the CBM rings.Refer to Figure 4.

12. Secure Duct to Node 1 IMV Flange with V-Band clamp, tighten to 35 in-lbs (Ratchet 1/4", 7/16" Deep Socket, (5-35 in-lbs) Trq Driver).

13. Secure Duct to LAB IMV Flange with V-Band clamp, tighten to 135 in-lbs(Ratchet 1/4", 1/2" Deep Socket, (40-200 in-lbs) Trq Wrench).

154


11 AUG 002683.doc

INSTALLATION OF OVERHEAD JUMPERS

Table 5. Overhead JumpersInput

TorqueOutputTorque


JumperName/

Function

Node 1Fwd

BulkheadInterface


Part Number


ReactionHead

Analog AudioRAIU

J1 J9 1F89705-1(W2011)

N/A N/A N/A N/A

HTCSSupply

A18 A18 683-13870-3 20 330-360 1 0.625

Audio Bus A,Video

J3 J1 1F89693-1(W2005)

N/A N/A N/A N/A

Power 1/4N2, AL

J4 J2 1F89697-1(W2007)

N/A N/A N/A N/A

S-Band Z1 J5 J4 1F89825-1(W2015)

N/A N/A N/A N/A

RS-485 J7 J5 1F89827-1(W2017)

N/A N/A N/A N/A

Cupola BCU,E Stop

J8 J20 1F89701-1(W2009)

N/A N/A N/A N/A


14. Install Jumpers in order shown in Table 5.For installation of Fluid Jumpers, refer to Tables 1 and 2.

155


11 AUG 002683.doc

INSTALLATION OF DECK JUMPERS

Table 6. Deck JumpersInput

TorqueOutputTorque


JumperName/

Function

Node 1Fwd

BulkheadInterface


Part Number


ReactionHead

Audio Bus B J15 J14 1F89707-1(W2012)

N/A N/A N/A N/A

Power 2/3N2, MPLM,

AL

J16 J13 1F89691-1(W2004)

N/A N/A N/A N/A

Video(N1 CAM)

J17 J11 1F89699-1(W2008)

N/A N/A N/A N/A

UHF,CVIU(N1 CAM)

J19 J10 1F89695-1(W2006)

N/A N/A N/A N/A

MSS CupolaInst

J20 J22 1F89703-1(W2010)

N/A N/A N/A N/A


15. Install jumpers in order shown in Table 6.

INSTALLATION OF AXIAL PORT CLOSEOUT16. Remove Axial Port Closeout from stowage.

Figure 6.- Installation of Axial Port Closeout.

ClosedHatch

Hatch Seal(for opened

hatch)

1/4 TurnFasteners

Axial PortCloseout

CBM VestibuleRegion

156


11 AUG 002683.doc

NOTEThe flexible bands in the sleeves of the Closeout areplaced along the curved portion of the hatch opening.

17. Unroll Closeout while installing over CBM Vestibule.Attach 1/4-turn fasteners, insert into mounting brackets, tighten 1/4-turnfasteners.

Refer to Figure 6.

Figure 7.- Overlapping Ends of Closeout for Final Attachment.

18. Overlap ends of Closeout, if necessary detaching 1/4-turn fasteners atend of Closeout.

Reattach 1/4-turn fasteners at end of Closeout by inserting through tabson other end of Closeout.

Press Velcro at Closeout ends together.Refer to Figure 7.

Figure 8.- D-rings for Closeout.

CAUTIONEnsure rings for 1/4 turn fasteners are flush to preventdamage to D-rings if the hatch is closed. Refer to Figure 8.

Correct Incorrect

Mounting Bracketon Hatch Ring

1/4-Turn Fasteners

157


11 AUG 002683.doc

19. Visually inspect hatch Seals for nicks, burrs, cuts, gouges, etc., thatwould impair proper seal.

20. Inform MCC-H of task completion.

158

NODE 1 EMERGENCY LIGHT POWER SUPPLY INSTALLATION - NOD1P1(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 4 pages

12 JUL 003745.doc

OBJECTIVE:Remove blank plates and install Node 1 Port Alcove Emergency Light PowerSupply (ELPS).

LOCATION:NOD1P1

DURATION:30 minutes

PARTS:None

MATERIALS:None

TOOLS REQUIRED:USOS IVA Tool Kit:Kit D:

5/32" Hex Head, 1/4" DriveKit E:

Ratchet 1/4" Drive4" Ext, 1/4" Drive

Kit F:5/16" Socket, 1/4" Drive

Kit G:(10-50 in-lbs) Trq Wrench



SAFING

WARNINGFailure to remove power can result inelectrical shock hazard.

1. OPENING AND CLOSING INHIBIT ELPS RPCsPCS Node 1: EPS: RPCM [X] where X = N14B-B RPC 2, N13B-B RPC 2

RPCM [X]

cmd RPC Position − Open (Verify − Op)cmd RPC Close Command – Inhibit (Verify – Inh)

Repeat

159


12 JUL 003745.doc

ACCESSING

Figure 1.- NOD1P1 ELPS Closeout Panel.

2. Unfasten NOD1P1-01 Closeout Panel fasteners (fourteen).Remove panel (Ratchet 1/4" Drive, 5/32" Hex Head).Refer to Figure 1.Temporarily stow.

ELPS

160


12 JUL 003745.doc

REMOVAL

Figure 2.- ELPS.


3. Don Static Wrist Tether.Secure to unpainted metal surface.

Table 1. ELPS ConnectorsWire Plug Receptacle

P418-W0136 J1P419-W0135 J2P420-W0331 J3

4. Demate connectors (three) from blank plate.Refer to Figure 2 and Table 1.

ELPS Switch

161


12 JUL 003745.doc

5. Loosen blank plate fasteners (four), remove plate (Ratchet 1/4" Drive, 4"Ext, 5/16" Socket).

Temporarily stow.

REPLACEMENT6. √ELPS Test Switch in Disable position

Remove protective caps (three), place on blank plate.

7. Install ELPS in mounting bracket.Tighten fasteners (four), torque to 32 in-lbs (Ratchet 1/4" Drive, 4" Ext,5/16" Socket, (10-50 in-lbs) Trq Wrench).

8. Mate connectors (three) to ELPS.Refer to Figure 2 and Table 1.

9. Remove Static Wrist Tether.

CLOSEOUT10. Install Closeout Panel, snug fasteners (Ratchet 1/4" Drive, 5/32" Hex

Head).

POST MAINTENANCE11. Stow tools, supplies.

12. √MATS for stowage location of blank plate


NOTEThe ELPS cannot be checked out until it has beenpowered (either or both feeds) for at least 24 hours.

162


17 JUL 008505.doc

OBJECTIVE:Remove blank plates and install Node 1 Aft Endcone Port Emergency LightPower Supply (ELPS).

LOCATION:NOD1P4

DURATION:30 minutes

PARTS:None

MATERIALS:None


5/32" Hex Head, ¼" DriveKit E:

4" Ext, ¼" DriveRatchet 1/4" Drive

Kit F:5/16" Socket, ¼" Drive

Kit G:(10-50 in-lbs) Trq Wrench



SAFING

WARNINGFailure to remove power can resultin electrical shock hazard.

1. OPENING AND CLOSING INHIBIT ELPS RPCsPCS Node 1: EPS: RPCM [X] where X = N14B-C RPC 1, N13B-C RPC 2

RPCM [X]


Repeat

163


17 JUL 008505.doc

ACCESSING

Figure 1.- NOD1P4 ELPS Access.

2. Unfasten NOD1P4-02 Closeout panel fasteners (six), remove panel(Ratchet 1/4" Drive, 5/32" Hex Head).

Refer to Figure 1.Temporarily stow.

ELPS

164


17 JUL 008505.doc

REMOVAL

Figure 2.- ELPS.


3. Don Static Wrist Tether.Secure to unpainted metal surface.


P414-W0136 J1P415-W0135 J2P416-W0332 J3


ELPS Switch

165


17 JUL 008505.doc

5. Loosen blank plate fasteners (four), remove plate (Ratchet 1/4" Drive,4" Ext, 5/16" Socket).

Temporarily stow.

REPLACEMENT6. √ELPS Test Switch in Disable position.


7. Install ELPS in mounting bracket, tighten fasteners (four), torque to32 in-lbs (Ratchet 1/4" Drive, 4" Ext, 5/16" Socket, (10-50 in-lbs) TrqWrench).



CLOSEOUT10. Install closeout panel, snug fasteners (Ratchet 1/4" Drive, 5/32" Hex

Head).


12. √MATS for stowage location of blank plate.


NOTEThe ELPS cannot be checked out until ithas been powered (either or both feeds)for at least 24 hours.

166

NODE 1 EMERGENCY LIGHT POWER SUPPLY INSTALLATION - NOD1D1(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 4 pages

17 JUL 008506.doc

OBJECTIVE:Remove blank plates and install Node 1 Deck Alcove Emergency LightPower Supply (ELPS).

LOCATION:NOD1D1

DURATION:30 minutes

PARTS:None

MATERIALS:None


5/32" Hex Head, 1/4"DriveKit E:

4" Ext, 1/4" DriveRatchet 1/4" Drive

Kit F:5/16” Socket, 1/4" Drive

Kit G: (10-50 in-lbs) Trq Wrench



SAFING

WARNINGFailure to remove power can resultin electrical shock hazard.

1. OPENING AND CLOSING INHIBIT ELPS RPCSPCS Node 1: EPS: RPCM [X] where X = N14B-A RPC 1, N13B-A RPC 1

RPCM [X]


Repeat

167


17 JUL 008506.doc

ACCESS

Figure 1.- NOD1D1 ELPS Closeout Panel.

2. Unfasten NOD1D1-02 Closeout Panel Fasteners (six), remove panel(Ratchet 1/4" Drive, 5/32" Hex Head).

Refer to Figure 1.Temporarily stow.

ELPS

168


17 JUL 008506.doc

REMOVAL

Figure 2.- ELPS


3. Don Static Wrist TetherSecure to unpainted metal surface.


P422-W0136 J1P423-W0137 J2P424-W0330 J3


5. Loosen blank plate fasteners (four), remove plate (Ratchet 1/4" Drive,4" Ext, 5/16" Socket).

Temporarily stow.

ELPS Switch

169


17 JUL 008506.doc

REPLACEMENT6. √ELPS Test Switch in Disable position.


7. Install ELPS in mounting bracket, tighten fasteners (four), torque to 32 in-lbs (Ratchet 1/4" Drive, 4" Ext, 5/16" Socket, (10-50 in-lbs) Trq Wrench).



CLOSEOUT10. Install closeout panel, snug fasteners (Ratchet 1/4" Drive, 5/32" Hex

Head).


12. √MATS for stowage location of blank plate.


NOTEThe ELPS cannot be checked out until it has beenpowered (either or both feeds) for at least 24 hours.

170

Z1/LAB UMBILICAL CONNECTIONS PRE EVA CONFIGURATION (ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 11 pages

12 JUL 00 4890.doc

NOTE MCC-H will normally perform steps 1 --- 8 and steps 10 --- 16 of this procedure. A call will be given to have the crew perform step 9 (reconnect EPCS to the MDM) when needed.

On MCC-H GO

Part A.

1. VERIFYING BGAs ARE IN RATE MODE EPCS2 P6: EPS: BGA 2B(4B): Channel targeted Modes

BGA 2B(4B) Ch Targeted Modes

√Ch 2B(4B) Mode − Non-Solar Tracking √BGA Mode − Rate

Expected configuration is 0.065 deg/sec for BGA 2B and -0.065 deg/sec for BGA 4B.

2. SETTING BGA BLIND MODES TO DIRECTED POSITION WITH 8 HOUR

DELAY EPCS2 P6: EPS: BGA 2B(4B): Blind Modes

BGA 2B(4B) Blind Modes ‘Primary PVCU’

set Directed Position, LOC Timer: 1 set Directed Position, Time After LOC, sec: 28800 set Directed Position, Cmded angle, deg: 192.5(167.5)

cmd Directed Position Arm cmd Directed Position

√Preselected Blind Mode − Directed Position √LOC Timer − Implement √Time After LOC, sec: 28800 √Parameter, deg or deg/s: 192.5(167.5)

‘Backup PVCU’

set Directed Position, LOC Timer: 1 set Directed Position, Time After LOC, sec: 28800 set Directed Position, Cmded angle, deg: 192.5(167.5)

cmd Directed Position Arm cmd Directed Position

√Preselected Blind Mode − Directed Position √LOC Timer − Implement √Time After LOC, sec: 28800 √Parameter, deg or deg/s: 192.5(167.5)

171


12 JUL 00 4890.doc

3. REMOVING POWER FROM N1-2 MDM SDO CARDS EPCS2 Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-2

Primary NCS MDM Node1 ‘RPCM N1RS2 C’

sel RPC 3

cmd RPC Position − Open (Verify − Op) cmd Close Cmd − Inhibit (Verify − Inh)


‘RPCM N1RS2 C’

sel RPC 4


4. VERIFYING MDM STATES


Verify Frame Count incrementing. Verify MDM ID − N1-2 Verify Processing State − Primary

EPCS2 Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1


Verify Frame Count incrementing. Verify MDM ID − N1-1 Verify Processing State − Secondary

5. CONFIGURING MDM HEATERS

NOTE When MDM N1-2 is in Diagnostics/Standby/Off, the N1-2 Operational Heater is not available and the N1-2 Survival Heater is required to maintain the MDM within temperature limits. Also, the N1-1 Survival Heater will not be available, so the N1-1 Operational Heater is required.

‘RPCM N1RS1 A’

√RPC 5 Position − Cl

‘N1-1 Heaters’

√Opr – Ena Ops

172


12 JUL 00 4890.doc

‘N1-2 Heaters’

√Sur – Ena Ops

If Sur − Ena BU sel N1-2 Survival Heater

N1 2 MDM Survival Heater

cmd Enable Opr Execute

√Availabilty − Ena Ops

6. DISABLING NCS AUTO RETRY AND AUTO TRANSITION TO

DIAGNOSTICS Secondary NCS MDM Node1

‘Software Control’

sel MDM Utilities

Secondary_NCS_MDM_Utilities

√Auto Retry Status − Inh

If Auto Retry Status − Ena cmd Inhibit Execute

√Auto Retry Status − Inh



sel MDM FDIR

Secondary_NCS_MDM_FDIR

√Auto Transition to Diagnostic − Inh

If Auto Transition to Diagnostic − Ena cmd Inhibit Execute

√Auto Transition to Diagnostic − Inh

173


12 JUL 00 4890.doc

7. COMMANDING N1-2 MDM TO DIAGNOSTIC STATE

NOTE 1. N1-2 MDM must be transitioned to Diagnostic before going to

Standby because if it is commanded directly to Standby, it will transition back to Primary before N1-1 can become BC.

2. When N1-2 MDM is commanded to Diagnostic, the following

heaters are commanded to their default states (OFF). PMA 1 Shell Heaters 1B, 2B, 3B, and 5B Node 1 Shell Heaters 1B --- 9B MDM N1-1 Survival Heater MDM N1-2 Operational Heater


Primary NCS MDM Node1 ‘Software Control’

sel MDM FDIR

Prim_NCS_MDM_FDIR

√Auto Transition to Diagnostic − Ena

Primary NCS MDM Node 1

sel Processing State

Primary_NCS_Processing_State_Transitions

‘N1-2 MDM Transitions’

cmd Manual Transition to Diag State − Arm Execute

‘Primary MDM State Transitions’

√Manual Transition to Diag State − Arm

174


12 JUL 00 4890.doc

NOTE Expect EPCS to lose connection with MDM, and a possible ‘212 OIU AD1 NOLK ’ message. Commanding N1-2 MDM to the Diagnostic state results in a ‘MDM Connection Failed ’ message and a loss of MDM TLM with the ground. This also results in N1-1 taking control as Primary. The ground will not have Node 1 MDM TLM until the OIU is reconfigured to accept telemetry from N1-1. The ISS crew will also lose connection with N1-2, and must reconfigure their EPCS to connect to N1-1. Expect the following Caution messages:

‘Node1-1 MDM Detected RT Fail of Node1-2 MDM - PMA1 ’ ‘Node1-1 MDM Detected User Bus ORB N1-1 Fail - PMA1 ’ ‘Primary Node 1 MDM Detected RT Fail of OIU - PMA1 ’ ‘BGA 4B 1553/FWC Errors - P6 ’ ‘BGA 2B 1553/FWC Errors - P6 ’ ‘PVCU Detected PMCU Local Bus Ancillary Data Error - P6 ’

If MCC-H is performing this step, inform both crews of upcoming loss of connection between EPCS and N1-2 MDM.

‘N1-2 MDM Transitions’

cmd Manual Transition to Diag State − Transition Execute

Expect ‘MDM Connection Failed ’ and ‘212 OIU AD1 NOLK ’ messages.

NOTE

N1-1 should begin to transition to Primary after 42 seconds of not detecting a BC. When N1-1 becomes Primary, UB EPS buses will switch channels and N1-1 MDM will also switch from UB EPS N1-14 to UB EPS N1-23 attempting to communicate with N1-2 MDM.

Wait 1 minute.

If LOS, perform step 8; otherwise, proceed to step 9.

8. RELOADING OIU TO RECOVER N1-1 TELEMETRY

(MCC-H PERFORM)

SM 212 OIU CRT BUS 4 BC − ITEM 15 EXEC (∗)

BUS 3 RT − ITEM 10 EXEC (∗) Change OIU N1 Phys Dev to N1-1 − ITEM 18 + 4 EXEC

NOTE

Possible ‘PDI DECOM Fail ’ message.

Reload OIU FORMAT 002 − ITEM 1 + 2 EXEC

175


12 JUL 00 4890.doc

9. TELEMETRY RECOVERY ON EPCS1 EPCS1 sel Icon to open PCSCDS main control panel window

sel ‘Connect to MDM’ button

√Status Box is green and ‘Connected ’ is displayed in the PCSCDS main control status window

If a pop-up window appears because the PCS time is > 60 seconds different from the MDM time, “Use PCS Time” should be selected.

Disregard PCS FDA ‘CDH MDM N1-1 Detected RT Fail MDM N1-2 - PMA-1’ message.

Iconify PCSCDS main control panel window.

Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1 Primary NCS MDM Node1

Verify Frame Count incrementing. Verify MDM ID − N1-1 Verify Processing State − Primary

NOTE

MCC-H will send the Early_Comm_Spare_3 No Op Command twice to initialize the OIU/MDM command interface and synchronize the command counter.

10. VERIFYING N1-2 IS IN DIAGNOSTIC STATE EPCS1 Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-2


Verify Frame Count static.

NOTE It is necessary to identify the EPS bus that the Node 1 MDMs are using to communicate with each other to determine the Bus ID for the Transmit Mode Code command that will be sent to verify the MDM is in Diagnostic.

Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1 Primary NCS MDM Node1

sel UB EPS N1-14 sel RT Status

UB EPS N1 14 RT Status

Verify RT 05 MDM N1-2 RT Status − Ena

176


12 JUL 00 4890.doc

If RT 05 MDM N1-2 RT Status − Ena, record Bus ID 2 for use in the template command.

If RT 05 MDM N1-2 RT Status − Inh


sel UB EPS N1-23 sel RT Status

UB EPS N1 23 RT Status

Verify RT 05 MDM N1-2 RT Status − Ena

Record Bus ID 3 for use in the template command.



sel Transmit Mode Code

Primary_NCS_Transmit_Mode_Code ‘Primary NCS Mode Codes'

input Bus ID: 2(3) RT Address: 5 Mode Code: 2

cmd Set Execute

Record RT Address: _______ Record Subsystem Flag Set: _______

******************************************************

If Subsystem Flag Set is not ‘Yes’, √MCC-H. ******************************************************

NOTE

Expect the ‘PVCU Detected PMCU Local Bus Ancillary Data ’ caution message when MDM N1-2 is reinitialized.

11. REINITIALIZING MDM FROM EEPROM TO TRANSITION TO STANDBY

Primary NCS MDM Node1 ‘Software Control’

sel MDM Utilities

Primary NCS MDM Utilities

‘N1-2 MDM’

177


12 JUL 00 4890.doc

cmd Reinitialize EEPROM Execute

Wait 1 minute. 12. VERIFYING N1-2 IN STANDBY STATE EPCS1 Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-2


Verify Frame Count incrementing. Verify MDM ID − N1-2 Verify Processing State − Standby

******************************************************

If Processing State is not Standby, √MCC-H. ******************************************************

NOTE

The remainder of the procedure will not be performed until just before the start of the EVA because the N1-1 MDM will lose its remaining heater.

On MCC-H GO

Part B.

13. REMOVING POWER FROM N1-1 MDM SDO CARDS

NOTE Removing power from N1-1 MDM SDO cards will unpower the N1-1 Operational Heater. Since the N1-1 Survival Heater is not operating (N1-2 in Standby), N1-1 MDM will not have any heaters until power is restored to the N1-1 MDM SDO cards (performed after Z1/Lab port EVA umbilicals are connected).


Primary NCS MDM Node1 ‘RPCM N1RS1 A’

sel RPC 5



‘RPCM N1RS1 A’

sel RPC 6


178


12 JUL 00 4890.doc

14. ECLSS DEACTIVATIONS EPCS1 Node 1: ECLSS: IMV Aft Port Fan

Node_1_IMV_Aft_Port_Fan ‘Status’ ‘Off’

cmd Arm (√Status − Armed) cmd Off

√Status − Off

Node 1: ECLSS: Cab Fan Node_1_Cabin_Fan

‘Status’ ‘Off’

cmd Arm (√Status − Armed) cmd Off

√State − Off

Node 1: ECLSS: SD1 Node_1_Smoke_Detector_1

‘Monitoring’

cmd Inhibit

√Status − Inhibited

Node 1: ECLSS: SD2 Node_1_Smoke_Detector_2

‘Monitoring’

cmd Inhibit


Node 1: ECLSS: IMV Aft Port Valve Node_1_IMV_Aft_Port_Vlv

‘Status’

cmd Inhibit


Node 1: ECLSS: IMV Aft Stbd Valve Node_1_IMV_Aft_Stbd_Vlv

‘Status’

cmd Inhibit


179


12 JUL 00 4890.doc

Node 1: ECLSS: IMV Deck Aft Valve Node_1_IMV_Deck_Aft_Vlv

‘Status’

cmd Inhibit


Node 1: ECLSS: IMV Deck Fwd Valve Node_1_IMV_Deck_Fwd_Vlv

‘Status’

cmd Inhibit

√Status − Inhibited 15. INHIBITING N14B RT AND FDIR EPCS1 Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1


sel LB Sys Lab 1 sel RT Status

LB Sys Lab 1 RT Status

cmd 18 RPCM N14B C RT FDIR Status − Inhibit FDIR Execute (Verify − Inh)

cmd 19 RPCM N14B B RT FDIR Status − Inhibit FDIR Execute (Verify − Inh)

cmd 20 RPCM N14B A RT FDIR Status − Inhibit FDIR Execute (Verify − Inh)

cmd 18 RPCM N14B C RT Status − Inhibit Execute (Verify − Inh) cmd 19 RPCM N14B B RT Status − Inhibit Execute (Verify − Inh) cmd 20 RPCM N14B A RT Status − Inhibit Execute (Verify − Inh)

16. TERMINATING POWER OUTPUT FROM Z1 DDCU 4B

NOTE Recovery occurs after the EVA umbilical connection procedures are completed. Power will be removed from the following equipment connected to DDCU Z14B:

GLAs N1-1, N1-3, N1-5, and N1-7 (half of Node 1 lights) Node 1 Cabin Fan (inlet ORU) Fire Detector N1-1 UOP N1-1 IMV Fan N1-Aft Return Z1 Dome Heater 1

180


12 JUL 00 4890.doc

If MCC-H is performing this step, inform both crews of upcoming loss of Node 1 items listed above.

EPCS1 Z1: EPS: DDCU Z14B

DDCU Z14B

sel Converter

DDCU Z14B Converter

cmd Converter Off − Off

Wait 15 seconds.

DDCU Z14B

Verify Output Voltage, V < 4.2 Verify Current, A < 3.75

17. TERMINATING POWER OUTPUT FROM CHANNEL 4B

DDCU Z14B

sel DCSU 4B RBI 6

DCSU 4B RBI 6

√Open Cmd − Ena

NOTE Expect the ‘DDCU Z14B Loss of Comm - Z1 ’ caution message when RBI-6 is opened.

‘Cmded Position’

cmd Open − Open


Verify Current, A < 7.5 Verify Voltage, V < 4.2 Verify Cmded Position − Op

181

16 AUG 00


182

POWER CHANNEL 2B DEACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

29 JUN 008383.doc

1. TERMINATING POWER OUTPUT FROM Z1 DDCU 3B

NOTEExpect a PCS FDA ‘CDH MDM N1-1 Detected RT Fail MDM N1-2 -PMA-1’ message when output power from the converter is terminated.Recovery occurs after this procedure is complete. Power is alsoremoved from the following equipment connected to DDCU Z13B:

LAB LTA Heater Channnel 2ECS Transceiver, CTP and RFPDBGLAs N1-2, N1-4, N1-6, and N1-8 (remaining Node 1 lights)Fire Detector N1-2UOP N1-2MDM N1-2Z1 Dome Heater 2

Advise ISS crew of upcoming loss of equipment listed above.

EPCS1 Z1: EPS: DDCU Z13BDDCU Z13B

sel Converter

DDCU Z13B Converter

cmd Converter Off − Off

Wait 15 seconds.

DDCU Z13B

Verify Output Voltage, V < 4.2Verify Current, A < 3.75

2. TERMINATING POWER OUTPUT FROM CHANNEL 2B

DDCU Z13B

sel DCSU 2B RBI 6

DCSU 2B RBI 6

√Open Cmd − Ena

NOTEExpect the ‘DDCU Z13B Loss of Comm – Z1 ’caution message when RBI-6 is opened.

‘Cmded Position’

cmd Open − Open

183

POWER CHANNEL 2B DEACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

29 JUN 008383.doc

√Close Cmd – Inh

Verify Current, A < 7.5Verify Voltage, V < 4.2

√Cmded Position − Op

Inform EV crew, “Go for Starboard CID installation and Z1/Lab StarboardPower/Data Utility connections.”

184

EETCS ACCUMULATOR QUANTITY CHECK(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 3 pages

11 AUG 004891.doc

1. RECORDING ACCUMULATOR QUANTITY READINGS PRIOR TOFIRST Z1/LAB LOOP A NH3 UMBILICAL CONNECTION

EPCS1 P6: TCS: Loop A DetailsLoop A Details

‘EETCS LoopA’

Record accumulator quantities.

PFCS Accum Qty1: _____

Z1 Feed Accum Qty: _____

Z1 Return Accum Qty: _____

STCR Accum Qty: _____

TTCR Accum Qty: _____

Record time above readings are taken.

MET ____/___:___:___

Compute the average of the above five readings:

Prior_Avg_Qty = ______Add together the above five readings and divide by 5 (assuming all of thereadings are determined to be valid readings).

2. VERIFYING SUCCESSFUL CONNECTION OF Z1/LAB LOOP A NH3UMBILICALS

Record time of first Z1/Lab Loop A NH3 umbilical connection.

MET ____/___:___:___

Wait 5 minutes.

Loop A Details‘EETCS LoopA’







185


11 AUG 004891.doc

Compute the average of the above five readings.

Post_Avg_Qty = ______Add together the above five readings and divide by 5 (assuming all of thereadings are determined to be valid readings).

If (Prior_Avg_Qty – Post_Avg_Qty) > 12 %, immediately direct EV crewto disconnect Z1/Lab Loop A NH3 Umbilical QDs and reconnect toU-Jumper.

NOTEMCC-H will perform the LTL IFHX Checkoutand the EETCS Loop A Pump Restartfollowing successful completion of Loop ANH3 umbilical connections and accumulatorquantity verification.

3. RECORDING ACCUMULATOR QUANTITY READINGS PRIOR TOFIRST Z1/LAB LOOP B NH3 UMBILICAL CONNECTION

EPCS1 P6: TCS: Loop B DetailsLoop B Details

‘EETCS LoopB’







Record time above readings are taken.

MET ____/___:___:___


Prior_Avg_Qty = ______Add together the above five readings and divide by 5 (assuming all of thereadings are determined to be valid readings).

4. VERIFYING SUCCESSFUL CONNECTION OF Z1/LAB LOOP B NH3UMBILICALS

Record time of first Z1/Lab Loop B NH3 umbilical connection.

186


11 AUG 004891.doc

MET ____/___:___:___

Wait 5 minutes.

Loop B Details‘EETCS LoopB’








Post_Avg_Qty = ______ Add together the above five readings and divideby 5 (assuming all of the readings are determined to be valid readings)

If (Prior_Avg_Qty – Post_Avg_Qty) > 12 %, immediately direct EV crewto disconnect Z1/Lab Loop B NH3 Umbilical QDs and reconnect to U-Jumper.

NOTEMCC-H will perform the MTL IFHX Checkout and the EETCSLoop B Pump Restart following successful completion of Loop BNH3 umbilical connections and accumulator quantity verification.

187

16 AUG 00


188

POWER CHANNEL 4B ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

18 JUL 004892.doc

1. PROVIDING POWER OUTPUT FROM CHANNEL 4BEPCS1 P6: EPS

P6:EPS

sel DCSU 4Bsel RBI 6

DCSU 4B RBI 6‘Cmded Position’

cmd Close − Armcmd Close − Close

Verify Voltage, V: 146 --- 165Verify Cmded Position − Cl

2. VERIFYING DDCU LA1B STATUSEPCS1 Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1

Primary NCS MDM Node 1

sel CB GNC 1sel RT Status

CB_GNC_1_RT_Status

cmd 27 DDCU LAFWD 1B RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

EPS: DDCU_LA1BDDCU LA1B

Verify Integration Counter incrementing.

Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1Primary NCS MDM Node1


CB_GNC_1_RT_Status

cmd 27 DDCU LAFWD 1B RT FDIR Status − Enable FDIR Execute(Verify − Ena)

3. PROVIDING SECONDARY POWER TO NODE 1EPCS1 Z1: EPS: DDCU Z14B

DDCU Z14B

sel Converter

189


18 JUL 004892.doc

DDCU Z14B Converter

cmd Converter On − Armcmd Converter On − On

DDCU Z14B

Verify Output Voltage, V: 121 --- 128

4. ENABLING N14B RT AND FDIREPCS1 Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1


sel LB Sys Lab 1sel RT Status

LB Sys Lab 1 RT Status

cmd 18 RPCM N14B C RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)cmd 19 RPCM N14B B RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)cmd 20 RPCM N14B A RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

cmd 18 RPCM N14B C RT FDIR Status − Enable FDIR Execute(Verify − Ena)

cmd 19 RPCM N14B B RT FDIR Status − Enable FDIR Execute(Verify − Ena)

cmd 20 RPCM N14B A RT FDIR Status − Enable FDIR Execute(Verify − Ena)

5. PROVIDING POWER TO N1-1 MDM SDO CARDS

DDCU Z14B

sel RPCM N1RS1 A

RPCM_N1RS1_A

sel RPC 5


RPCM_N1RS1_A

sel RPC 6


190

NODE 1 RECOVERY POST POWER CHANNEL 4B ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

11 AUG 008121.doc

1. CLEARING DDCU Z14B POWER ON RESETEPCS Z1: EPS: DDCU Z14B

DDCU Z14B

sel Firmware

DDCU Z14B Firmware‘Clear Commands’

cmd Common Clear

Verify Power On Reset – blank

2. CLEARING RPCM N14B A, B, AND C POWER ON RESETEPCS Node 1: EPS

Node 1: EPS

sel RPCM N14B [X] where [X] = CBA

RPCM_N14B_[X]

sel Firmware

RPCM N14B [X] Firmware‘Clear Commands’

cmd Common Clear

Verify Power On Reset − blank

Repeat

3. ACTIVATING NODE 1 ECLSSFor SD N1-1, perform {1.401 SMOKE DETECTOR ACTIVATION}, all(SODF: ECLSS: ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT: FDS), then:

Perform {1.505 NODE 1 CABIN FAN ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION},step 1 (SODF: ECLSS: ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT: THC), then:

For Aft Port and Aft Stbd valves, perform {2.509 NODE 1 IMV VALVERECONFIGURATION (2R - 5A)}, step 1 (SODF: ECLSS: NOMINAL:THC), then:

For Aft Port IMV fan, perform {1.506 NODE 1 IMV FAN ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION (2R - 5A)}, step 1 (SODF: ECLSS: ACTIVATION ANDCHECKOUT: THC), then:

191


11 AUG 008121.doc

4. ACTIVATING NODE 1 LIGHTINGEPCS Node 1: EPS

Node 1: EPS

sel RPCM N14B Bsel RPC 1

cmd RPC Position – Close (Verify – Cl)

Node 1: EPS

sel RPCM N14B C

RPCM_N14B_C

sel RPC 2


RPCM_N14B_C

sel RPC 15


RPCM_N14B_C

sel RPC 16


5. PROVIDING POWER TO NODE 1 UOP

RPCM_N14B_C

sel RPC 17


192


11 JUL 004893.doc

1. PROVIDING POWER OUTPUT FROM CHANNEL 2BEPCS1 P6: EPS

P6:EPS

sel DCSU 2Bsel RBI 6

DCSU 2B RBI 6‘Cmded Position’

cmd Close − Armcmd Close − Close

Verfiy Voltage, V: 146 --- 165Verify Cmded Position − Cl

2. PROVIDING SECONDARY POWER TO NODE1EPCS1 Z1: EPS: DDCU Z13B

DDCU Z13B

sel Converter

DDCU Z13B Converter

cmd Converter On − Armcmd Converter On − On

DDCU Z13B


3. VERIFYING N1-2 INITIALIZATION AND TRANSITION TO STANDBY

NOTEThe following data may take up to5 minutes to be available.

EPCS1 Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-2Secondary NCS MDM Node1

Verify Frame Count incrementing.Verify MDM ID− N1-2Verify Processing State− Standby

√Sync Status − In Sync

4. PROVIDING POWER TO N1-2 MDM SDO CARDS‘RPCM N1RS2 C’

sel RPC 3

193


11 JUL 004893.doc


Secondary NCS MDM Node1‘RPCM N1RS2 C’

sel RPC 4


5. COMMANDING N1-1 MDM TO SECONDARY

NOTEExpect EPCS to lose connection with MDM, and a possible‘212 OIU AD1 NOLK ’ message. Commanding N1-1 MDM tothe Secondary state results in a ‘MDM Connection Failed ’message and a loss of MDM TLM with the ground. This alsoresults in N1-2 taking control as Primary. The ground will nothave Node 1 MDM TLM until the OIU is reconfigured to accepttelemetry from N1-2. The ISS crew will also lose connectionwith N1-1, and must reconfigure their EPCS to connectto N1-2.

EPCS1 Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1Primary NCS MDM Node1


Primary_NCS_Processing_State_Transitions‘N1-1 MDM Transitions’

cmd Transition to Secondary State Execute


NOTEN1-2 should begin to transition to Primaryafter 20 seconds of no BC detected.


6. RELOADING OIU TO RECOVER N1-2 TELEMETRY(MCC-H PERFORM)

SM 212 OIU

CRT BUS 3 BC − ITEM 11 EXEC (*)BUS 4 RT − ITEM 14 EXEC (*)Change OIU N1 Phys Dev to N1-2 − ITEM 18 + 3 EXEC

194


11 JUL 004893.doc

Wait 1 minute from secondary command.

NOTEPossible ‘PDI DECOM Fail ’ message.

Reload OIU FORMAT 002 − ITEM 1 + 2 EXEC

7. TELEMETRY RECOVERY ON EPCS2EPCS2 sel Icon to open PCSCDS main control panel window

sel Connect to MDM button

√Status Box is green and ‘Connected ’ is displayed in the PCSCDS maincontrol status window

If a pop-up window appears because the PCS time is > 60 secondsdifferent from the MDM time, “Use PCS Time” should be selected.

Ignore possible message ‘Node1-2 MDM Detected User Bus ORB N1-2Fail - PMA2 ’.



Verify Frame Count incrementing.Verify MDM ID − N1-2Verify Processing State − Primary

Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1Secondary NCS MDM Node1

Verify Frame Count incrementing.Verify MDM ID − N1-1Verify Processing State − Secondary

8. VERIFYING DDCU LA2B STATUSEPCS2 Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-2



CB_GNC_2_RT_Status

cmd 27 DDCU LAAFT 2B RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

EPS: DDCU_LA2BDDCU LA2B

195


11 JUL 004893.doc




CB_GNC_2_RT_Status

cmd 27 DDCU LAAFT 2B RT FDIR Status − Enable FDIR Execute(Verify − Ena)

9. ENABLING NCS AUTO RETRY AND AUTO TRANSITION TODIAGNOSTICS

EPCS2 Node 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1Secondary NCS MDM Node1


sel MDM Utilities

Secondary_NCS_MDM_Utilities

√Auto Retry Status − Ena

If Auto Retry Status − Inhcmd Enable Execute

√Auto Retry Status − Ena



Secondary_NCS_Processing_State_Transitions

√Auto Transition to Diag State − Ena

If Auto Transition to Diag State − Inhcmd Enable Execute

√Auto Transition to Diag State − Ena

NOTEMCC-H will perform BST Clear Latch Data forN1-2 MDM.

196


11 JUL 004893.doc

10. RETURNING BGA TO RATE MODE

MCC-H perform {2.105 P6 CONFIGURE BGA 4B(2B) TO RATE MODE},all (SODF: EPS: NOMINAL: PRIMARY POWER SYSTEM)

197

16 AUG 00


198


29 JUN 008122.doc

1. CLEARING DDCU Z13B POWER ON RESETEPCS Z1: EPS: DDCU Z13B

DDCU Z13B

sel Firmware

DDCU Z13B Firmware‘Clear Commands’

cmd Common Clear

Verify Power On Reset – blank

2. CLEARING RPCM N1RS2 A, B, AND C POWER ON RESETEPCS Node 1: EPS

Node 1: EPS

sel RPCM N1RS2 [X] where [X] = CBA

RPCM_N1RS2_[X]

sel Firmware

RPCM N1RS2 [X] Firmware‘Clear Commands’

cmd Common Clear


Repeat

3. CLEARING RPCM N13B A, B, AND C POWER ON RESETEPCS Node 1: EPS

Node 1: EPS

sel RPCM N13B [X] where [X] = CBA

RPCM_N13B_[X]

sel Firmware

RPCM N13B [X] Firmware‘Clear Commands’

cmd Common Clear


Repeat

199


29 JUN 008122.doc

4. ACTIVATING NODE 1 ECLSSFor SD N1-2, perform {1.401 SMOKE DETECTOR ACTIVATION}, all(SODF: ECLSS: ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT: FDS), then:

For Deck Aft and Deck Fwd valves, perform {2.509 NODE 1 IMV VALVERECONFIGURATION (2R - 5A)}, step 1 (SODF: ECLSS: NOMINAL:THC), then:

5. ACTIVATING LAB LTA HEATER STRING 2EPCS Node 1: EPS

Node 1: EPS

sel RPCM N13B A

RPCM_N13B_A

sel RPC 2


RPCM_N13B_A

sel RPC 3


RPCM_N13B_A

sel RPC 14


RPCM_N13B_A

sel RPC 15


6. ACTIVATING NODE 1 LIGHTING

RPCM_N13B_A

sel RPC 5


RPCM_N13B_A

sel RPC 13

200


29 JUN 008122.doc


Node 1: EPS

sel RPCM N13B Bsel RPC 1


Node 1: EPS

sel RPCM N13B Csel RPC 1


7. PROVIDING POWER TO NODE 1 UOP

Node 1: EPS

sel RPCM N13B Asel RPC 17


8. ACTIVATING EARLY COMM SYSTEMGo to {1.204 EARLY COMM POWERUP - PRE-LAB} (SODF: C&T:ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT: ECS).

201

16 AUG 00


202

2.402 PORTABLE BREATHING APPARATUS (PBA) INSPECTION(ECLSS/4A - ALL/FIN A) Page 1 of 1 page

22 JUL 00452.doc

Table 1. Portable Breathing Apparatus Location TableModule Locker Location

LAB LAB1LKRF1 (Fwd Endcone)LAB1LKRA1 (Aft Endcone)

Node 1 NOD1P2-14 (Node 1 PEP locker)NOD1S2-14 (MPLM PEP locker)

For each portable breathing apparatus,

1. Verify that there are no obstructions around the PBA locker.

2. Verify that the PBA mask, oxygen bottle, oxygen extension hose, and teeare located in the locker.

3. Verify that the mask oxygen hose is attached to the bottle.

4. Verify that the oxygen bottle does not have any obvious physical damage,corrosion, or audible leakage.

5. Verify that the oxygen bottle pressure gauge needle ≥ 3000 psig.

6. Verify that the mask harness inflation valve is easily accessible.

7. Verify that the mask pressure harness, hose, and visor do not have anyobvious physical damage.

8. Verify that the Microphone Module, Microphone, Communication Cable,and Earphone Cable Assembly are secure and free of damage.

9. Verify that the mask demand regulator does not have any obviousphysical damage, and that it is set in the NORMAL mode.

After all PBAs have been inspected,

10. Inform MCC-H, “Portable breathing apparatus inspection is complete”and report any problems.

203

16 AUG 00


204

2.403 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER (PFE) INSPECTION(ECLSS/4A - ALL/FIN A) Page 1 of 1 page

22 JUL 00459.doc

Table 1. Fire Extinguisher Location TableModule Locker Location

LAB LAB1LKRF2 (Fwd Endcone)LAB1LKRA2 (Aft Endcone)

Node 1 NOD1P2-14 (Node 1 PEP Locker)NOD1S2-14 (MPLM PEP Locker)

For each portable fire extinguisher

1. Verify that there are no obstructions around the fire extinguisher locker.

2. Verify that the bottle and both nozzles are located in designated locker,and that both nozzles are tethered to the bottle.

3. Verify that operating instructions on the bottle are legible and facingoutward.

NOTEInspector may remove bottle from locker for steps4 and 5. After step 5, replace the bottle so thataccess and label visibility are not obstructed.

4. Verify that there is no obvious physical damage, corrosion, or audibleleakage.

5. Verify that the pressure gauge needle is in the green zone(800 --- 900 psig).

6. Verify that the locking pin is inserted through the hole in the handletrigger and is fully seated to prevent unintentional discharge.

After all portable fire extinguishers have been inspected7. Inform MCC-H, “Fire extinguisher inspection is complete” and report any

problems.

205

16 AUG 00


206

AIR TO GROUND TEMPORARY JUMPER CABLE INSTALLATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

18 JUL 002691.doc

OBJECTIVE:Install a temporary jumper cable that will enable S-Band audio until Flight5A.1.

LOCATION:LAB1D1 and LAB1D2

DURATION:30 minutes

PARTS:Temporary Jumper Cable (P/N 683-22019)

MATERIALS:Zip Ties

TOOLS REQUIRED:None


PREPARING AVIONICS RACK 2 (LAB1D1)1. Wire harness W3352 P3 ←|→ LAB1D1 J16.

2. Remove dust cap from audio cable W2019 P16.Install dust cap from temporary audio cable on cable W3352 P3.

Figure 1.- W2019 P16 Connected to LAB1D1 J16 with W3352 P3 Attached.

207

AIR TO GROUND TEMPORARY JUMPER CABLE INSTALLATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

18 JUL 002691.doc

INSTALLING AT LAB1D13. Temporary audio cable W2019 P16 →|← LAB1D1 J16.

Refer to Figure 1.

4. Secure W3352 P3 to temporary audio cable W2019 P16 (Zip Ties).

PREPARING LAB1D2 STANDOFF5. Remove dust cap from cable (W3324, P1).

Zip Tie dust cap to mated connector.

6. Remove dust cap from temporary audio cable W2019 J1.Temporarily stow.

7. Unfasten ties and straighten temporary audio cable W2019.

INSTALLING AT LAB1D28. Temporary audio cable W2019 J1 →|← Wire Harness W3324 P1.

9. Secure temporary audio cable W2019 out of translation path using ZipTies to secure to other utility lines or secondary structure in area.

POST MAINTENANCE10. Store cap, location TBD, for use on 5A.1.

208

DOCKED AUDIO TO RUSSIAN AUDIO I/F JUMPER CABLE INSTALLATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 5 pages

11 AUG 003747.doc

OBJECTIVE:Provide FGB and Service Module audio to the US LAB by connecting theLAB Docked Audio Interface Unit (DAIU) to the Russian Audio Interface Unit(RAIU) data cable located in LAB X3 standoff.

This allows the DAIU to serve as an RAIU until the RAIU is installed on Flight5A.1.

LOCATION:LAB1P0, LAB1P1, LAB1D2

DURATION:30 minutes

PARTS:RAIU address connector (W3999-2, P/N 683-13999-2)RAIU interface cable (W3999-1, P/N 683-13999-1)Velcro cable straps (ten) (P/N 528-43074-1)

MATERIALS:None

TOOLS REQUIRED:Mini Maglite Equivalent Shuttle Tools:Lid #2: Flashlight

Insp Mirror Drawer 2:Oval Inspection Mirror



SAFEPCS 1. RPCM LA1B - E Safing

US Laboratory: EPSLab: EPS

sel DDCU LA1B Distribution

DDCU LA1B Dist

sel RPCM LA1B - E

RPCM_LA1B_E

sel RPC 5

209


11 AUG 003747.doc

RPCM_LA1B_E_RPC_05

√RPC Position − Open



RETRIEVAL2. Retrieve RAIU address connector, RAIU interface cable, Velcro straps

from orbiter middeck locker TBD.

ACCESS3. Rotate down Rack Volume Closeout (RVCO) at LAB1P1.

4. Access Forward Port Endcone area near DAUI-1 location by pulling firesuppression partition (attached by Velcro tabs) back.

Reference Figure 1.

Figure 1.- DAIU-1 Location in Port Quadrant of Forward Endcone(Looking forward).

DAIU-1(P/N 3000002-301)Ref. Des.: A0532J2 VisibleJ1, J3, J4, J5 onopposite (forward) side

Port

Ovhd

210


11 AUG 003747.doc

Figure 2.- Forward Face of DAIU-1 Showing Address Connector Connected to (J4).

Figure 3.- Orientation of DAIU-1 Connectors in Installed Position (Looking Outboard).

REMOVING DAIU ADDRESS CONNECTOR AND WIRE HARNESS5. DAIU-1 address connector W2465 ←|→ J4 of DAIU-1 (Insp Mirror, Mini

Maglite)Refer to Figures 1 --- 3.Stow address connector (location TBD).

6. DAIU-1 wire harness W2464 ←|→ J5 of DAIU-1 (Insp Mirror, MiniMaglite)

Refer to Figures 1 and 2.

Forward

Interface cableconnected to J5

Address connectorconnected to J4

Ovhd

Address connectorconnected to J4

Interface cablesconnected to J5

211


11 AUG 003747.doc

7. Secure DAIU-1 wire harness W2464 to nearby truss or bulkhead usingVelcro straps to avoid interference with RAIU interface cable.

INSTALLING RAIU ADDRESS CONNECTOR AND INTERFACE CABLE8. RAIU address connector W3999-2 →|← J4 of DAIU-1 (Insp Mirror, Mini

Maglite)Refer to Figures 1 --- 3.

9. RAIU interface cable W3999-1 P1 →|← J5 of DAIU-1 (Insp Mirror, MiniMaglite).

Refer to Figures 1 --- 3.

REPLACING FORWARD ENDCONE CLOSEOUT10. Route RAIU interface cable along LAB shell aft to LAB1P1 RVCO

location.Route cable out bottom of RVCO onto X3 standoff.

11. Reattach fire suppression partition to endcone structure using Velcrotabs.

12. Rotate up Rack Volume Closeout (RVCO) at LAB1P1, ensuring RAIUinterface cable protrudes from bottom of RVCO.

CONNECTING RAIU INTERFACE CABLE AT X3 STANDOFF13. Route RAIU interface cable along X3 standoff to LAB1D2 using Velcro

straps to secure cable to standoff.

14. Locate and untether Audio Wire W3328P3 in X3 standoff at LAB1D2.

15. Audio Cable W3328P3 →|←RAIU interface cable W3999-1P9.

ENABLING RPC CLOSE COMMANDPCS 16. US Laboratory: EPS

Lab: EPS

sel DDCU LA1B Distribution

DDCU LA1B Dist

sel RPCM LA1B - E

RPCM_LA1B_E

sel RPC 5

RPCM_LA1B_E_RPC_05

cmd Close Cmd − Enable

212


11 AUG 003747.doc

√Close Cmd − Ena


213

16 AUG 00


214

LAB AFT NPRV REMOVAL/IMV VALVE INSTALLATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 10 pages

11 AUG 002699.doc

OBJECTIVE:Replace Lab Aft Negative Pressure Relief Valve (NPRV) with IntermoduleVentilation Valve (IMV).

LOCATION:Installed: LAB1P7, LAB1S7Stowed: √Maintenance and Assembly Task Supplement (MATS)

DURATION:56 minutes

PARTS:IMV Valve (P/N 2353024-4)

MATERIALS:Rubber GlovesBraycote Lubricant

TOOLS REQUIRED:STATION TOOLS: EQUIVALENT SHUTTLE TOOLS:USOS IVA Tool Kit: Drawer 3:Tool Lid #2: Hex Head Drivers: 5/32-Inch

Table Cloth 3/8-Inch to 1/4-Inch AdapterKit C: 1/4-Inch to 3/8-Inch Adapter

1/2" Deep Socket, 3/8" Drive 1/4-Inch Driver HandleKit D: 4-Inch Extension (1/4-Inch Drive)

5/32" Hex Head, 3/8" Drive 6-Inch Extension (1/4-Inch Drive)Kit E: 10-Inch Extension (1/4-Inch Drive)

3/8" to 1/4" Adapter 12-Point Deepwell Sockets (1/4-Inch1/4" to 3/8" Adapter Drive): 1/4-InchRatchet 3/8" DriveDriver Handle 1/4" Drive No Shuttle Equivalent Tool:4" Ext, 1/4" Drive 1/2" Deep Socket, 3/8" Drive6" Ext, 1/4" Drive Ratchet 3/8" Drive10" Ext, 1/4" Drive (5-35 in-lbs) Trq Driver, 1/4" Drive

Kit F: (30-200 in-lbs) Trq Wrench, 3/8" Drive1/4" Deep Socket, 1/4" Drive Small Flat Tip Driver, 3/8" Drive

Kit G: 5/32" Stubby Hex Head, 1/4" Drive(5-35 in-lbs) Trq Driver, 1/4" Drive(30-200 in-lbs) Trq Wrench, 3/8" Drive

Kit I:Small Flat Tip Driver, 3/8" Drive

Kit R:5/32" Stubby Hex Head, 1/4" Drive


215


11 AUG 002699.doc

SAFE


1. Remove power from Port and Starboard IMV locations.

REMOVING AFT PORT IMV POWERPCS Lab: ECLSS: IMV Aft Port Vlv

LAB IMV Aft Port Vlv

sel RPCM_LA2B_G_RPC_06RPCM_LA2B_G_RPC_06


cmd Close Cmd − Inhibit (Verify – Inh)

REMOVING AFT STARBOARD IMV POWERPCS Lab: ECLSS: IMV Aft Stbd Vlv

LAB IMV Aft Stbd Vlv



cmd Close Cmd − Inhibit (Verify – Inh)

216


11 AUG 002699.doc

CapCap

QuarterQuarterFigure 1.- NPRV Assembly, Typical Configuration.

217


11 AUG 002699.doc

Figure 2.- NPRV Assembly, Typical Configuration.

NPRVVALVE

V-BANDCLAMP

218


11 AUG 002699.doc

REMOVE2. Remove V-Band clamp and remove NPRV Valve (Ratchet 3/8" Drive, 1/2"

Deep Socket).Refer to Figure 2.

Figure 3.- Typical View IMV O-Rings.

OuterO-Ring

InnerO-Ring

219


11 AUG 002699.doc

Figure 4.- Typical IMV Assembly Configuration.

220


11 AUG 002699.doc

Figure. 5.- Partial Typical IMV Configuration.

ACCESSTable 1. LAB 1 AFT Closeout Panels

IMV ORU REFDES Closeout Panel Captive FastenersA1017 (AFT - STBD) LAB 1S7-04 3 eachA1017 (AFT - STBD) LAB 1S7-03 3 eachA1018 (AFT - PORT) LAB 1P7-04 3 eachA1018 (AFT - PORT) LAB 1P7-03 3 each

3. Remove closeout panels by hand (1/4 Turn Fasteners).Temporarily stow.Refer to Table 1.

Table 2. LAB 1 J1 & J2 ConnectorsIMV ORU REFDES Power Cable Connectors ORU Connectors

A1017 (AFT - STBD) W2171-P3 J1A1017 (AFT - STBD) W2364-P4 J2A1018 (AFT - PORT) W2171-P1 J1A1018 (AFT - PORT) W2364-P3 J2

4. Remove V-Band clamp, remove failed NPRV Valve (Ratchet 3/8" Drive,1/2" Deep Socket).

Temporarily Stow.

Two connectorprotective coversfor J1 & J2

RMO Bolts andProtective Cover

IMV Valve

Protective Covers willbe on both ends ofvalve, blue tape willnot be present.

RMO Flex Cableexternal hex will mateto internal hex on IMVActuator.

IMV V-BandClamp

221


11 AUG 002699.doc

5. Remove protective caps (four) from new IMV, RMO Protective Cover fromIMV Valve.

Temporarily stow.Refer to Figure 5.

6. √Gaskets (two) on mating surface of IMV Valve flange.Refer to Figure 3.

INSTALLATION7. Ensure IMV Valve fully closed to mechanical hard stop, RMO in closed

position.

NOTEThe IMV Valve should be installed at an angle toprovide optimum bend radius for mating of manualoverride cable. Manual override connector can berelocated by loosening, but not removing, actuatorbolts on IMV Valve.

8. Apply thin film Braycote lubricant to O-Rings (Rubber Gloves).

9. Using reference mark, align IMV Valve to bulkhead and install V-Bandclamp to hold Valve in place. (Ratchet 3/8" Drive, 1/2" DeepSocket).

Refer to Figure 4.

10. √Manual override flex cable to verify optimum bend radius, install fasteners(two).

Refer to Figure 4.If optimum bend radius acquired, go to step 13.Else continue with procedure.

222


11 AUG 002699.doc

1

1

Figure 6.- IMV Actuator Bolt Tightening Pattern

NOTEThe IMV Valve actuator bolts are notcaptive. Loosen but do not remove.

11. Loosen IMV Valve actuator noncaptive bolts (six) on top of actuator locatedon upper end of valve (Ratchet 3/8" Drive, 3/8" to 1/4" Adapter, 5/32"Stubby Hex Head Driver).

Refer to Figure 5.

12. Carefully turn actuator left or right and relocate manual override connectionfor optimum cable bend radius.

13. Retighten actuator bolts in star pattern to 23 in-lbs (5/32" Stubby Hex HeadDriver, 1/4" Drive, (5-35 in-lbs) Trq Driver, 6" Ext Required for Fwd Stbd).

Refer to Figure 6.

14. Install RMO flex cable bolts (two) (on side of actuator) and tighten to 39 in-lbs (Ratchet 3/8" Drive, 5/32" Hex Head Driver, (30-200 in-lbs) TrqWrench).

223


11 AUG 002699.doc

NOTESome IMV valve band clamps may require Flat TipDriver or 1/4" Deep Socket, 1/4" Drive. This isdependant on space between head of fastenerand interface tolerances to band clamp.

15. Tighten IMV Valve V-Band clamp nut, torque to 120-150 in-lbs (Ratchet3/8" Drive, 1/2" Deep Socket, (30-200 in-lbs) Trq Wrench, 10" Ext may berequired for Fwd Port).

16. Slide band clamp over edge of coupling duct and beaded flange on IMVValve such that it lies at least 1/8" from beaded end.

Tighten fastener, torque to 16 - 18 in-lbs (Driver Handle 1/4" Drive, SmallFlat Tip Head Driver 3/8" Drive, 1/4" to 3/8" Adaptor (5-35 in-lbs) TrqDriver).

17. Mate IMV Valve power and data cables (J1 & J2) to connectors.Align main key with main keyway, turn until fully seated.Refer to Table 3.

CLOSE OUT18. Install closeout panels, tighten 1/4 turn closeout fasteners on close-out panels.

19. Restore power to AFT IMV Valves.

RESTORING AFT STARBOARD IMV POWERPCS Lab: ECLSS: IMV Aft Stbd Vlv

LAB IMV Aft Stbd Vlv


cmd Close Cmd − Enable (Verify – Ena)cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify − Cl)

RESTORING AFT PORT IMV POWERPCS Lab: ECLSS: IMV Aft Port Vlv

LAB IMV Aft Port Vlv




21. √MATS for stowage location of failed IMV Valve, stow tools, materials.

224

2.506 IMV VALVE RECONFIGURATION POST CCS(ECLSS/5A - ALL/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

26 JUL 008528.doc

Table 1. IMV Valve InformationAdjacent IMV Fan

[A] Module [B] Location [X] RPCM / RPC[Y] Module [Z] IMV Fan

Aft Port RPCM LA2B G RPC 06 LAB Aft PortAft Stbd RPCM LA2B G RPC 10Fwd Port RPCM LA1B E RPC 03 LAB Fwd Port

LAB

Fwd Stbd RPCM LA1B B RPC 16 LAB Fwd StbdAft Port RPCM N14B C RPC 05 Node 1 Aft PortAft Stbd RPCM N14B C RPC 04Deck Aft RPCM N13B B RPC 15

Deck Fwd RPCM N13B B RPC 16Fwd Port RPCM N13B C RPC 14 LAB Aft PortFwd Stbd RPCM N13B C RPC 13Port Fwd RPCM N14B C RPC 14 Node 1 Port FwdStbd Aft RPCM N14B C RPC 13 Node 1 Stbd Aft

Node 1

Stbd Fwd RPCM N14B A RPC 16

Refer to Table 1 above for [A], [B] and [X] references that follow.

1. [A] IMV [B] VALVE ACTIVATIONPCS [A]: ECLSS: IMV [B] Vlv

[A] IMV [B] Valve

1.1 sel [X]


[A] IMV [B] Valve

1.2 ‘Enable’

cmd Arm

√Arm Status – Armed

cmd Enable

√State – Enabled

2. [A] IMV [B] VALVE OPENING2.1 ‘Open’

cmd Arm


225

2.506 IMV VALVE RECONFIGURATION POST CCS(ECLSS/5A - ALL/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

26 JUL 008528.doc

cmd Open

√Position – In Transit

Wait 25 seconds, then:

√Position – Open

3. [A] IMV [B] VALVE CLOSINGIf an adjacent IMV Fan is listed in Table 1:

PCS 3.1 [Y]: ECLSS: IMV [Z] Fan[Y] IMV [Z] Fan

√State – Off

3.2 [A]: ECLSS: IMV [B] Vlv[A] IMV [B] Valve

‘Close’

cmd Arm


cmd Close

√Position – In Transit

Wait 25 seconds, then:

√Position – Closed

4. [A] IMV [B] VALVE DEACTIVATION4.1 ‘Inhibit’

cmd Arm


cmd Inhibit

√State – Inhibited

4.2 sel [X]

cmd RPC Position – Open (Verify – Op)

226

LAB AV #2 RACK & FWD ENDCONE LTL TO MTL RECONFIGURATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 6 pages

11 JUL 007601.doc

OBJECTIVE:Disconnect Lab Fwd Endcone and Avionics #2 Rack from Low Temp TCSloop and connect them to the Mod Temp TCS Loop

DURATION:30 minutes

LOCATION:LAB1S0, LAB1P1, LAB1D1

PARTS:None

MATERIALS:Towel

TOOLS REQUIRED:IVA Tool Kit: Equivalent Shuttle Tools:Kit E: Drawer 3:

Ratchet1/4" Drive 4-inch Ratchet Wrench4" Ext 1/4" Drive 6-inch Extension

Kit F: 5/16-inch Std Socket, 3/8-inch5/16" Socket, 1/4" Drive Drive

F5 Camera


ACCESS

NOTECloseout Panel LAB1S0-01 and both LAB1D1 andLAB1P1 Utility Interface Panel (UIP) closeouts areremoved in beginning of procedure to minimize amountof time equipment is without cooling.

1. Remove Closeout Panel LAB1S0-01, 1/4 turn fasteners (twelve).Temporarily stow Closeout Panel LAB1S0-01.

2. Translate to LAB1P1, remove UIP Closeout, 1/4 turn fasteners (two).Temporarily restrain UIP Closeout.

3. Translate to LAB1D1, remove UIP Closeout, 1/4 turn fasteners (two).Temporarily restrain UIP Closeout.

4. Untether pre-stowed fluid lines labeled MOD TEMP COOLANT WATERRETURN, MOD TEMP COOLANT WATER SUPPLY located in LAB1D1standoff.

227


11 JUL 007601.doc

RECONFIGURATION OF AV #2

Figure 1.- AV #2 and LAB1P1 Launch Configuration With TCS Jumpers (3.5 ft).

Figure 2.- AV #2 UIP QD Locations.

AV #2 Rack

AV #2 UIP

LAB1P1 UIP

TCS LowSupply

TCS LowReturn

QP01

QP02

Two TCSJumpers (3.5 ft)

228


11 JUL 007601.doc

CAUTIONCooling flow is stopped to AV #2 and LAB1S0 during LabAV #2 Rack & Fwd Endcone LTL To MTL Reconfiguration.Each reconfiguration should be performed as quickly aspossible to minimize interruptions in cooling flow. Damageto MDMs could result if cooling flow is interrupted for morethan 65 minutes.

5. Translate to AV #2 UIP, TCS Jumper ←|→ TCS RETURN QD markedQP01.

Remove, temporary stow jumper QD end.Refer to Figure 2.

Record GMT__________________

6. TCS Jumper ←|→ TCS SUPPLY QD marked QP02.Remove, temporary stow jumper QD end.Refer to Figure 2.

Record GMT__________________

NOTE1. Pre-stowed MTL return fluid line labeled “MOD TEMP

COOLANT WATER RETURN” also has an arrow thatpoints away from QD marked QP01.

2. Pre-stowed MTL supply fluid line labeled “MOD TEMPCOOLANT WATER SUPPLY” also has an arrow thatpoints into QD marked QP02.

7. MOD TEMP COOLANT WATER RETURN →|← TCS RETURN QDmarked QP01.

Refer to Figure 2.

8. MOD TEMP COOLANT WATER SUPPLY →|← TCS SUPPLY QDmarked QP02

Refer to Figure 2.

Record GMT__________________

229


11 JUL 007601.doc

Figure 3.- LAB1P1 UIP Quick Disconnect (QD) Locations.

9. Translate to LAB1P1 UIP, TCS Jumper ←|→ TCS LOW RETURN.Refer to Figure 3.

10. TCS Jumper ←|→ TCS LOW SUPPLY.Refer to Figure 3.

11. Unfasten loop clamp fasteners (four) attaching jumpers to standoff.Remove jumpers (Ratchet 1/4" Drive, 4" Ext, 5/16" Socket).

RECONFIGURING LAB1S012. Translate to LAB1S0.

Figure 4.- LAB1S0 with Closeout Panel LAB1S0-01 Removed and QD Labels/Locations.

230


11 JUL 007601.doc

13. Remove protective caps from QDs marked TCS MOD RETURN and TCSMOD SUPPLY.

Refer to Figure 4.

CAUTION1. Cooling flow is removed from LAB1S0 during Lab

AV #2 Rack & Fwd Endcone LTL To MTLReconfiguration. Reconfiguration should beperformed as quickly as possible to minimizeinterruptions in cooling flow. Damage to MDMscould result if cooling flow is interrupted for morethan 65 minutes.

2. Both connectors must be removed from LTL QDsbefore connecting them to MTL QDs, to preventloop cross strapping

14. Disconnect fluid line from QDs marked TCS LOW RETURN and TCSLOW SUPPLY.

Refer to Figure 4.Record GMT__________________

15. Reconnect corresponding fluid lines to QDs marked TCS MOD RETURNand TCS MOD SUPPLY.

Refer to Figure 4.

Record GMT__________________

16. Notify ground that reconfiguration is complete.√MCC-H to verify restored cooling.

CLOSE OUTON MCC-H GO

17. Install tethered, protective caps on LAB1S0-01 QDs marked TCS LOWRETURN, TCS LOW SUPPLY.

Refer to Figure 4.

18. Photo document reconfiguration of LAB1S0-01 fluid lines, (F5 Camera).

19. Reinstall Closeout Panel LAB1S0-01, 1/4 turn fasteners (twelve).

20. Translate to AV #2, stow Jumper QD ends (four) in LAB1D1 standoff,photo document, (F5 Camera).

21. Translate to LAB1P1, install tethered, protective caps on QDs markedTCS LOW RETURN, TCS LOW SUPPLY, photo document, (F5Camera).

Refer to Figure 3.

231


11 JUL 007601.doc

22. Replace UIP Closeouts (two), 1/4 turn fasteners (two) each.

POST MAINTENANCE23. √Maintenance and Assembly Task Supplement (MATS) for disconnected

jumper stowage.


232

LAB FWD NPRV CHECKOUT(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 1 page

18 JUL 007630.doc

OBJECTIVE:Check to see if NPRVs in forward endcone of the Lab have opened bypressing them toward forward bulkhead.

LOCATION:LAB1S0LAB1P0

DURATION:30 minutes

PARTS:None

MATERIALS:None

TOOLS REQUIRED:None


ACCESS1. Remove closeout panel, LAB1S0-03, 1/4 turn fasteners (three).

CHECKOUT2. Press NPRV cap toward FWD bulkhead.

3. √MCC-H with results

REPLACEMENT4. Secure Closeout Panel, LAB1S0-03, 1/4 turn fasteners (three).

5. Repeat steps 1 --- 4 for NPRV located behind Closeout LAB1P0-04.

233

16 AUG 00


234

PPRV REMOVAL/MPEV INSTALLATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 3 pages

18 JUL 002702.doc

OBJECTIVE:Remove Positive Pressure Relief Valve (PPRV) and replace with ManualPressure Equalization Valve (MPEV).

LOCATIONS:Stowed: √Maintenance and Assembly Task Supplement (MATS)

Installed: US Common Hatch, except Airlock Common Hatch

DURATION:30 minutes

PARTS:MPEV (P/N 683-10012-5)

MATERIALS:Dry Wipes

TOOLS REQUIRED:Equipment BagUSOS IVA Tool Kit:Kit D:

5/32" Hex Head Driver, 1/4" DriveKit E:

Ratchet 1/4" Drive4" Ext, 1/4" Drive3/8" to 1/4" Adapter

Kit G:(30-200 in-lb) Trq Wrench, 3/8" Drive


NOTE1. PPRV removal/MPEV installation both occur on

cabin (dome) side of Hatch.

2. Hatch should remain open, stowed throughoutprocedure.

3. Shipping closures are provided for all openingson replacement MPEV. Remove shippingclosures only at time of installation.

SAFING

WARNINGPressure between elements must be equalized.

235


18 JUL 002702.doc

Figure 1.- Hatch (Dome Side).

1. Remove PPRV cap.Temporarily stow.

PPRV → OverridePPRV Sample Port → Open

Reinstall cap.

PPRV REMOVAL2. Remove PPRV, fasteners (six) (Ratchet 5/32" Hex Head, 4" Ext).

3. Remove shipping closures (two) from MPEV, place on PPRV.Temporarily stow PPRV.

4. Clean Hatch at PPRV removal location (dry wipes).

MPEV INSTALLATION5. √MPEV − Open

CAUTIONEqualization valve must be orientated correctly.Refer to Figure 1 for proper installation orientation(nozzle toward bottom).

PPRV/MPEVinstalled position

236


18 JUL 002702.doc

Figure 2.- MPEV Shown in Closed Position.

6. Position MPEV in proper installation orientation.Refer to Figures 1 and 2.

7. Tighten fasteners (six) in star pattern.Torque to 66 in-lb (Ratchet 5/32" Hex Head, 4" Ext, 3/8" to 1/4" Adapter;(30-200 in-lb) Trq Wrench).

WARNINGMPEV must be closed for module pressure equalizationto be prepared for emergency Hatch closing.

8. MPEV → Close


10. √Maintenance and Assembly Task Supplement (MATS) for stowagelocation of removed PPRV.

11. Stow tools, equipment.

237

16 AUG 00


238

ATMOSPHERE REVITALIZATION RACK RELOCATE LAB1O6 TO LAB1D6

(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 15 pages

11 AUG 002703.doc

OBJECTIVE:Relocate Air Revitalization (AR) Rack from LAB1O6 to LAB1D6. Thisrelocation activity removes Rack Knee Braces, installs K-BAR Mechanism,mates all rack-to-module Umbilical Cables. Major Constituent Analyzer(MCA) / Verification Gas Assy Supply Valve is also placed in OPENposition.

LOCATION:

Stowed: Parts - ÖMaintenance and Assembly Task Supplement (MATS)Installed: LAB1D6

DURATION:Two hours

PARTS:K-BAR Assy, Left (one) (P/N 683-62201-1)K-BAR Assy, Right (one) (P/N 683-62201-2)ARIS - Pivot Fitting Bottom Left (one) (P/N 683-61711-31)ARIS - Pivot Fitting Bottom Right (one) (P/N 683-61711-32)Top Housing, QD Mitten (one) (P/N 683-20845-5)Bottom Housing, QD Mitten (one) (P/N 683-20845-6)

MATERIALS:Dry WipesVelcro or Bungie Straps

TOOLS REQUIRED:F5 CameraScopeMeterEquipment Bag (for temp stow)USOS IVA Tools: Equivalent Shuttle Tools:Lid #1: IFM Locker Drawer 1:

Static Wrist Tether Anti-Static Wrist TetherKit D: IFM Locker Drawer 3:

6", 3/8" Hex Head, 3/8" Drive 4" Ratchet Wrench, 1/4" Drive5/32" Hex Head, 3/8" Drive 4" Extension

Kit E: 1/4" to 3/8" AdapterRatchet, 3/8" Drive 5/32" Hex Head4" Ext, 3/8" Drive 4 1/2" Diagonal Cutters

Kit G: IFM Locker Drawer 4:(30-200 in-lbs) Torque Wrench, 3/8" Drive Flat Tip Screwdriver

Kit I:Common Tip Screwdriver 4" No Equivalent Shuttle Tools:

Kit J: 6", 3/8" Hex Head, 3/8" DriveWire Cutters 6", 3/8" Ball Tip Hex

Kit TBD (Ö MATS): Head, 3/8" Drive6", 3/8" Ball Tip Hex Head, 6", 3/8" Ball Tip Hex Head,3/8" Drive 3/8" Drive

(30-200 in-lbs) Torque Wrench

239



11 AUG 002703.doc

REFERENCED PROCEDURE(S):ATMOSPHERE REVITALIZATION RACK ACTIVATION

NOTE1. Specific Restraints & Mobility Aids

(R&MA) are not called-out, assumed tobe crew-preference items.

2. All directional references (up, down,left, right) are with respect to front faceof AR rack, as you face rack.

3. Refer to (SODF: S&M: REFERENCE)for explanatory information, drawingsof each rack mechanism.

Figure 1.- Rack Attachment Mechanisms.

CAUTION

Prior to rack translation, equipmentprotruding into translation path must beremoved to provide proper clearance.

1. ÖAll unnecessary equipment protruding into rack translation path has beenremoved, stowed.

2. Install handrails on adjacent racks (ZSR, MT, LT, AV-1), as required.

240



11 AUG 002703.doc

RELEASING LAB1D6 CONNECTOR SUPPORT BRACKET ASSEMBLY

Figure 2.- LAB1D6 Umbilical Launch Restraints.

3. While keeping Umbilical Cables attached, remove LAB1D6 ConnectorSupport Bracket Assembly (PN 683-56055-7) from standoff, knurled-knob removal fasteners (four) (Ratchet, 5/32" Hex Head).Refer to Figure 2.

4. Temporarily restrain Connector Support Bracket Assembly (with attachedcables) out of standoff area, AR rack installation location (Velcro orBungie Straps).

ACCESS

NOTEFollowing steps all occur at LAB1O6 untilotherwise noted.

5. Remove Utility Interface Panel (UIP) Close-out from rack, 1/4 turnfasteners (two), if required.

241



11 AUG 002703.doc

LAUNCH RESTRAINT DISENGAGEMENT

CAUTION

Disengagement sequence must befollowed exactly to prevent equipmentdamage. This process allows anyinduced loads to be released safely backinto structure. Begin at rack lower left.

Figure 3.- Rack Launch Restraint, Lower Left, Typical.

NOTE1. Rack Launch Restraint Locking Screw is

non-captive (not necessary to remove).

2. Expect loud �pop� during release of firstRack Launch Restraint.

6. Loosen left Locking Screw 10 to12 turns or until Rack Launch RestraintAccess Hole is clear (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" Hex Head).Refer to Figure 3.

7. Disengage left Rack Launch Restraint 10 to 12 turns until hard stop(Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" Hex Head).Refer to Figure 3.

8. Snug left Locking Screw (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" Hex Head).

9. Repeat steps 6 --- 8 for right Rack Launch Restraint.

Pivot MechanismKnob

LockingScrewRack

Launch RestraintAccess Hole

Pivot MechanismSlot

242



11 AUG 002703.doc

PIVOT FITTING INSTALLATION AT LAB1O6

Figure 4.- Installation of Pivot Fitting, Left Side.

NOTE1. Pivot Fitting Pin should slide into Pivot

Mechanism Slot during installation.

2. Refer to Figures 3 and 4 duringfollowing section.

10. Loosen both left, right Pivot Mechanism Knobs one turn, then snug inunlatched, down position.

11. Install ARIS - PIVOT FITTING BOTTOM LEFT (PN 683-61711-31) ontoStandoff Link located on lower left standoff.Torque fastener to 150 in-lbs (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" Hex Head,(30-200 in-lbs) Torque Wrench).

12. Install ARIS - PIVOT FITTING BOTTOM RIGHT (PN 683-61711-32) ontoStandoff Link located on lower right standoff.Torque fastener to 150 in-lbs (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" Hex Head,(30-200 in-lbs) Torque Wrench).

243



11 AUG 002703.doc

RACK UPPER ATTACH MECHANISMS DISENGAGEMENT

Figure 5.- Upper Attach Mechanism, Left Side, Typical.

13. Loosen left Locking Screw 10 --- 12 turns, or until threads completelydisengage (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" Hex Head).Refer to Figure 5.

NOTELeft, right Upper Attach Mechanism Pinions have reverse gearing.To disengage left Pinion, turn .To disengage right Pinion, turn .

14. Disengage left Pinion one full turn until hard stop (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8"Hex Head).Refer to Figure 5.

15. Repeat steps 13 and 14 for right Upper Attach Mechanism.

Pinion

Shear PinView Hole

LockingScrew

244



11 AUG 002703.doc

K-BAR INSTALLATION16. Rotate rack down only ~15cm (~5 inches).

Figure 6.- K-BAR Installed (Rack Upper Left).

NOTERefer to Figures 4 --- 6 during following section.

17. Place left K-BAR (PN 683-62201-1) into AR Rack left Upper AttachMechanism Shear Pin View Hole.

18. Verify left Upper Attach Mechanism Locking Screw disengaged.

CAUTION

Do not force Upper Attach Mechanism Pinions.Mechanism should easily engage KBAR.

NOTELeft, right Upper Attach Mechanism Pinionshave reverse gearing.To engage left Pinion, turn .To engage right Pinion, turn .

K-BAR Mechanism

Locking Screw

Pinion

K-BAR GSEBoss Fastener

K-BAR Thumb Latch

Shear Pin ViewHole

245



11 AUG 002703.doc

19. Engage left Upper Attach Mechanism Pinion into K-BAR until Shear Pin isvisible at top of mechanism (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" Ball Tip Hex Head).

20. Snug left Upper Attach Mechanism Locking Screw (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" BallTip Hex Head).

21. Snug left K-BAR GSE Boss fastener.

22. K-BAR Thumb Latch® Up position.

23. Repeat steps 17 --- 22 for right K-BAR (PN 683-62201-2).

RACK TRANSLATION TO LAB1D6

WARNING

1. Due to rack inertia, do not release rack priorto controlled stop.

2. At least two crewmembers are required forrack translation to prevent impact damage topersonnel, equipment.

3. Avoid pinch points between adjacent racks.

CAUTION

1. All cables, equipment, tools must be removedfrom space behind, around rack to preventequipment damage.

2. Keep LAB1D6 Connector Support BracketAssembly (with attached cables) in front ofAR rack during final installation of rack.

3. Translation rates must not exceed 8 cm/sec(3 inch/sec).

24. ÖRack rotation, translation path unobstructed.Verify that AR rack installation location is clear of equipment, ConnectorSupport Bracket Assembly out of way of rack.

25. Slowly tilt rack down, temporarily restrain by hand.

26. Grounding Strap (one)¬|® from rack, if required (Common TipScrewdriver 4").

27. Remove rack from Pivot-Pins (three crewmembers may be required).

28. Loosen both Pivot Mechanism Knobs one turn so Latches are free tomove.Refer to Figure 3.

246



11 AUG 002703.doc

29. Tilt, rotate rack as required to installation orientation at LAB1D6, alignRack Pivot Mechanisms onto Pivot Pins (three crewmembers may berequired).

30. Secure both Rack Pivot Mechanisms onto Pivot Pins by pushing down onrack bottom, keeping rack rotated down.

31. Snug both Pivot Mechanism Knobs in latched, up position.Refer to Figure 3.

RACK GROUNDING STRAP INSTALLATION

WARNING

Improper installation of grounding strapcould result in electrical shock hazard.

32. Clean Grounding Strap contact surfaces (Dry Wipes).

33. Grounding Strap®|¬ Rack Stud, 1/4 turn fastener (one)(Common Tip Screwdriver 4").

34. Check continuity between Rack, Standoff (ScopeMeter).

FINAL POSITION ROTATION

35. ÖK-BAR Thumb Latch® Up position.

CAUTION

All cables, equipment, tools must beremoved from space behind, around rackto prevent equipment damage.

36. ÖRack rotation path unobstructed.

Figure 7.- K-BAR Capture Mechanism, Installed On Lab Standoff.

RemovalFastener

AdjustmentFastener

247



11 AUG 002703.doc

NOTEIf K-BAR does not align with Capture Mechanism,loosen Adjustment Fastener using Ratchet, 5/32"Hex Head. Refer to Figure 7.

WARNING

1. Due to rack inertia, do not releaserack prior to controlled stop.

2. Avoid pinch points between adjacentracks.

3. Do not allow rack to over-rotatebeyond vertical position.

37. Slowly rotate rack up. Engage rack K-BAR Thumb Latches (two) intoCapture Mechanism located on lab standoff.Refer to Figure 7.

UMBILICAL CABLE INSTALLATION

38. ÖRACK POWER switch® OFF

CAUTION

Do not cut rack umbilical cables.

39. Cut Tie-Wraps (approx 20) to release LAB1D6 Rack Umbilicals (14) fromConnector Support Bracket Assembly (Wire Cutters). Temporarily stowConnector Support Bracket Assembly (PN 683-56055-7), Tie-Wraps.Refer to Figure 2.

WARNING

1553 Data Cables must be installed first to ensureproper operation of Rack Power Switch. Failure tocomply can result in electrical shock hazard. Orderof remaining cables does not matter.

CAUTION

1. Cables must be inspected for bent pins,debris prior to mating.

2. Equipment contains parts sensitive todamage by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD).

40. Don static wrist tether.Attach clip to unpainted, unanodized metal structure.

248



11 AUG 002703.doc

Table 1. AR Umbilical Connections

Rack Connector Label Standoff Umbilical

1553B LOCAL - J3 W3305P4

1553B LOCAL - J4 W3306P4

41. Mate 1553 Umbilical Connections while doing the following for eachcable:Refer to Table 1.

¬|® Protective Caps, inspect for bent pins, debris.

®|¬ Umbilical Cable, Ö for no Red Indicator Ring.Temporarily stow Protective Caps.

SAFING VERIFICATION42. Verifing LAB1D6 Rack Safed:

PCS Lab: EPS: Rack Power: Rack Power 2

Rack Power 2

�Rack LAB1D6�

Verify Switch Position - OffVerify Switch Avail - YesVerify Monitoring Status - Ena

�Rack Power LAB1D6�Verify RPCM_LA2B_C_RPC_01 Position - Op

UMBILICAL CABLE INSTALLATION, CONTINUED

NOTETHC umbilicals use a self-locking Hydraflowconnector. Nut on coupler is hand-tightenedagainst stop on coupler body. Whencorrectly mated, clear anodized band oncoupler body will not be visible.

Table 2. AR Umbilical Connections

Rack Connector Label Standoff Umbilical

DATA - J20 W3313P1

DATA - J21 W3315P1

DATA - J22 W3314P1

120 VDC POWER - J1 W3303P1

CABIN AIR SAMPLE SAMPLE AIR

TCS LOW TEMP SUPPLY LOW TEMP COOLANT WATER SUPPLY

TCS LOW TEMP RETURN LOW TEMP COOLANT WATER RETURN

CO2 VENT CO2 VACUUM VENT

THC PROCESS AIR SUPPLY PROCESS AIR SUPPLY

THC PROCESS AIR RETURN PROCESS AIR RETURN

TCS MOD TEMP SUPPLY MODERATE TEMP COOLANT WATER SUPPLY

TCS MOD TEMP RETURN MODERATE TEMP COOLANT WATER RETURN

MCA VACUUM No Connection From Standoff, Uses ExternalJumper (installed at a later time).

249



11 AUG 002703.doc

43. Mate Umbilical Connections while doing the following for each cable:Refer to Table 2.

¬|® Protective Caps (two), inspect for bent pins, debris.

®|¬ Umbilical Cable, Ö for no Red Indicator Ring.Temporarily stow Protective Caps.

44. Remove static wrist tether.

QD INSULATION MITTEN INSTALLATION

Figure 8.- AR Rack UIP (Front View), QD Insulation Mitten,Shown Installed.

250



11 AUG 002703.doc

Figure 9.- QD Insulation Mitten, Side View, Shown Installed.

45. Attach both halves of QD Insulation Mitten (PN 683-20845-5, 683-20845-6)to TCS LOW TEMP SUPPLY, TCS LOW TEMP RETURN Umbilicals.Each half of Mitten must fit under, over lip on attachment bracket.Refer to Figures 8 and 9.

46. Latch LTL Insulation Mitten over-center latch.

47. Photo-document all newly installed hardware (F5 Camera).

CLOSE OUT48. Attach UIP Closeout to AR Rack, 1/4 turn fastener (two).

Refer to Figure 1.

251



11 AUG 002703.doc

MCA/VERIFICATION GAS ASSY VALVE CONFIGURATION

Figure 10.- MCA/Verification Gas Supply Valve Location. AR Rack, Top Half.

CAUTION

1. Do not over-torque MCA / VerificationGas Supply Valve. Valve is extremelyfragile.

2. Do not use ratchet on valve. Turnvalve by hand using 4" Ext, 3/8" Driveonly. Place tool squarely into flushmounted fitting on face of MCA.

49. HV 02 VERIFICATION GAS SUPPLY® OPEN (3/4 turn ) (4" Ext).Refer to Figure 10.

252



11 AUG 002703.doc

KNEE BRACE REMOVAL FROM LAB1O6

Figure 11.- Rack Knee Brace Assembly.

50. Remove single, double Knee Brace Assembly sections (PN 683-50249-3)by pulling captive PIP-pins (three) from Stand-off Clevis.Temporarily stow.Refer to Figure 11.

CHECKOUT

51. RACK POWER switch® ON

52. Closing LAB1D6 RPCPCS Lab: EPS: Rack Power: Rack Power 2

Rack Power 2

�Rack LAB1D6�

Verify Switch Position - OffVerify Switch Avail - YesVerify Monitoring Status - Ena

�Rack Power On�

cmd LAB1D6 Pwr On

�Rack Power LAB1P6�

Verify RPCM_LA2B_C_RPC_01 Position - Cl

53. Inform MCC-H that AR Rack relocation activity is complete.

54. On MCC-H GO, perform {1.301 ATMOSPHERE REVITALIZATIONRACK ACTIVATION}, all, (SODF: ECLSS: A&C:ARS)

POST MAINTENANCE

55. ÖMaintenance and Assembly Task Supplement (MATS) for stowagelocation of removed Connector Support Bracket Assembly (PN 683-56055-7), Knee Brace Assembly (PN 683-50249-3), Tie-Wraps.

56. Stow tools, equipment.

253

16 AUG 00


254

LAB BACTERIA/CHARCOAL FILTER R&R(ISS IFM/5A - ALL/FIN) Page 1 of 4 pages

28 JUL 002785.doc

OBJECTIVE:Remove and replace expended Bacteria or Charcoal Filters (three eachstandoff) one standoff at a time or replace Charcoal Filter with BacteriaFilter.

LOCATION:Installed: Lab Standoffs LAB1SD1,3,5 and LAB1PD1,3,5Stowed: √Maintenance and Assembly Task Supplement (MATS)

DURATION:45 minutes

PARTS:Bacteria Filters (four) (P/N SV810010-1) orCharcoal Filters (four) (P/N SV821776)

MATERIALS:Gray Tape

TOOLS REQUIRED:ISS Common IVA Tool Kit:Kit E:

Ratchet 1/4" Drive6" Ext 1/4" Drive

Kit F:5/16" Socket, 1/4" Drive

Kit H:Scissors

Kit J:Connector Pliers

REFERENCED PROCEDURE(S):SMOKE DETECTOR DEACTIVATIONSMOKE DETECTOR ACTIVATION

SAFING

WARNINGCabin Air Damper Assemblies must be closedduring this procedure to prevent circulation ofcontaminates.

CAUTIONTo maintain air circulation in the Lab, executethis procedure one standoff at a time.

255


28 JUL 002785.doc

NOTEPulling up on Cabin Air Damper Assembly knobdisengages a lock pin on the bottom that allowsthe knob to be rotated.

CAUTIONFan speed must be decreased beforeclosing Cabin Air Damper Assembly.

1. For operating CCAA LAB1P6 (LAB1S6), perform {CCAA FAN SPEEDDECREASE} (SODF: ECLSS: THC: CCAA).

2. Manually close Cabin Air Damper Assembly (LAB1SD6, LAB1PD6).

CAUTIONDeactivate LAB1SD5 or LAB1PD1 Smoke Detectorsbefore removing for filter replacement.

3. For LAB1SD5 or LAB1PD1, perform {SMOKE DETECTORDEACTIVATION}, all (SODF: ECLSS: ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT:FDS), then:

SMOKE DETECTOR REMOVAL

Figure 1.- Smoke Detector Fasteners and Power/Data Connector.

4. If LAB1SD5: P1-W3219 ←|→ J1LAB1PD1: P1-W3317 ←|→ J1 (Connector Pliers)

Power/DataConnector

Fasteners(four)

256


28 JUL 002785.doc

5. Remove fasteners (four) securing smoke detector bracket to standoff(Ratchet 1/4" Drive, 5/6" Socket, 1/4" Drive, 6" Ext 1/4" Drive).

Temporarily stow.

REMOVING FILTERS

Figure 2.- View of Filter Assembly Door.

NOTEOpen plastic Containment Bag lengthwisewhen removing replacement Filter from bag.

6. Remove, temporarily stow new filter from Containment Bag (Scissors).

7. Open filter assembly door.Position Containment Bag over expended Bacteria Filter.Collapse Containment Bag to pull strap in center of Bacteria Filter.Pull Bacteria Filter into bag.Close bag.Temporarily stow.

8. Seal Containment Bag containing expended Bacteria Filter with GrayTape.

REPLACEMENT9. Install new filter.

Close assembly door.

10. Repeat steps 5 --- 8 for other filters in standoff.

11. Replace Smoke Detector.Secure fasteners (four) (Ratchet 1/4" Drive, 6" Ext 1/4" Drive, 5/16"Socket, 1/4" Drive).

12. If LAB1SD5: P1-W3219 →|← J1LAB1PD1: P1-W3317 →|← J1

13. For LAB1SD5 or LAB1PD1, perform {SMOKE DETECTOR ACTIVATION},all (SODF: ECLSS: ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT: FDS), then:

Latch Handle

Filter Element shownthrough grate.

Mounting Fasteners (8)Hinges (3)

257


28 JUL 002785.doc

CLOSEOUT

CAUTIONCabin Air Assembly must be openedbefore increasing fan speed.

14. Manually open Cabin Air Damper Assembly (LAB1SD6, LAB1PD6).

15. Repeat steps 1 --- 13 for opposite standoff.

16. For operating CCAA LAB1P6 (LAB1S6), perform {CCAA FAN SPEEDINCREASE} (SODF: ECLSS: THC: CCAA).

CHECKOUT17. Inform MCC-H of task completion.

18. √MATS for stowage location of spent Bacteria Filter

19. Stow expended filters and tools.

258

LAB RELEASE RACK LAUNCH RESTRAINTS(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 9 pages

11 AUG 007019.doc

OBJECTIVE:This procedure releases all rack-to-module launch restraints for following fourracks: AV-1, AV-2, MT, and LT. This includes disengaging Lower RackLaunch Restraints, installing ARIS Pivot Fittings. Knee Brace Assembliesare removed, K-BAR Assemblies installed for following two racks: AV-1 andAV-2.

LOCATION:Stowed: √Maintenance and Assembly Task Supplement (MATS)Installed: LAB1D1 (AV-2), LAB1D5 (AV-1), LAB1S6 (MT), LAB1P6 (LT)

DURATION:90 minutes

PARTS:K-BAR Assy, Left (two) (P/N 683-62201-1)K-BAR Assy, Right (two) (P/N 683-62201-2)ARIS - Pivot Fitting Bottom Left (four) (P/N 683-61711-31)ARIS - Pivot Fitting Bottom Right (four) (P/N 683-61711-32)

MATERIALS:None

TOOLS REQUIRED:F5 Camera

USOS IVA Tool Kit: Equivalent Shuttle Tools:Kit D: None

6", 3/8" Hex Head, 3/8" Drive5/32" Hex Head, 3/8" Drive

Kit E:Ratchet 3/8" Drive

Kit G:(30-200 in-lbs) Torque Wrench, 3/8" Drive

Kit TBD (√MATS):6", 3/8" Ball Tip Hex Head, 3/8" Drive


259


11 AUG 007019.doc

Figure 1.- Rack Attachment Mechanisms.

NOTE1. Order of Rack Pivot Fitting Installation does not matter.

2. Specific Restraints and Mobility Aids (R&MA) are notcalled out, assumed to be crew-preference items

3. All directional references (up, down, left, right) are withrespect to front face of rack, as you face rack.

4. Refer to (SODF: S&M: REFERENCE) for explanatoryinformation, drawings of each rack mechanism.

CAUTIONProcedure is repeated for each rack location. However, donot do steps 12 --- 29 for MT and LT racks. Execute thesesteps for AV-1 and AV-2 racks only.

1. Begin at one of the following four racks:LAB1D1 (AV-2), LAB1D5 (AV-1), LAB1S6 (MT), LAB1P6 (LT)

ACCESS2. Remove Utility Interface Panel (UIP) Closeout from rack, 1/4 turn

fasteners (two), if required.

260


11 AUG 007019.doc

LAUNCH RESTRAINT DISENGAGEMENT

CAUTIONDisengagement sequence must be followed exactly toprevent equipment damage. This process allows anyinduced loads to be released safely back into structure.Begin at rack lower left.

Figure 2.- Rack Launch Restraint, Left Side, Typical.

NOTE1. Rack Launch Restraint Locking Screw is noncaptive

(not necessary to remove).

2. Expect loud “pop” during release of first Rack LaunchRestraint

3. Loosen left Locking Screw 10 --- 12 turns or until Rack Launch RestraintAccess Hole is clear (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" Hex Head).

Refer to Figure 2.

4. Disengage left Rack Launch Restraint 10 --- 12 turns until hard stop(Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" Hex Head).

Refer to Figure 2.

5. Snug left Locking Screw (Ratchet, 3/8" Hex Head).

6. Repeat steps 3 --- 5 for right Lower Attach Mechanism.

Pivot MechanismKnob

LockingScrew

RackLaunch Restraint

Access Hole

Pivot MechanismSlot

261


11 AUG 007019.doc

PIVOT FITTING INSTALLATION

Figure 3.- Installation of Pivot Fitting, Left Side.

NOTE1. Pivot Fitting Pin should slide into Pivot Mechanism

Slot during installation.

2. Refer to Figures 2, 3 during following section

7. Loosen both left and right Pivot Mechanism Knobs one turn, then snug inunlatched, down position.

8. Install ARIS - Pivot Fitting Bottom Left (PN 683-61711-31) onto StandoffLink located on lower left standoff.

Torque fastener to 150 in-lbs (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" Hex Head, (30-200 in-lbs)Torque Wrench).

9. Install ARIS - Pivot Fitting Bottom Right (PN 683-61711-32) onto StandoffLink located on lower right standoff.

Torque fastener to 150 in-lbs (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" Hex Head, (30-200 in-lbs)Torque Wrench).

10. Verify both left and right Pivot Fittings are secure by pulling on PivotFitting.

11. Loose both left and right Pivot Mechanism Knobs one turn, then snug inlatched, up position.

262


11 AUG 007019.doc

RACK UPPER ATTACH MECHANISMS DISENGAGEMENT

CAUTIONDo not do steps 12 --- 29 for MT and LT racks.Execute these steps for AV-1 and AV-2 racks only.

Figure 4.- Upper Attach Mechanism, Left Side, Typical.

12. Loosen left Locking Screw 10 --- 12 turns or until threads completelydisengage (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" Hex Head).

Refer to Figure 4.

NOTELeft and right Upper Attach MechanismPinions have reverse gearing.

To disengage left Pinion, turn .To disengage right Pinion, turn .

13. Disengage left Pinion one full turn until hard stop (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" Hex Head).Refer to Figure 4.

14. Repeat steps 12 and 13 for right Upper Attach Mechanism.

Pinion

Shear PinView Hole

Locking Screw

263


11 AUG 007019.doc

K-BAR INSTALLATION15. Rotate rack down only ~15 cm (~5 inches).

Figure 5.- K-BAR Assembly Installed (Rack Upper Left).

NOTERefer to Figures 4 and 5 while performingthe following steps.

16. Place left K-BAR (PN 683-62201-1) into left Upper Attach MechanismShear Pin View Hole.

17. Verify left Upper Attach Mechanism Locking Screw disengaged.

CAUTIONDo not force Upper Attach MechanismPinions. Mechanism should easilyengage KBAR Assembly.

NOTELeft and right Upper Attach MechanismPinions have reverse gearing.

To engage left Pinion, turn .To engage right Pinion, turn .

K-BAR Mechanism

Locking Screw

Pinion

K-BAR GSEBoss Fastener

K-BAR Thumb Latch

Shear Pin ViewHole

264


11 AUG 007019.doc

18. Engage left Upper Attach Mechanism Pinion into K-BAR until Shear Pin isvisible at top of mechanism (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8" Ball Tip Hex Head).

19. Snug left Upper Attach Mechanism Locking Screws (Ratchet, 6" x 3/8"Ball Tip Hex Head).

20. Snug left K-BAR GSE Boss fastener.

21. K-BAR Thumb Latch → Up

22. Repeat steps 16 --- 21 for right K-BAR (PN 683-62201-2).

RACK DOWN ROTATION

CAUTION1. All cables, equipment, and tools must be

removed from area around rack to preventequipment damage.

2. Do not allow rack to impact equipmentprotruding from rack directly below.

23. √Rack rotation path unobstructed

WARNING1. Due to rack inertia, do not release rack

prior to controlled stop.2. Avoid pinch points between adjacent racks.

24. Slowly rotate rack down, temporarily restrain by hand.

NOTEOne crewmember should restrain rack byhand while second crewmember executessteps 25 and 26.

265


11 AUG 007019.doc

KNEE BRACE REMOVAL

Figure 6.- Rack Knee Brace Assembly.

25. Remove single, double Knee Brace Assembly sections (PN 683-50249-3)by pulling captive PIP-pins (three) from Standoff Clevis.

Refer to Figure 6.

26. Temporarily stow Knee Brace Assembly in Equipment Bag.

RACK UP ROTATION27. √K-BAR Thumb Latch → Up

CAUTIONAll cables, equipment, and tools must beremoved from space behind and aroundrack to prevent equipment damage.

28. √Rack rotation path unobstructed

Figure 7.- K-BAR Capture Mechanism, Installed on Lab Standoff.

RemovalFastener

AdjustmentFastener

266


11 AUG 007019.doc

NOTEIf K-BAR does not align with CaptureMechanism, loosen Adjustment Fastenerusing Ratchet, 5/32" Hex Head. Refer toFigure 7.

WARNING1. Due to rack inertia, do not release

rack prior to controlled stop.2. Avoid pinch points between adjacent

racks.3. Do not allow rack to over-rotate

beyond vertical position.

29. Slowly rotate rack up.Engage rack K-BAR Thumb Latches (two) into Capture Mechanismlocated on Lab Standoff.

Refer to Figure 7.

CLOSE OUT30. Attach UIP Closeout to Rack, 1/4 turn fasteners (two).

31. Repeat steps 1 --- 30 for remaining rack locations, as required.

POST MAINTENANCE32. Notify MCC-H that all Rack-to-Module Launch Restraints have been

removed.

33. √Maintenance and Assembly Task Supplement (MATS) for stowagelocation of Knee Brace Assemblies (two sets, PN 683-50249-3), photodocumentation requirements

34. Stow tools and equipment.

267

16 AUG 00


268

LAB FWD NPRV REMOVAL/IMV VALVE INSTALLATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 11 pages

14 AUG 008866.doc

OBJECTIVE:Replace Lab Forward Negative Pressure Relief Valve (NPRV) withIntermodule Ventilation Valve (IMV).

LOCATION:Installed: LAB1P0, LAB1S0Stowed: √Maintenance and Assembly Task Supplement (MATS)

DURATION:56 minutes

PARTS:IMV Valve (P/N 2353024-4)

MATERIALS:Rubber GlovesBraycote Lubricant

TOOLS REQUIRED:Station Tools: Equivalent Shuttle Tools:USOS IVA Tool Kit: Drawer 3:Tool Lid #2: Hex Head Drivers: 5/32"

Table Cloth 3/8" to 1/4" AdapterKit C: 1/4" to 3/8" Adapter

1/2" Deep Socket, 3/8" Drive 1/4" Driver HandleKit D: 4" Extension (1/4" Drive)

5/32" Hex Head, 3/8" Drive 6" Extension (1/4" Drive)Kit E: 10" Extension (1/4" Drive)

3/8" to 1/4" Adapter 12-Point Deepwell Sockets (1/4"1/4" to 3/8" Adapter Drive): 1/4"Ratchet 3/8" DriveDriver Handle 1/4" Drive No Shuttle Equivalent Tool:4" Ext, 1/4" Drive 1/2" Deep Socket, 3/8" Drive6" Ext, 1/4" Drive Ratchet 3/8" Drive10" Ext, 1/4" Drive (5-35 in-lbs) Trq Driver, 1/4" Drive

Kit F: (30-200 in-lbs) Trq Wrench, 3/8"1/4" Deep Socket, 1/4" Drive Drive

Kit G: Small Flat Tip Driver, 3/8" Drive(5-35 in-lb) Trq Driver, 1/4" Drive 5/32" Stubby Hex Head, 1/4" Drive(30-200 in-lb) Trq Wrench, 3/8" Drive

Kit I:Small Flat Tip Driver, 3/8" Drive

Kit R:5/32" Stubby Hex Head, 1/4" Drive


269


14 AUG 008866.doc

SAFE


1. Remove power from Port and Starboard IMV locations.

Remove Fwd Port IMV Power

PCS Lab: ECLSS: IMV Fwd Port VlvLab:IMV Fwd Port Vlv

sel RPCM_LA1B_E_RPC_03RPCM_LA1B_E_RPC_03

cmd RPC Position − Open (Verify − Op)cmd Close Cmd − Inhibit (Verify − Inh)

Remove Fwd Starboard IMV Power

PCS Lab: ECLSS: IMV Fwd Stbd VlvLab:IMV Fwd Stbd Vlv

sel RPCM_LA1B_B_RPC_16RPCM_LA1B_B_RPC_16

cmd RPC Position − Open (Verify − Op)cmd Close Cmd − Inhibit (Verify − Inh)

270


14 AUG 008866.doc

CapCap

QuarterQuarterFigure 1.- NPRV Assembly, Typical Configuration.

271


14 AUG 008866.doc

Figure 2.- NPRV Assembly, Typical Configuration.

REMOVE

2. Remove V-Band clamp and remove NPRV Valve (Ratchet 3/8" Drive, 1/2"Deep Socket).

Refer to Figure 2.

NPRVVALVE

V-BANDCLAMP

272


14 AUG 008866.doc

Figure 3.-Typical View IMV O-Rings.

OuterO-Ring

InnerO-Ring

273


14 AUG 008866.doc

Figure 4.- Typical IMV Assembly Configuration.

274


14 AUG 008866.doc

Figure 5.- Partial Typical IMV Configuration.

Two connectorprotective covers forJ1 and J2

RMO Bolts andProtective Cover

IMV ValveProtective Covers willbe on both ends ofvalve, blue tape willnot be present.

RMO Flex Cableexternal hex will mateto internal hex on IMVActuator.

IMV V-BandClamp

275


14 AUG 008866.doc

ACCESS

Table 2. LAB 1 FWD Closeout PanelsIMV ORU REFDES Closeout Panel Captive

FastenersA1019 (FWD - PORT) LAB 1 P0-04 3 eachA1019 (FWD - PORT) LAB 1 P0-03 3 eachA1020 (FWD - STBD) LAB 1 S0-04 3 eachA1020 (FWD - STBD) LAB 1 S0-03 3 each

3. Remove closeout panels by hand (1/4 Turn Fasteners).Temporarily stow.Refer to Table 2.

Table 3. LAB 1 J1 and J2 ConnectorsIMV ORU REFDES Power Cable

ConnectorsORU Connectors

A1019 (FWD - PORT ) W2117-P5 J1A1019 (FWD - PORT ) W2356-P7 J2A1020 (FWD - STBD ) W2101-P2 J1A1020 (FWD - STBD ) W2356-P9 J2

4. Remove V-Band clamp.Remove failed NPRV Valve (Ratchet 3/8" Drive, 1/2" Deep Socket).Temporarily stow.

5. Remove protective caps (four) from new IMV, RMO Protective Cover fromIMV Valve.

Temporarily stow.Refer to Figure 5.

6. √Gaskets (two) on mating surface of IMV Valve flangeRefer to Figure 3.

INSTALLATION7. Ensure IMV Valve fully closed to mechanical hard stop, RMO in closed

position.

NOTEThe IMV Valve should be installed at an angle to provideoptimum bend radius for mating of manual override cable.Manual override connector can be relocated by loosening,but not removing, actuator bolts on IMV Valve.

8. Apply thin film Braycote lubricant to O-rings (Rubber Gloves).

9. Using reference mark, align IMV Valve to bulkhead and install V-Bandclamp to hold Valve in place. (Ratchet 3/8" Drive, 1/2" Deep Socket).

Refer to Figure 4.

276


14 AUG 008866.doc

10. √Manual override flex cable to verify optimum bend radius, installfasteners (two).

Refer to Figure 4.If optimum bend radius acquired, go to step 13.Else continue with procedure.

1

1

Figure 6.- IMV Actuator Bolt Tightening Pattern.

NOTEThe IMV Valve actuator bolts are not captive. Loosenbut do not remove.

11. Loosen IMV Valve actuator noncaptive bolts (six) on top of actuatorlocated on upper end of valve (Ratchet 3/8" Drive, 3/8" to 1/4" Adapter,5/32" Stubby Hex Head Driver).

Refer to Figure 5.

12. Carefully turn actuator left or right and relocate manual overrideconnection for optimum cable bend radius.

13. Retighten actuator bolts in star pattern to 23 in-lb (5/32" Stubby Hex HeadDriver, 1/4" Drive, (5-35 in-lb) Trq Driver, 6" Ext Required for Fwd Stbd).

Refer to Figure 6.

277


14 AUG 008866.doc

14. Install RMO flex cable bolts (two) (on side of actuator) tighten to 39 in-lb(Ratchet 3/8" Drive, 5/32" Hex Head Driver, (30-200 in-lb) Trq Wrench).

NOTESome IMV valve band clamps may require Flat Tip Driveror 1/4" Deep Socket, 1/4" Drive. This is dependant onspace between head of fastener and interface tolerancesto band clamp.

15. Tighten IMV Valve V-Band clamp nut, torque to 120-150 in-lb (Ratchet3/8" Drive, 1/2" Deep Socket, (30-200 in-lb) Trq Wrench, 10" Ext may berequired for Fwd Port).

16. Slide band clamp over edge of coupling duct and beaded flange on IMVValve such that it lies at least 1/8" from beaded end.

Tighten fastener, torque to 16 --- 18 in-lb (Driver Handle 1/4" Drive, SmallFlat Tip Head Driver 3/8" Drive, 1/4" to 3/8" Adapter (5-35 in-lb) TrqDriver).

17. Mate IMV Valve power and data cables (J1 and J2) to connectors.Align main key with main keyway, turn until fully seated.Refer to Table 3.

CLOSEOUT18. Install closeout panels, tighten 1/4 turn closeout fasteners on closeout

panels.

19. Restore power to Fwd IMV Valves.

Restore Fwd Starboard IMV Power

PCS Lab: ECLSS: IMV Fwd Stbd VlvLab:IMV Fwd Stbd Vlv

sel RPCM_LA1B_B_RPC_16

RPCM_LA1B_B_RPC_16

cmd Close Cmd – Enable (Verify – Ena)cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify − Cl)

Restore Fwd Port IMV Power

PCS Lab: ECLSS: IMV Fwd Port VlvLab:IMV Fwd Port Vlv

sel RPCM_LA1B_E_RPC_03

RPCM_LA1B_E_RPC_03

278


14 AUG 008866.doc



21. √MATS for stowage location of failed IMV Valve

22. Stow tools.

279

16 AUG 00


280

LAB SETUP ACTIVITIES CHECKLIST(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

03 JUL 002739.doc

FD7 Lab Setup Activities Tracking Checklist

√OrdNum

Lab Setup Activities TaskConstraints

MET Completed Notes(Difficulties, unique

conditions, etc)1 Verify Lab Cabin Air

Supply DiffuserNominal DetentSettings (six)

___/___:___:___

2 Portable FireExtinguisherInspection (two)

___/___:___:___

3 Portable BreathingApparatusInspection (two)

___/___:___:___

4 Activate EmergencyEgress Lighting(SODF: ASSY OPS)

___/___:___:___

5 UOP Checkout(SODF: ASSY OPS) ___/___:___:___

6 PCS Setup (SODF:ASSY OPS)

5 complete___/___:___:___

7 Air to Ground JumperCable Installation(SODF: ASSY OPS)

___/___:___:___

8 Docked Audio toRussian Audio I/FJumper CableInstallation (SODF:ASSY OPS)

___/___:___:___

9 Audio SubsystemInitial Voice LoopsSet Up (SODF:ASSY OPS)

6 --- 8complete ___/___:___:___

10 US and Russian C&WSystem Checkout(SODF: ASSY OPS)

6 complete___/___:___:___

11 NPRV Removal/IMVValve Installation(SODF: ASSY OPS)

___/___:___:___

12 IMV ValveReconfiguation(SODF: ASSY OPS)

6 and 11complete ___/___:___:___

13 IMV Fan Activation/Deactivation(SODF: ASSY OPS)

6, 11 and 12complete ___/___:___:___

281

LAB SETUP ACTIVITIES CHECKLIST(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

03 JUL 002739.doc

√OrdNum

Lab Setup Activities TaskConstraints

MET Completed Notes(Difficulties, unique

conditions, etc)14 Lab AV 2 Rack and

Fwd Endcone LTL toMTL Reconfiguration(SODF: ASSY OPS)

___/___:___:___

15 Lab Fwd NPRVCheckout (SODF:ASSY OPS)

___/___:___:___

16 PPRVRemoval/MPEVInstallation (SODF:ASSY OPS)

___/___:___:___

17 LabBacterial/CharcoalFilter R&R (SODF:ASSY OPS)

___/___:___:___

18 AtmosphereRevitalization RackRelocate LAB1O6 toLAB1D6 (SODF:ASSY OPS)

___/___:___:___

19 Rack Fire IndicatorTesting (SODF:ASSY OPS)

18 complete___/___:___:___

20 AtmosphereRevitalization RackInitial Activation andCheckout (SODF:ECLSS)

18 and 19complete ___/___:___:___

21 AtmosphereRevitalization RackStartup (SODF:ECLSS)

18 --- 20complete ___/___:___:___

22 Lab Release RackLaunch Restraints(SODF: ASSY OPS)

___/___:___:___

23 Zero-G Stowage RackInsert Installation ___/___:___:___

282

16 AUG 00

ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

A&C

283

16 AUG 00


A&C

284

PCS SETUP(POC/4A - ALL/FIN 1) Page 1 of 5 pages

15 JUN 005328.doc

1. UNSTOWING PCSPCS Thinkpad1553 PC Card w/Adapter Cable 22in

If RSRS DC Power and 1553 Cable 8'RS/ORB DC Power SupplyORB Power Supply Adapter Cable 10'

If USOSUS DC Power and 1553 Cable (UOP to Power Supply and 760), 8'US DC Power Supply (120V)DC Power Supply Adapter Cable, 10'

2. VERIFYING POWER OFFIf in SM

Pwr Sply √RS/ORB DC Power Supply sw – Off

If in FGBPwr Sply √RS/ORB DC Power Supply sw – Off

√�� sw – Off

If in USOS√UOP Power Light − Lt Off

3. MAKING PCS POWER AND DATA CABLE CONNECTIONSConnect 22in Adapter Cable to the 1553 PC Card.Insert 1553 PC Card into top PCS PCMCIA slot.

If in SMConnect RS DC Power and 1553 Cable 8' to panel 427 (227), receptacleGNC 2/RS Bus 8 (GNC 1/RS Bus 7), the RS/ORB DC Power Supplyoutlet (J1) and 22in Adapter Cable.

Connect the ORB Power Supply Adapter Cable 10' to the PCS andto the RS/ORB DC power supply outlet (J2).

If in FGBConnect RS DC Power and 1553 Cable 8' to receptacle on panelGNC 2/RS Bus 8 (GNC 1/RS Bus 7), the RS/ORB DC Power Supplyoutlet (J1) and 22in Adapter Cable.

Connect the ORB Power Supply Adapter Cable 10' to the PCS and tothe RS/ORB DC power supply outlet (J2).

Connect the cable protruding from the GNC 2/RS Bus 8 (GNC 1/RSBus 7) receptacle (cables are labeled 77KM-2120-1670 and77KM-2120-2190, respectively) to the 10A connector on receptacle��

~

285


15 JUN 005328.doc

If in USOSConnect US DC Power and 1553 Cable (UOP to Power Supplyand 760), 8' to the UOP, the US DC Power Supply (120V) outlet(J1), and 22in Adapter Cable.

Connect the DC Power Supply Adapter Cable, 10' to the PCS and tothe US DC Power Supply (120V) outlet (J2).

NOTE1. PCS connection to MDM is indicated by green in the Status

Box and ‘Connected ’ message displayed in the PCSCDSMain Control Panel Window only when the C&C MDM is upand running.

2. If MDM is not up and running and step 4 is executed, expecta PCS ‘CW Server Error Msg ’ and a ‘CDS Signon Fail ’.

4. TURNING ON PCSIf in SM

RS/ORB DC Power Supply sw → On (Lt On)PCS PCS Thinkpad pwr sw → On

If in FGBPwr Sply On panel OUTLET PWR-10/3 AMPS (-10/3), sw → ON

RS/ORB DC Power Supply sw → On (Lt On)

PCS PCS Thinkpad pwr sw → On

If in USOSUOP Push Power Button → On (Lt On)PCS PCS Thinkpad pwr sw → On

If pop-up window appears asking for what time source to usesel MDM Time

NOTEA pop-up window may appear saying that theCW Server failed to start and it will be retriedevery 15 seconds. Select OK to remove it.

After approximately 1 minute, √‘PCS Home Page ’ is displayed.

**********************************************If GMT - <static> or telemetry fields inCaution & Warning toolbar are cyan,perform {PCS RECONNECT}, all(SODF: POC: NOMINAL: PCS).

**********************************************

Displays may now be selected as desired.

Inform MCC-H when complete.

~

286


15 JUN 005328.doc

TBD

Figure 1.- SM PCS Configuration.

287


15 JUN 005328.doc

Figure 2.- FGB PCS Configuration.

NOTE1. The Russian power cable is fixed in place and only needs to be

connected to the Russian 10A power outlet.

2. The 1553 Data Cable I/Fs with a 22in pigtail connector (Ch Aand B) connects to the 1553 Card that inserts into the PC CardPCMIA upper slot in the PCS.

ORB PWR ⇒SUPPLYADAPTERCABLE, 10’

(SEG39129263-301)

J1RS/ORB DC PWR

SUPPLY(SED39126010-301)

J2

PCS

③

PCRRS 8 (GNC 2)

ORRS 7 (GNC 1)

②

①RUSSIAN PWR CABLE ⇒

10ARUSSIANPWR

RS DC PWR & 1553 CABLE, 8’ ⇒(SEG39129274-301)

288


15 JUN 005328.doc

TBD

Figure 3.- USOS PCS Configuration.

289

16 AUG 00


290

PCS DEACTIVATION(POC/4A - ALL/FIN 1) Page 1 of 2 pages

13 JUN 005743.doc

1. POWERING DOWN EPCS/PCSClose all display windows.

Disconnect CDS from MDM.

Close CDS window.

At the taskbar on bottom of display,sel EXIT

On Logout Confirmation windowsel OK

When ‘Type any key to continue ’ message appears

If shuttle AFDPCS PCS 1,2 Thinkpad pwr sw → Off

Pwr Sply PCS1 28V DC Pwr Sply sw → Off (Lt Off)PCS2 28V DC Pwr Sply sw → Off (Lt Off)

A15 MNC DC UTIL PWR (J2) → Off

PDIP DC POWER 2 → Off

If in SMPCS PCS Thinkpad pwr sw → OffPwr Sply PCS 28V DC Pwr Sply sw → Off (Lt Off)

If in FGBPCS PCS Thinkpad Pwr sw → OffPwr Sply PCS 28V DC Pwr Sply sw → Off (Lt Off)�� → OFF

2. DISCONNECTING EPCS/PCS POWER AND DATA CABLEIf shuttle AFD

L12/A3 Disconnect both ORB 1553 Data Cables 8' from N1-1 (J103) andN1-2 (J107) and from the1553 PC Card Adapter Cables.

Disconnect both the ORB DC Power Cable 6' and ORB DC PowerCable 10' from the RS/ORB DC power supply (J1) and the ORB DCoutlets.

Disconnect both the ORB Power Supply Adapter Cable 10' from thePCS DC power outlet and the RS/ORB DC power supply (J2).

~

291

PCS DEACTIVATION(POC/4A - ALL/FIN 1) Page 2 of 2 pages

13 JUN 005743.doc

If in SMDisconnect RS DC Power and 1553 Cable 8' to PCR outlet and theRS/ORB DC power supply outlet (J1) and the 1553 PC Card AdapterCable.

Pwr Sply Disconnect the ORB Power Supply Adapter Cable 10' from theRS/ORB DC power supply outlet (J2) and from the PCS.

If in FGBDisconnect RS DC Power and 1553 Cable 8' to PCR outlet and theRS/ORB DC power supply outlet (J1) and the 1553 PC Card AdapterCable.

Pwr Sply Disconnect the ORB Power Supply Adapter Cable 10' from theRS/ORB DC power supply outlet (J2) and from the PCS.

��-10/3 Disconnect the cable, protruding from the GNC 2/RS Bus 8(GNC 1/RS Bus 7) panel (cables are labeled 77KM-2120-1670 and77KM-2120-2190, respectively), from the 10A connector on panel��

3. STOWING EPCS/PCSPCS Thinkpads20V DC Power Cables 10'1553 Card and 22-inch Adapter CardIf shuttle AFD

Stow ORB DC Power Cable 6'ORB DC Power Cable 10'ORB 1553 Data Cables 8'RS/ORB DC Power Supply

If ISS RSStow RS DC Power and 1553 Cable 8' in the FGB.

RS/ORB DC Power Supply

~

292

1.104 US AND RUSSIAN C&W SYSTEM CHECKOUT(C&DH/5A - ALL/FIN/MULTI) Page 1 of 6 pages

14 AUG 002397.doc

NOTE1. C&C MDM, INT MDM, LA-2 MDM, SMCC, and AUDIO

SYSTEM (IAC and ATUs) must be operational prior torunning this procedure.

2. The first time this procedure is run, all three emergencyevents will be tested. In order to minimize risk, the softwareresponses will be inhibited to only one emergency event ata time; therefore, steps 3 --- 12 will be run through threetimes (once for each emergency event test).

1. LAB CAUTION AND WARNING PANEL LAMP TEST

NOTECaution and Warning Panel Lamp TEST button testsonly local panel.

LAB CWP pb TEST → Press and hold down for duration of lamp test

Verify lights (five) − (four red, one yellow)

pb TEST → Release

Verify lights (five) −

2. SM CAUTION AND WARNING PANEL LAMP AND TONE TEST

NOTECaution and Warning Panel Lamp TEST tests onlylocal panel.

SM CWP pb TEST → Press and hold down for duration of lamp test

Verify all C&W panel lights (twenty-five) − (ten - red, eleven - green,four - yellow)

Verify GENERAL ALARM light −

pb TEST → Release

pb ACK → Push to extinguish the Emergency lights

Verify all C&W panel lights (twenty-five) −

PCS 3. INHIBITING C&C AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY RESPONSE

WARNINGOnce step 3, INHIBIT C&W AUTOMATIC EMERGENCYRESPONSE is initiated and the procedure is stopped beforecompletion, perform ENABLE C&C AUTOMATIC EMERGENCYRESPONSE, step 12 (SODF: C&DH) before leaving procedure.

293


14 AUG 002397.doc

If performing this procedure for the first time after LAB activation,select the “TOXIC ATM” event first to run the checkout.

If Toxic ATM test:FIRE SUMM: FIRE SUMMARY

sel US Toxic Response Software Control

US_TOXIC_ATM_RESPONSE_SOFTWARE_CONTROL

cmd C&C MDM Manual Toxic Response Inhibit – Armcmd C&C MDM Manual Toxic Response Inhibit − Inhibit

Verify C&C Toxic Atmosphere Response − Inhibited

If Fire test:FIRE SUMM: FIRE SUMMARY

sel US Fire Response Software Control

US_FIRE_RESPONSE_SOFTWARE_CONTROL

cmd C&C MDM Manual Fire Response Inhibit – Armcmd C&C MDM Manual Fire Response Inhibit – Inhibit

Verify C&C MDM Fire Response − Inhibited

If Depress test:RAPID DEPRESS: ISS DEPRESS

sel US Rapid Depress Response Control Software Control

US_DEPRESS_RESPONSE_SOFTWARE_CONTROL

cmd C&C MDM Rapid Depress Response Inhibit – Armcmd C&C MDM Rapid Depress Response Inhibit – Inhibit

Verify C&C Depress Response − Inhibited

PCS C&W ALARM TOOL BAR

sel C&W SUMM

C&W SUMM

4. LAB CAUTION AND WARNING PANEL INITIATED TONE TESTInform all crew (MCC-H/MCC-M), a Station Emergency (Class 1) Tone isabout to be initiated.

294


14 AUG 002397.doc

If orbiter crew present, inform them of pending orbiter Master Alarm lightand tone, a backup C&W light on Panel F7 and an ISS Fault message.

LAB CWP pb ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) → Press and hold for at least 1/2 second

Verify ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) light −Verify Emergency (Class 1) Alarm Tone at ATU(s).

PCS Verify ‘TOXIC ATMOSPHERE (FIRE, RAPID DEPRESS) - MANUALALARM ’ message recorded on C&W Summary page.

Verify status is ‘ALRM ’.

5. SM CWP RESPONSESM CWP Verify GENERAL ALARM light −

Verify Emergency ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) light −Verify LOCATION − USOSVerify Emergency (Class 1) Tone − On

pb ACK → Push to silence Emergency tone and extinguish lights

6. DEACTIVATING USOS EMERGENCY TONE


Verify pb ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) − Red

sel ATM (FIRE, dP/dT)

Verify pb ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) − BlueVerify Emergency Tone is deactivated at ATU(s) − Off

sel CW SUMM

Verify ‘TOXIC ATMOSPHERE (FIRE, RAPID DEPRESS) - MANUALALARM ’ message recorded on C&W Summary page.

Verify status is ‘NORM’ .

PCS 7. PCS INITIATED C&W TONE TESTInform all crew (MCC-H/MCC-M), a Station Emergency (Class 1) Tone isabout to be initiated.


On C&W ALARM TOOL BAR, right click on ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) button.

At confirmation dialog box, sel Execute ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) alarm.

sel CW SUMM


295


14 AUG 002397.doc

Verify status is ‘ALRM’ .

Lab CWP Verify Emergency ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) light −Verify Emergency (Class 1) Alarm Tone at ATU(s) − On

8. SM CWP RESPONSESM CWP Verify GENERAL ALARM light −

Verify Emergency ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) light −Verify LOCATION − USOSVerify Emergency (Class 1) Tone − On

pb ACK → Push to silence Emergency tone and extinguish lights

9. DEACTIVATING USOS EMERGENCY TONELab CWP pb ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) → Push and hold for at least 1/2 second

Verify Emergency Tone is deactivated at ATU(s).

PCS sel ACK to acknowledge TOXIC ATMOSPHERE (FIRE, RAPIDDEPRESS) message

Lab CWP Verify ‘ATM (FIRE, dP/dT)’ light -

C&W ALARM TOOL BAR

Verify pb ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) – Blue

PCS sel CW SUMM

Verify ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) button − BlueVerify ‘TOXIC ATMOSPHERE (FIRE, RAPID DEPRESS) - MANUALALARM ’ message recorded on C&W Summary page.

Verify status is ‘NORM’.

10. RUSSIAN CAUTION AND WARNING PANEL INITIATED TONE TESTInform all crew (MCC-H/MCC-M), a Station Emergency (Class 1) Tone isabout to be initiated.


SM-CWP Pull down MANUAL ALARM - ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) switch guard, thenpb ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) → Push

Verify Emergency ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) light −Verify GENERAL ALARM light − Verify LOCATION − SMVerify Emergency (Class 1) Alarm Tone − On

pb ACK → Push to silence Emergency audio tone and extinguish lights

296


14 AUG 002397.doc

11. DEACTIVATING USOS EMERGENCY TONE


Verify Emergency (Class 1) Alarm Tone at ATU(s).

sel CW SUMM


Verify status is ‘ALRM’ .Verify pb ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) − Red

sel ATM (FIRE, dP/dT)

Verify Emergency Tone is deactivated at ATU(s).

sel ACK to acknowledge TOXIC ATMOSPHERE (FIRE, RAPIDDEPRESS) message

Verify pb ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) − Blue

sel CW SUMM


Verify status is ‘NORM’ .LAB CWP Verify ATM (FIRE, dP/dT) light −

PCS 12. ENABLING C&C AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY RESPONSE

WARNINGStep 12 must be completed before leavingthis procedure.

297


14 AUG 002397.doc

If Toxic ATM test:FIRE SUMM: FIRE SUMMARY

sel US Toxic Response Software Control

US_TOXIC_ATM_RESPONSE_SOFTWARE_CONTROL

cmd C&C MDM Manual Toxic Response Enable – Enable

Verify C&C Toxic Atmosphere Response − Enabled

If Fire test:FIRE SUMM: FIRE SUMMARY

sel US Fire Response Software Control

US_FIRE_RESPONSE_SOFTWARE_CONTROL

cmd C&C MDM Manual Fire Response Enable − Enable

Verify C&C MDM Manual Fire Response − Enabled

If Depress test:RAPID DEPRESS: ISS DEPRESS

sel US Rapid Depress Response Software Control

US_DEPRESS_RESPONSE_SOFTWARE_CONTROL

cmd C&C MDM Manual Rapid Depress Response Enable − Enable

Verify C&C MDM Manual Depress Response − Enabled

13. If performing this procedure for the first time after LAB activation,Repeat steps 3 ---12 two more times using the fire event and dP/dTevent.

14. Inform all ISS crew, orbiter crew, MCC-H/MCC-M that ISS C&W systemcheckout is complete.

298

AUDIO SUBSYSTEM INITIAL ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT (ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 8 pages

12 JUL 00 2692.doc

POWERING AND CONFIGURING AUDIO SUBSYSTEM PCS C&T: Audio: Audio Subsystem

Audio Subsystem 1. sel IAC1

sel CB CT 1 RT Status

‘RT Address and Name: 19 IAC1’ ‘RT FDIR Status’

√Inhibit FDIR − Inh

IAC 1

sel RPCM LA1B B RPC 08 cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify − Cl)

IAC 1


‘RT Address and Name: 19 IAC1’ ‘RT Status’

sel Enable cmd 19 1AC 1 Enable Execute (Verify RT Status − Ena)

NOTE

Continue activation to allow IAC 65 seconds for POST.

AUDIO ORU POWER UP PCS C&T: Audio: Audio Subsystem

Audio Subsystem ‘Audio ORUs’

2. sel ATU LAB1

sel RPCM LA2B E RPC 01



3. sel ATU Lab 2

sel RPCM LA1B B RPC 05


Audio Subsystem ‘ABC’

299


12 JUL 00 2692.doc

4. sel ABC1 sel RPCM LAD11B A RPC 01


Audio Subsystem

‘ABC’ 5. sel ABC2

sel RPCM LAD52B A RPC 07


Audio Subsystem 6. VERIFYING IAC1 READY FOR OPERATION

‘IAC1’

Verify Mode − Backup Verify Status − Ready Verify RT Status − Ena

7. sel IAC1


‘RT Address and Name: 19 IAC1’

cmd 19 IAC 1 Enable FDIR Execute (Verify RT FDIR Status – Ena) 8. INHIBITING AUDIO BUS I/O FOR UNUSED ORUs


300


12 JUL 00 2692.doc

sel ORU [X] where X = ATU CPLA 1 ATU EMU 1 ATU EMU 2

ATU AL 1 ATU Node 2 ATU JEM 1

ATU JEM 2 ATU ESA 1 ATU ESA 2

ATU CF 1 ATU HAB 1 ATU HAB 2

DAIU 1 DAIU 2 AUAI 1P

AUAI 2S RAIU 1 RAIU 2

NOTE Use the commands for IAC 1.

‘ORU [X] Bus IO’

cmd Inhibit

Verify ORU[X] Bus IO − Inh

Repeat

9. INHIBITING BUS I/O FOR SCARRED ORUs


sel Scarred ORU Controls

sel ORU [X] where X = ATU 15 ATU 16 ATU 17

ATU 18 ATU 19 AUAI 3

RAIU 3 RAIU 4 RAIU 5

DAIU 3

NOTE Use the commands for IAC 1.

‘ORU [X] Bus IO’

cmd Inhibit

Verify ORU [X] Bus IO − Inh

Repeat

301


12 JUL 00 2692.doc

10. IAC1 TO ACTIVE WITH C&W TONE CAPABILITY Audio Subsystem

sel IAC 1

‘Mode’

cmd Active

NOTE

Audio Software responds with Bus IO commands to all audio ORUs.

11. VERIFYING AUDIO SUBSYSTEM STATUS

Audio Subsystem ‘IAC 1’

Verify Mode − Active Verify Status − Ready Verify RT Status − Ena Verify RT Bus FDIR − Ena

‘Audio Bus Status’

√Audio FDIR − Ena

‘Audio ORUs’ ‘ATUs’

Verify ATU LAB 1 Power − On Verify ATU LAB 1 Bus IO − Ena


Verify ABC 1 Power − On Verify ABC 2 Power − On

12. HANDOVER TO IAC 2

Audio Subsystem

sel IAC 2 sel CB CT 2 RT Status


302


12 JUL 00 2692.doc

√Inhibit FDIR − Inh

IAC 2

sel RPCM LAD52B A RPC 02 cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify − Cl)

IAC 2


‘RT Address and Name: 19 IAC2’ ‘RT Status’

cmd 19 IAC 2 Enable Execute (Verify RT Status − Ena)

NOTE

Allow IAC2 65 seconds for POST. 13. VERIFYING IAC2 READY FOR OPERATION

Audio Subsystem ‘IAC2’

Verify Mode − Backup Verify Status − Ready Verify RT Status − Ena

'Audio Bus Status'

Verify Last IAC Fail Code − blank

14. sel IAC 2


‘RT Address and Name: 19 IAC2’

cmd 19 IAC 2 Enable FDIR Execute (Verify RT FDIR Status – Ena)

NOTE If C&W events are being annunciated, the command to send IAC1 to back-up will be rejected by the IAC.

303


12 JUL 00 2692.doc

15. IAC1 TO BACKUP WITH LOSS OF C&W TONES

Audio Subsystem

sel IAC 1

‘Mode’

cmd Backup

Verify Mode − Backup 16. IAC2 TO ACTIVE WITH C&W AUDIBLE TONES CAPABILITY

Audio Subsystem

sel IAC2

‘Mode’

cmd Active

Audio Subsystem ‘IAC2’


‘Audio Bus Status’

Verify Last IAC Fail Code − None

17. REMOVING IAC1 FROM 1553B DATA BUS AND POWER OFF

Audio Subsystem

sel IAC 1 sel CB CT 1 RT Status


cmd 19 IAC 2 Inhibit FDIR Execute (Verify RT FDIR Status − Inh)

‘RT Status’

cmd 19 IAC 2 Inhibit Execute (Verify RT Status − Inh)

IAC 1

sel RPCM LA1B B RPC 08 cmd RPC Position − Open (Verify − Op)

304


12 JUL 00 2692.doc

18. VERIFYING OVERALL STATUS FOR AUDIO ROUTING Audio Subsystem

‘IAC2’



Verify ATU LAB 1Power − On Verify ATU LAB 1 Bus IO − Ena


Verify ABC 1 Power − On Verify ABC 2 Power − On

19. CHECKING DETAILED STATUS OF AUDIO ORUs

Audio Subsystem ‘Audio ORUs’ ‘ATUs’

sel ATU LAB1

‘IAC2/ATU LAB1 BIT’

cmd BIT Start

Verify BIT Start − blank

cmd Load ATU LAB 1 Detailed Status Page

sel Audio Detailed Status Data

√ATU LAB1 Status − Record Any Failed Parameters

Audio Subsystem


sel ATU LAB2

‘IAC2/ATU LAB 2 BIT’

305


12 JUL 00 2692.doc

cmd BIT Start

Verify BIT Start − blank

cmd Load ATU LAB 2 Detailed Status Page


√ATU LAB2 Status − Record Any Failed Parameters

306

AUDIO SUBSYSTEM INITIAL VOICE LOOPS SETUP(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 4 pages

13 JUL 002693.doc

1. POWERING ON AUAI2S AND DAIU1PCS C&T: Audio

Audio Overview

sel AUAI2Ssel RPCM LAD11B A RPC 02


NOTEThe DAIU1 is connected as RAIU1 via a jumper cableand address connector. The RPC power is connectedto the DAIU1 location, but the address connectorallows the DAIU to believe it is a RAIU1.

Audio Overview

sel DAIU1sel RPCM LA1B E RPC 05


2. SETTING UP PUBLIC A/G VOICE LOOPS ON ACTIVE IAC

Audio Overview

sel AUAI2S

AUAI2 S

‘IAC2’‘AUAI2_S Bus I/O’

cmd Enable

Verify AUAI2_S Bus I/O − Ena

cmd Load AUAI2S Detailed Status Page


√AUAI2S Status − Log Any Failed Parameters

NOTEAUAI2S will go into standby mode 2 minutes afterbeing commanded active if not placed into a call.AUAI2S has to be in active mode to place GND3or GND4 into a public call.

307


13 JUL 002693.doc

AUAI2 S‘AUAI2_S State’

cmd Active

Verify AUAI2S State − Active

Audio Overview

sel IAC 2 Call Select

IAC 2 Call Select

‘Public1’

sel Call Setup

cmd GND3

IAC 2 Call Select

Verify GND 3

‘Public2’

sel Call Setup

cmd GND4

IAC 2 Call Select

Verify GND 4

3. ESTABLISHING RUSSIAN AUDIO CAPABILITY

NOTEThe DAIU1 is connected as RAIU1 via a jumpercable and address connector. The RPC power isconnected to the DAIU1 location, but the addressconnector allows the DAIU to believe it is a RAIU1.

Audio Overview

sel RAIU1

RAIU1‘IAC2’‘RAIU1 Bus I/O’

cmd Enable

308


13 JUL 002693.doc

Verify RAIU1 Bus I/O − Ena

cmd Load RAIU1 Detailed Status Page


√RAIU1 Status − Log Any Failed Parameters

NOTERAIU1 will go into standby mode 2 minutes after beingcommanded active if not placed into a call. RAIU1 has tobe in active mode to place RSA1 or RSA2 into a public call.

RAIU1‘RAIU1 State’

cmd Active

Verify RAIU1 State − Active

Audio Overview

sel IAC2 Call Select

IAC2 Call Select‘Public1’

sel Call Setup

cmd RSA1

IAC2 Call Select

Verify RSA 1

‘Public2’

sel Call Setup

cmd RSA2

IAC2 Call Select

Verify RSA 2

4. CREW PERFORMING VOICE CHECKS TO GROUND AND RSAAFT ATU ATU Lab1 pb → PTT, 2, 1 Lab1

√ATU Display − 1TG 2G

309


13 JUL 002693.doc

FWD ATU ATU Lab2 pb → PTT, 1, 2 Lab2

√ATU Display − 1G 2TG

NOTEAdjust ATU Volume Level to or above 9 volume bars out of 12 toensure that Class 2 and 3 Tones are audible throughout the Lab.

AFT ATU Perform space-to-ground voice checks on S/G1. Lab1

FWD ATU Perform space-to-ground voice checks on S/G2. Lab2

AFT ATU Page RSA1 and perform voice checks on RSA1. Lab1

FWD ATU Page RSA2 and perform voice checks on RSA2. Lab2

310

S-BAND INITIAL HIGH DATA RATE ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 5 pages

18 JUL 006696.doc

NOTE1. TDRS Single Access service will need to be

scheduled and active to use the S-band link.

2. Verify good OIU link (cmd/tlm).

1. S-BAND FDIR INHIBIT VERIFICATIONMCC-H C&T: S-Band

S Band 5A Overview‘System Software’

√FDIR Status − Inh

If FDIR Status is enabledsel FDIR

S Band FDIR‘Inhibit Command’

cmd Authorize Inhibit

Verify Inhibit − Pending

cmd Inhibit

Verify Status − InhVerify Inhibit − blank

2. SETTING PENDING SSPA TO MUTEMCC-H C&T: S-Band: Configuration: SSPA

S Band SSPA

cmd Muted

Verify Pending − Muted

3. SENDING PENDING CONFIGURATION TO ACTUALCONFIGURATION

MCC-H C&T: S-Band: Configuration: Set Actual ConfigurationS Band Set Actual Configuration

cmd Send Command

S Band 5A Configuration

Verify no Xs in the Miscompare column.

311


18 JUL 006696.doc

4. CALIBRATING HIGH GAIN ANTENNA

NOTEHigh Gain Antenna calibration takes110 seconds to complete.

MCC-H C&T: S-Band: Antenna Management: Calibrate HGAS Band Calibrate HGA

cmd Calibrate HGA

S Band Antenna Management‘Estimated’

Verify El position moves to either: 0.5 or 134.5Verify Az position moves to either: -234.5 or 234.5

5. SETTING TDRS MODESMCC-H C&T: S-Band: Antenna Management

S Band Antenna Management

Verify Handover Mode − Early

sel TDRS Selection Mode

S Band TDRS Selection Mode

cmd Auto

Verify TDRS Selection Mode − Auto

S Band Antenna Management

sel Tracking Mode

S Band Tracking Mode

cmd Auto

Verify Tracking Mode − Auto

312


18 JUL 006696.doc

6. CHANGING ACTIVE TDRS SATELLITES

NOTE

TDRS Select TDRS ID TDRS Position

1 TDRS SE1 41°2 TDRS SE2 49°3 TDRS SE3 275°4 TDRS SW1 Spare5 TDRS SW2 171°6 TDRS SW3 174°

MCC-H C&T: S-Band: Antenna Management: Active TDRS SatellitesS Band Active TDRS Satellites

input TDRS 1: XTDRS 2: Y

cmd Active TDRS Satellites

Verify TDRS ID 1 − X.Verify TDRS ID 2 − Y.

7. LOADING HIGH DATA RATE PENDING CONFIGURATIONMCC-H C&T: S-Band: Configuration: Load Pending Configuration

S Band Load Pending Configuration

cmd HDR

S Band 5A Configuration‘Pending’

Verify Audio Channel 1 − OnVerify Audio Channel 2 − OnVerify Decryption − OffVerify Key Select: 0Verify XPDR Mode − NonCohVerify Antenna Pointing Mode − EnaVerify Transmitter − OnVerify SSPA − MutedVerify El Gimbal Stops − OnVerify Az Gimbal Stops − On

313


18 JUL 006696.doc

8. SETTING PENDING DECRYPTION TO ONMCC-H C&T: S-Band: Configuration: Decryption

S Band Decryption

cmd On

Verify Pending − On

9. CHANGING PENDING DECRYPTION KEY

NOTEThe next command is to verify the DES KEY does notchange. Change the pending key to match the actual.

MCC-H C&T: S-Band: Configuration: Key SelectS Band Key Select

‘Value’

input Value: X

cmd Set

Verify Pending − X

10. SETTING PENDING SSPA TO TRANSMITMCC-H C&T: S-Band: Configuration: SSPA (Pwr Amplifier)

S Band SSPA

cmd Transmit

Verify Pending − Xmit

WARNINGThe next command will cause the S-band to radiate.

11. SENDING PENDING CONFIGURATION TO ACTUALCONFIGURATION

MCC-H C&T: S-Band: Configuration: Set Actual ConfigurationS Band Set Actual Configuration

cmd Send Command

S Band 5A Configuration

Verify no Xs in the Miscompare column.

314


18 JUL 006696.doc

12. VERIFYING SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONMCC-H C&T: S-Band

S Band 5A Overview‘Baseband Signal Processor 2’

Verify Data Rate − HighVerify Audio Channel 1 − OnVerify Audio Channel 2 − OnVerify Core Data − OnVerify Mux Output − OnVerify Demux Input − OnVerify DES (Decryption) − OnVerify Key − X

‘Transponder 2’

Verify Data Rate − HighVerify Mode − NonCoh

‘Radio Frequency Group 2’

Verify Antenna Select − HGAVerify Pointing Mode − EnaVerify Transmitter − OnVerify SSPA − Xmit

13. MCC-H: CATO informs ISS GC to configure ground equipment forS-Band high data rate link and to configure ground encryption and keyto match onboard.

315

16 AUG 00


316

EARLY COMM CONFIGURATION - POST LAB(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 1 page

12 JUL 008849.doc

1. POWERING OFF EARLY COMM CTPPCS Node 1: EPS: RPCM N1RS2 A: RPC 10

RPCM N1RS2_A_RPC_10

cmd RPC Position − Open Execute (Verify – Op)

2. ACCESSNOD1S4 Rotate Starboard Rack Volume Closeout (RVCO).

3. CONFIGURING EARLY COMM CTP MODE SWITCH

CTP Take mode switch to High Rate/video.

Verify Mode Switch – High Rate/video

4. POWER ON EARLY COMM CTPPCS Node 1: EPS: RPCM N1RS2 A: RPC 10

RPCM N1RS2_A_RPC_10

cmd RPC Position − Close Execute (Verify – Cl)

5. VERIFING EARLY COMM CTP LED INDICATORSCTP Verify CTP Power – Green

Verify ECOMM Rate – Yellow

6. CLOSEOUTNOD1S4 Install Rack Starboard Volume Closeout (RVCO).

317

16 AUG 00


318

VDS SCU INITIAL ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 7 pages

13 JUL 006698.doc

1. INHIBITING BUS FDIR FOR SCUs 1 AND 2PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: SCU 1

Video SCU 1‘RT Controls’


CB CT 4 RT Status‘RT Address and Name: 24 SCU 1’

√Inhibit RT FDIR Status − Inh

PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: SCU 2Video SCU 2

‘RT Controls’


CB CT 3 RT Status‘RT Address and Name: 24 SCU 2’

√Inhibit RT FDIRStatus − Inh

2. ACTIVATION OF SCUs 1 AND 2PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: SCU 1

Video SCU 1‘Power Controls’


RPCM LAD11B A RPC 03



‘Power Controls’




3. ENABLING CYCLIC I/O FOR SCUs 1 AND 2PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: SCU 1


319


13 JUL 006698.doc


CB CT 4 RT Status

cmd 24 SCU 1 Enable Execute (Verify RT Status – Ena)


‘RT Controls’


CB CT 3 RT Statuscmd 24 SCU 2 Enable Execute (Verify RT Status – Ena)

4. CONFIGURATION OF SCU 1PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: SCU 1

Video SCU 1‘Signal Generator’

sel SCU Configuration

SCU1 Config‘Power Status’

cmd Full Power

Verify Power Status − Full Power

‘Sync Signal Generator Status’

√Sync Signal Generator Status − Enable

‘Test Pattern Selection’

√Test Pattern Selection − Color Bars

Video SCU 1‘SCU Status’

sel Active/Standby

Active SCU

cmd Active SCU 1

Verify SCU 1 Status − ActiveVerify SCU 2 Status − Standby

320


13 JUL 006698.doc

Video SCU 1‘SCU Self Test Status’

sel Tests

SCU1 Test‘BIT Function Configuration’

cmd Enable OBT/Enable VBIT

Verify Bit Config Status − Enable OBT and Ena VBIT




SCU 2 Config‘Power Status’

cmd Full Power



√Sync Signal Generator Status − Enable


√Test Pattern Selection − Color Bars


sel Tests

SCU 2 Test‘BIT Function Configuration’

cmd Enable OBT/Enable VBIT

Verify Bit Config Status − Enable OBT and Ena VBIT

321


13 JUL 006698.doc

6. VERIFICATION OF SCU 1 AND 2 HEALTHPCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: SCU 1


√Active/Standby − Active√SCU Software − Online√Mode Status − Nominal

‘SCU Self Test Status’

√Active BIT Test − Not in Progress√BITE Test − Not in Progress√On-line Background Test Config − Enable√Video BIT Config − Enable√BITE Test Status − blank√On−line Background Test (OBT) Status − blank√External Self Test (EST) Status − blank√Power On Self Test (POST) Status − blank√Video Built in Test (VBIT) Status − blank


‘SCU Status’

√Active/Standby − Standby√SCU Software − Online√Mode Status − Nominal

‘SCU Self Test Status’

√Active BIT Test − Not in Progress√BITE Test − Not in Progress√On-line Background Test Config − Enable√Video BIT Config − Enable√BITE Test Status − blank√On-line Background Test (OBT) Status − blank√External Self Test (EST) Status − blank√Power On Self Test (POST) Status − blank√Video Built in Test (VBIT) Status − blank

7. ENABLING BUS FDIR FOR SCU 1 AND 2PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: SCU 1



322


13 JUL 006698.doc

CB CT 4 RT Status

cmd 24 SCU 1 Enable FDIR Execute (Verify RT FDIR Status – Ena)


‘RT Controls’


CB CT 3 RT Status

cmd 24 SCU 2 Enable FDIR Execute (Verify RT FDIR Status – Ena)

8. SCU 2 CHECKOUTPCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: SCU 2



SCU2 Config‘Test Pattern Selection’

cmd Combination

Verify Test Pattern Selection − Combination

cmd Composite

Verify Test Pattern Selection − Composite


sel Tests

SCU 2 Test

NOTEThe SCU test take less than 10 seconds to complete.The ground user may not see the following status.

‘Initiate SCU Self Test’

cmd BIT Self Test

Verify BIT Self Test − In Progress

323


13 JUL 006698.doc

cmd BITE Self Test

Verify BITE Self Test − In Progress


sel BIT Summary

Video SCU2 BIT Summary‘Summary Flags’

Verify all parameters are blank.

‘Vector Word Flags’


9. SCU 1 CHECKOUTPCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: SCU 1

VIDEO SCU 1‘Signal Generator’


SCU1 Config‘Test Pattern Selection’

cmd Convergence

Verify Test Pattern Selection − Convergence

cmd Color Bars

Verify Test Pattern Selection − Color Bars


sel Tests

SCU1 Test

NOTEThe SCU test take less than 10 seconds to complete.The ground user may not see the following status.

‘Initiate SCU Self Test’

324


13 JUL 006698.doc

cmd BIT Self Test

Verify BIT Self Test − In Progress

cmd BITE Self Test

Verify BITE Self Test − In Progress


sel BIT Summary

Video SCU1 BIT Summary‘Summary Flags’


‘Vector Word Flags’


10. CONFIGURATION OF SCU 1 FOR VDS OPERATIONSPCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: SCU 1

Video SCU 1 ‘Signal Generator’


SCU1 Config‘Power Status’

cmd Full Power



√Sync Signal Generator Status− Enable


√Test Patterns − Color Bars

NOTEThese SCUs are left in this configuation so thatthe VSUs can be checked out using the SCU 1test pattern.

325

16 AUG 00


326

VDS VSU INITIAL ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT (ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 9 pages

12 JUL 00 6699.doc

1. BUS FDIR INHIBIT FOR VSUs 1, 2, AND 3 PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 1

Video VSU 1 ‘S/W Controls’


CB CT 1 RT Status

‘RT Address and Name: 26 VSU 1’

√Inhibit RT FDIR Status − Inh PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 2


sel CB CT BIA 23 RT Status

CB CT BIA 23 RT Status


√Inhibit RT FDIR Status − Inh


√Inhibit FDIR − Inh 2. ACTIVATION OF VSUs 1, 2, AND 3 PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 1

Video VSU 1



cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify − Cl) PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 2

Video VSU 2



cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify − Cl) PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 3

Video VSU 3

327


12 JUL 00 6699.doc

sel RPCM LA2B G RPC 08

RPCM LA2B G RPC 08

cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify − Cl) 3. ENABLING OF RT STATUS FOR VSUs 1, 2, AND 3 PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 1



CB CT 1 RT Status

cmd 26 VSU 1 Enable Execute (Verify RT Status – Ena)

PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 2




cmd 26 VSU 2 Enable Execute (Verify RT Status – Ena) cmd 25 VSU 3 Enable Execute (Verify RT Status – Ena)

NOTE

After completion of this step, the VSUs will be commanded, by software, to full power.

4. CONFIGURATION OF VSU 1 PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 1

Video VSU 1

sel Video Switch Setup

VSU1 Video Switch Setup ‘Data Stripper Input’

√Pending Switch Status − Switch

‘Sync Enable’

√Pending Switch Status − External

‘Sync Source’

cmd SCU 1

328


12 JUL 00 6699.doc

Verify Pending Switch Status − SCU 1

‘Power Mode’

√Pending Switch Status − Full Power

cmd Execute Pending Configuration

Verify Data Stripper Input Actual Switch Status − Switch Verify Sync Enable Actual Switch Status − External Verify Sync Source Actual Switch Status − SCU 1 Verify Power Mode Actual Switch Status − Full Power


Video VSU 2




‘Sync Enable’


‘Sync Source’

cmd SCU 1


‘Power Mode’





Video VSU 3

329


12 JUL 00 6699.doc




‘Sync Enable’


‘Sync Source’

cmd SCU 1


‘Power Mode’




7. VERIFICATION OF VSUs 1, 2, AND 3 HEALTH PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU1: Video Switch Detail Status

Video Switch Detail Status ‘VSU1’

√VSU Input Xpoint Sw − EMPTY √Data Stripper SWEP Status − ABSENT √Data Stripper DR Status − ABSENT √Timeout/Overload Error − blank √Standby Pwr Supply − ON/NO ERROR √Operate Pwr Supply − ON/NO ERROR √Power Supply Latched − LATCHED √Temperature Out of Limits − Normal √Temperature Latched − LATCHED √Sync Command Pulse Status − PRESENT √Extract Input Act Detector − Act √External Program Fault − blank

330


12 JUL 00 6699.doc

‘VSU2’

√VSU Input Xpoint Sw − EMPTY √Data Stripper SWEP Status − ABSENT √Data Stripper DR Status − ABSENT √Timeout/Overload Error − blank √Standby Pwr Supply − ON/NO ERROR √Operate Pwr Supply − ON/NO ERROR √Power Supply Latched − LATCHED √Temperature Out of Limits − Normal √Temperature Latched − LATCHED √Sync Command Pulse Status − PRESENT √Extract Input Act Detector − ACT √External Program Fault − blank

‘VSU3’

√VSU Input Xpoint Sw − EMPTY √Data Stripper SWEP Status − ABSENT √Data Stripper DR Status − ABSENT √Timeout/Overload Error − blank √Standby Pwr Supply − ON/NO ERROR √Operate Pwr Supply − ON/NO ERROR √Power Supply Latched − LATCHED √Temperature Out of Limits − Normal √Temperature Latched − LATCHED √Sync Command Pulse Status − PRESENT √Extract Input Act Detector − Act √External Program Fault − blank

8. ENABLING OF RT FDIR FOR VSUs 1, 2, 3 PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 1



CB CT 1 RT Status

cmd 26 VSU 1 Enable FDIR Execute (Verify RT FDIR Status – Ena) PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 2



331


12 JUL 00 6699.doc


cmd 26 VSU 2 Enable FDIR Execute (Verify RT FDIR Status – Ena) cmd 25 VSU 3 Enable FDIR Execute (Verify RT FDIR Statuts – Ena)

NOTE

A blue light (ON) indicates a video signal detected and a gray light (OFF) indicates no video signal detected.

9. TESTING OF VSU 1 VFOR/VFOT PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU1

Video VSU 1 ‘VFOR’

√VFOR 10 (OFF − No Blue Light)

‘VFOT’

√VFOT 0 --- 15 (OFF − No Blue Light)

sel Switch Program

VSU1 Switch Program

Pick Input Port − 10: SCU 1 Test Pattern Pick Output Port − 11: VSU 2 TL 6

cmd Set cmd SCU 1 SWEP

Video VSU 1

‘VFOR’

Verify VFOR 10 (ON − Blue Light)

‘VFOT’

Verify VFOT 0 --- 15 (ON − Blue Light) (Lower Right hand of Display) Verify VFOT Sync 1 --- 10 (ON − Blue Light)

‘SCU2’

√VFOR A (OFF − No Blue Light)

‘SCU1’

√VFOR B (ON − No blue Light)


332


12 JUL 00 6699.doc

VSU1 Video Switch Setup ‘Sync Source’

cmd SCU2



Verify Sync Source Actual Switch Status − SCU 2

Video VSU 1

(Lower Right hand of Display) VFOT Verify VFOT Sync 1 --- 10 (OFF)

10. TESTING OF VSU 2 VFOR/VFOT PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 2

Video VSU 2 ‘VFOT’


sel Switch Program

VSU2 Video Switch Program

Pick Input Port − 5: VSU 1 TL 5 Pick Output Port − 9: VSU 3 TL 3


Video VSU 2

‘VFOR’

√VFOR 5 (ON − Blue Light)

‘VFOT’

√VFOT 9 (ON − Blue Light)

(Lower Right hand of Display) √VFOT Sync 1 --- 10 (ON − Blue Light)

‘SCU2’

333


12 JUL 00 6699.doc


‘SCU1’

√VFOR B (ON − Blue Light)


VSU2 Video Switch Setup ‘Sync Source’

cmd SCU2



Verify Sync Source Actual Switch Status − SCU 2

Video VSU 2

‘VFOT’

√VFOT Sync 1 --- 10 (OFF − No Blue Light)

11. TESTING OF VSU 3 VFOR/VFOT PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 3

Video VSU 3 ‘VFOT’


sel Switch Program

VSU 3 Video Switch Program

Pick Input Port − 1: VSU 2 TL 3 Pick Input Output − 14: VBSP Ch 4


Video VSU 3

‘VFOR’

√VFOR 1 (ON − Blue Light)

‘VFOT’

334


12 JUL 00 6699.doc

√VFOT 14 (ON − Blue Light)

‘VFOT Sync’ (Lower Right hand of Display)

√VFOT Sync 1 --- 10 (ON − Blue Light)

‘SCU2’


‘SCU1’

√VFOR B (ON − Blue Light)


VSU3 Video Switch Setup

‘Sync Source’

cmd SCU2



Verify Sync Source Actual Switch Source − SCU 2

Video VSU 3

(Lower Right hand of Display)

√VFOR Sync 1 --- 10 (OFF)

335

16 AUG 00


336

VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DEACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 3 pages

11 JUL 006697.doc

1. RT FDIR AND RT STATUS INHIBIT ON VSU 1, 2, AND 3PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 1

Video VSU 1‘S/W Controls’


CB CT 1 RT Status

cmd 26 VSU 1 Inhibit FDIR Execute (Verify RT FDIR Status – Inh)cmd 26 VSU 1 Inhbit Execute (Verify RT Status – Inh)

PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 2Video VSU 2

‘S/W Controls’



cmd 26 VSU 2 Inhibit FDIR Execute (Verify RT FDIR Status – Inh)cmd 26 VSU 2 Inhibit Execute (Verify RT Status – Inh)


cmd 25 VSU 3 Inhibit FDIR Execute (Verify RT FDIR Status – Inh)cmd 25 VSU 3 Inhibit Execute (Verify RT Status – Inh)

2. DEACTIVATION OF VSU 1, 2, AND 3PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: VSU 1

Video VSU 1



cmd RPC Position − Open (Verify − OP)





337


11 JUL 006697.doc


sel RPCM LA2B G RPC 08

RPCM LA2B G RPC 08




sel Active/Standby

Active SCU

cmd Standby SCU 1

Verify SCU 1 Status − Standby


sel SCU Config

SCU1 Config‘Sync Signal Generator Status’

cmd Inhibit Sync

Verify Sync Signal Generator Status − Inhibit

‘Power Status’

cmd Standby Power

Verify Power Status − Standby

4. VERIFICATION OF SCU 2 CONFIGURATION STATUSPCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: SCU 2

Video SCU 2‘Power Controls’

√Power Mode − Standby

‘SCU Status’

338


11 JUL 006697.doc

√Active/Standby − Standby

‘Signal Generator’

√Sync − Inhibit

5. RT FDIR AND RT STATUS INHIBIT ON SCU 1 AND 2PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: SCU 1



CB CT 4 RT Status

cmd 24 SCU 1 Inhibit FDIR Execute (Verify RT FDIR Status – Inh)cmd 24 SCU 1 Inhibit Execute (Verify RT Status – Inh)


‘RT Controls’


CB CT 3 RT Status

cmd 24 SCU 2 Inhibit FDIR Execute (Verify RT FDIR Status – Inh)cmd 24 SCU 2 Inhibit Execute (Verify RT Status – Inh)

6. DEACTIVATION OF SCU 1 AND 2PCS C&T: Video: ORU Details: SCU 1

Video SCU 1








339

16 AUG 00


340

TRANSFER ECLSS FUNCTIONS FROM N1 TO INT MDM(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

18 JUL 007610.doc

1. INT/CCS MDM AUTOMATED FIRE RESPONSE VERIFICATIONFire Summ: US Fire Response Software ControlUS Fire Response Software Control

√INT MDM Automatic Fire Response Status – Enabled√CC MDM Manual Fire Response Status – Enabled

2. ENABLING NODE 1 IMV DECK AFT VALVE IN INT MDMNode 1: ECLSS: IMV Deck Aft VlvNode1 IMV Deck Aft Vlv

‘Enable’

cmd Arm


cmd Enable


3. ENABLING NODE 1 IMV DECK FWD VALVE IN INT MDMNode 1: ECLSS: IMV Deck Fwd VlvNode1 IMV Deck Fwd Vlv

‘Enable’

cmd Arm


cmd Enable


4. NODE 1 IMV FDIR HANDOVERPCS Node 1: ECLSS: FDIR

NODE 1 FDIR

4.1 ‘Node 1-1 MDM – IMV FDIR’‘Inhibit’

cmd Arm


cmd Inhibit


341

TRANSFER ECLSS FUNCTIONS FROM N1 TO INT MDM(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

18 JUL 007610.doc

4.2 ‘Node 1-2 MDM – IMV FDIR’‘Inhibit’

cmd Arm


cmd Inhibit


5. NODE 1 FIRE RESPONSE HANDOVER

NODE 1 FDIR

5.1 ‘Node 1-1 MDM – Fire Isolation’‘Inhibit’

cmd Arm


cmd Inhibit


5.2 ‘Node 1-2 MDM – Fire Isolation’‘Inhibit’

cmd Arm


cmd Inhibit


342

1.504 IMV FAN ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION POST CCS(ECLSS/5A - ALL/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

26 JUL 006693.doc

Table 1. IMV Fan InformationAdjacent IMV Valve

[A] Module [B] Location [X] RPCM / RPC[Y] Module [Z] IMV Valve

LAB Aft PortAft Port RPCM LA1B F RPC 08

Node 1 Fwd PortFwd Port RPCM LA2B B RPC 09 LAB Fwd PortLAB

Fwd Stbd RPCM LA1B E RPC 04 LAB Fwd StbdAft Port RPCM N14B C RPC 12 Node 1 Aft Port

Port Fwd RPCM N13B C RPC 16 Node 1 Port FwdNode 1Stbd Aft RPCM N13B A RPC 04 Node 1 Stbd Aft

Refer to Table 1 above for [A], [B], [X], [Y] and [Z] references that follow.

1. ADJACENT IMV VALVE POSITION CHECKSPCS [Y]: ECLSS: IMV [Z] Vlv

[Y] IMV [Z] Valve

√RPC Position – Closed√State – Enabled√Position – Open

If the [A] IMV [B] Fan has two adjacent valves, check both.

2. [A] IMV [B] FAN ACTIVATIONPCS [A]: ECLSS: IMV [B] Fan

[A] IMV [B] Fan

2.1 sel [X]


2.2 [A] IMV [B] Fan‘On’

cmd On

√State – In Transit

Wait 15 seconds.

√State – On√Speed, rpm: 7745 --- 9278

343

1.504 IMV FAN ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION POST CCS(ECLSS/5A - ALL/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

26 JUL 006693.doc

3. [A] IMV [B] FAN DEACTIVATIONPCS [A]: ECLSS: IMV [B] Fan

[A] IMV [B] Fan

NOTE Upon IMV Fan deactivation, rpm sensor registers 0 volts. MDMconversion translates 0 volts (0 counts) to 7164 ± 50 rpm.Reference 2A SPN 8437.

3.1 ‘Off’

cmd Arm


cmd Off

√State – Off√Speed, rpm: ~7164 ± 50

3.2 sel [X]

cmd RPC Position – Open (Verify – Op)

344

2.404 RACK FIRE INDICATOR TESTING(ECLSS/5A - ALL/FIN) Page 1 of 1 page

25 JUL 008513.doc

Table 1. Rack Smoke Detector IdentifiersLocation Type Identifier [X]

Lab CHeCS Rack D4Lab ECLSS Rack D6Lab Payload Rack O1Lab Payload Rack O2Lab Payload Rack O3Lab Payload Rack O4Lab Payload Rack O5Lab Payload Rack P1Lab Payload Rack P2Lab Payload Rack P4Lab Payload Rack D3Lab Payload Rack S1Lab Payload Rack S2Lab Payload Rack S3Lab Payload Rack S4

Refer to Table 1 for [X] references that follow.

For each installed rack smoke detector:

1. FIRE INDICATOR ACTIVATIONPCS Fire Summ: LAB: LAB Fire Rack Smoke Detectors

LAB Fire Rack Smoke Detectors

sel ‘Rack [X]’

[X] Smoke Detector‘Rack Fire Indicator’

cmd On

2. FIRE INDICATOR ON VERIFICATIONLAB1[X] Crew verify Fire Indicator is lit on Rack Maintenance Switch Panel. RACK

3. FIRE INDICATOR DEACTIVATION‘Rack Fire Indicator’

cmd Off

4. FIRE INDICATOR OFF VERIFICATIONLAB1[X] Crew verify Fire Indicator has turned off. Rack

345

16 AUG 00


346

1.213 LAB UOP CHECKOUT(EPS/5A - ALL/FIN) Page 1 of 3 pages

06 JUL 007397.doc

1. CONFIGURING UOPSUOP 5 √No lights illuminated on UOP

√POWER OUT Switch – Not depressed√TEST SELECT Switch – Not depressed

UOP 6 √No lights illuminated on UOP√POWER OUT Switch – Not depressed√TEST SELECT Switch – Not depressed

2. APPLYING POWER TO UOPSPCS Lab: EPS: UOP 5

LAB UOPs‘UOP 5’

cmd RPCM LA2B H RPC 18 Close (Verify – Cl)

‘UOP 6’

cmd RPCM LA1B G RPC 18 Close (Verify – Cl)

WARNINGDo not connect or disconnect UOP loads when theENABLE and OK lights are illuminated, as poweroutput is enabled and this presents a SHOCKHAZARD. Loads should only be connected ordisconnected when the ENABLE light is notilluminated.

3. CHECKING UOP 5UOP 5 √RESET illuminated (White)

√DC illuminated (White)√ALL OTHER LIGHTS not illuminated

Press POWER OUT, so switch is depressed

√ENABLE illuminated (Green)√OK illuminated (Green)

Press FAULT/TEST (momentary)

√FAULT illuminated (Amber)√OK not illuminated

Press POWER OUT, so switch no longer depressed

√RESET illuminated (White)√FAULT not illuminated

347


06 JUL 007397.doc

Press POWER OUT, so switch depressed


Press TEST SELECT, so switch depressed

√AC illuminated (White)√DC not illuminated








√ENABLE not illuminated√OK not illuminated

NOTEUOP 5 checked out and connectorsdeadfaced for load connection.

4. CHECKING UOP 6UOP 6 √RESET illuminated (White)

√DC illuminated (White)√ALL OTHER LIGHTS not illuminated

Press POWER OUT, so switch is depressed




348


06 JUL 007397.doc





Press TEST SELECT, so switch depressed

√AC illuminated (White)√DC not illuminated








√ENABLE not illuminated√OK not illuminated

NOTEUOP 6 checked out and connectorsdeadfaced for load connection.

349

16 AUG 00


350

LAB EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING POWER UP AND ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

19 JUL 002698.doc

1. PROVIDING POWER TO LAB EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTINGPOWER SUPPLY (ELPS)

PCS Lab: EPS: DDCU LA2B DistributionDDCU LA2B Dist

sel RPCM LA2B Gsel RPC 11

cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify − Cl)cmd Open Cmd − Inhibit (Verify − Inh)

DDCU LA2B Dist

sel RPCM LA2B Bsel RPC 11

cmd RPC Position − Close Execute (Verify − Cl)cmd Open Cmd − Inhibit Execute (Verify − Inh)

Lab: EPS: DDCU LA1B DistributionDDCU LA1B Dist

sel RPCM LA1B Fsel RPC 14


DDCU LA1B Dist

sel RPCM LA1B Esel RPC 1


2. SWITCHING LAB AFT ELPS ONRemove Panel PD7-08 fasteners (four) (1/4" Drive Ratchet, 4" extension,5/32" Allen Head).

NOTEELPS PTT Switch must engage for a minimumof 3 seconds to allow an accurate test of batterycondition.

ELPS PRESS TO TEST TEST (Hold for 3 --- 5 seconds) (Verify − TEST lampilluminates).

351

LAB EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING POWER UP AND ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

19 JUL 002698.doc

PRESS TO TEST − ENABLE

Reinstall Panel PD7-08 fasteners (four) (1/4" Drive Ratchet, 4" extension,5/32" Allen Head).

352

LAB INTERNAL LIGHTING ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 1 page

18 JUL 008117.doc

1. PROVIDING POWER TO LAB INTERNAL LIGHTSPCS Lab: EPS: Lighting

LAB Lights‘LAB1OS1’

cmd RPCM LA1B F RPC 1 Close (Verify – Cl)

‘LAB1OS2’

cmd RPCM LA2B B RPC 5 Close (Verify – Cl)

‘LAB1OS3’


‘LAB1OS4’


‘LAB1OS5’


‘LAB1OS6’


‘LAB1OP1’

cmd RPCM LA2B A RPC 1 Close (Verify – Cl)

‘LAB1OP2’


‘LAB1OP3’


‘LAB1OP4’


‘LAB1OP5’


‘LAB1OP6’


NOTEFor cold lights to come up full brightmay take 30 minutes.

353

16 AUG 00


354

LAB ACTIVATION: CRITICAL SYSTEMS(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 20 pages

17 JUL 002685.doc

NOTESending the Configuration command to the primary Node 1MDM will cause it to perform a reset to all I/O interfaces, whichwill result in ‘MDM Connection Failed’ and ‘212 OIU AD1NOLK ’ messages and a loss of MDM TLM with the ground.

1. PREPARING PCS FOR USE WITH C&C MDMISS and Perform {PCS SETUP}, steps 1 --- 4 (SODF: ASSY OPS: A&C:Orbiter C&DH), for PCS which will be used to connect to the C&C MDM.

ISS crew should use RS Bus 7 (CB GNC-1) for their PCS.

2. ENABLING MDM COMMUNICATIONS WITH LAB RPCMS

NOTEOnce these RTs are enabled, MCC-H will see theLB Sys Lab buses continually channel swap untilthe DDCU is activated.

EPCS2 Task: LAB Act EPCSLAB Act EPCS

‘LB SYS LAB 1 RT Status’

cmd RPCM LA1B_D RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)cmd RPCM LAD11B_A RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)


cmd RPCM LA2B_C RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)cmd RPCM LAD52B_A RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

CAUTIONDDCUs and MDMs will be activated without cooling in thisprocedure. The two critical components are the DDCU LA1B andthe LA-2 MDM. For the nominal activation sequence, these twocomponents are estimated to reach their temperature limitsapproximately 4 hours after the DDCU converter is activated.

If the ITCS is not activated within 4 hours after the first Lab DDCU isactivated, Lab activation should be terminated by performing {LABSHUTDOWN DURING CRITICAL ACTIVATION}, (SODF: ASSY OPS:CONTINGENCY: LAB ACTIVATION).

On MCC-H GO

3. LAB DDCU ACTIVATIONEPCS2 Task: LAB Act EPCS

LAB Act EPCS‘DDCU LA1B’

355


17 JUL 002685.doc

cmd Converter − On − Arm Executecmd Converter − On Execute


Record MET: ____/___:___:___

‘DDCU LA2B’



**********************************************************If DDCU LA1B not operating

Go to {LAB ACTIVATION: SINGLE POWERCHANNEL (2B)/SINGLE NODE 1 MDM - N1-2},begin with step 4 (SODF: ASSY OPS:CONTINGENCY: LAB ACTIVATION).

If DDCU LA2B not operatingGo to {LAB ACTIVATION: SINGLE POWERCHANNEL (4B)/SINGLE NODE 1 MDM - N1-1},begin with step 4 (SODF: ASSY OPS:CONTINGENCY: LAB ACTIVATION).

**********************************************************

4. COMMANDING N1-1 MDM TO BE RT ON CB GNC-1‘Secondary NCS MDM’

Verify MDM ID − N1-1Verify Frame Count incrementing.Verify Current State − Secondary

NOTEExpect possible ‘RPCM LA1A4A_E Lossof Comm - LAB ’ message.

cmd Config − 9 Execute (√Config 9)

5. POWERING ON C&C1 MDM

NOTE1. Sending the Configuration command at the end of this step will cause

the EPCS on the ISS to lose connection with the MDM. The ISS crewwill not have any USOS monitoring capability until the PCS isconnected to the C&C1 MDM (after it has transitioned to primary).

2. The C&C1 MDM will take approximately 4 minutes to perform it’sinitialization and transition to Primary. Data will not be available fromthe C&C MDM until it has transitioned to Primary.

356


17 JUL 002685.doc


‘CC1 MDM Power’

cmd RPCM LA1B_D RPC 4 − Close Execute (Verify − Cl)cmd RPCM LAD11B_A RPC 7 − Close Execute (Verify − Cl)

‘Primary NCS MDM’

Verify MDM ID − N1-2Verify Frame Count incrementing.Verify Current State − Primary

cmd Config − 9 Execute

Expect ‘MDM Connection Failed’ and ‘212 OIU AD1 NOLK ’ messages.

6. REESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION WITH N1-2 MDMEPCS2 sel Icon to open PCSCDS main control panel window


√Status Box is green and ‘Connected ’ is displayed in the PCSCDS maincontrol panel window



Task: LAB Act EPCSLAB Act EPCS


Verify MDM ID − N1-2Verify Frame Count incrementing.

√Config − Config 9


7. REESTABLISHING ISS DATA GROUND TLM LINK THROUGH OIU(MCC-H PERFORM)

SM 212 OIUCRT √STATUS ACTIVE DEVICES AD1 LOCK − YES

If LOCK not YES,


357


17 JUL 002685.doc

SM 212 OIU

CRT OIU FORMAT 002 LOAD − ITEM 1 + 2 EXEC

√FORMAT − 2√BUS 3 BC, ITEM 11 − ∗√BUS 4 RT, ITEM 14 − ∗√STATUS ACTIVE DEVICES AD1 PD − N1-2

√BUS − 4√LOCK − YES

8. CHECKING C&C1 HEALTH AND STATUSEPCS2 Task: LAB Act EPCS

LAB Act EPCS‘Primary CCS MDM’

Verify Frame Count incrementing.

Record Temp, deg C: ________

*********************************************************************If Primary CCS MDM frame count not incrementing, orbitercrew perform {LAB C&C1 FAILURE DURING LABACTIVATION}, all (SODF: ASSY OPS: MALFUNCTION:LAB ACTIVATION).

*********************************************************************

Orbiter crew inform ISS crew of MDM C&C1 status, then proceed to step 10.

9. VERIFYING C&C1 TRANSITION TO PRIMARY STATEISS Crew sel ‘Connect to MDM’ button PCS


If a pop-up windows appears because the PCS time is > 60 secondsdifferent from the MDM time, “PCS Time” should be selected.


Task: 5A: LAB Act PCSLAB Act PCS

‘Primary CCS MDM’

Verify MDM ID − CC1


358


17 JUL 002685.doc

Verify Frame Count incrementing.Verify Current State − PrimaryVerify Hard Fail − blankVerify Rev Soft Fail − blankVerify Soft Fail − blankVerify POST Stat − blankVerify I/O Bus Stat − blankVerify SX Card Slot − blank

ISS crew inform orbiter crew of MDM C&C1 status.

10. COMMANDING N1-1 MDM TO BE RT ON LB SYS-LAB 1EPCS2 Task: LAB Act EPCS

LAB Act EPCS‘Secondary NCS MDM’


cmd Config − 6 Execute (√Config 6)

11. POWERING UP INT-2 MDM

NOTEThe Configuration command must be sent to the N1-2 MDMwithin 2 minutes of INT-2 MDM being powered on.

LAB Act EPCS‘Int-2 MDM Power’

cmd RPCM LA2B_C RPC 2 − Close Execute (Verify − Cl)cmd RPCM LAD52B_A RPC 4 − Close Execute (Verify − Cl)





12. REESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION WITH N1-2 MDMEPCS2 sel icon to open PCSCDS main control panel window


√Status Box is green and ‘Connected ’ is displayed in the PCSCDS maincontrol panel window.

359


17 JUL 002685.doc







NOTEExpect Caution & Warning message on ISS PCS‘Backup INT MDM Fail – LAB ’.




If LOCK not YES,


SM 212 OIU

CRT OIU FORMAT 002 LOAD - ITEM 1 + 2 EXEC



14. CHECKING INT-2 MDM STATUS

NOTEIt may take up to 5 minutes from power onto receive data from the INT-2 MDM.

360


17 JUL 002685.doc


‘Primary Int MDM’

Verify Sync Status − In SyncVerify Frame Count incrementing.Verify Over Temp Flag − blank

********************************************************************If INT-2 frame count not incrementing, perform {LAB INT-2FAILURE DURING LAB ACTIVATION}, all (SODF: ASSYOPS: MALFUNCTION: LAB ACTIVATION).

********************************************************************

Orbiter crew inform ISS crew of MDM INT-2 status.

ISS Crew Task: 5A: LAB Act PCS PCS LAB Act PCS


Verify MDM ID − INT-2Verify Frame Count incrementing.

NOTEIt may take up to 6 minutes from power on for the INT-2MDM to be automatically commanded to Operational.

√Current State − OPERATIONAL

************************************************************If Current State not Operational

C&DH Summary: Primary INT MDM Primary Int MDM


Primary Int Processing State Transitions

cmd Transition to Operational State Execute

√Current State − Operational************************************************************

Verify BIT Status − blank

ISS crew inform orbiter crew of MDM INT-2 status. Orbiter crew proceedto step 15.

361


17 JUL 002685.doc

NOTEDisregard the following expected Caution & Warning messages on the ISSPCS after the INT becomes Operational due to automatic synchronization oflower tier MDMs. Acknowledge expected messages as time permits.

‘Cab P Low Caution - LAB ’‘E/L Cab P Low Caution - A/L ’‘PCA N2 Inlet P Low Caution - LAB ’‘PCA N2 Inlet P Low Caution - A/L ’‘PCA O2 Inlet P Low Caution - LAB ’‘PCA O2 Inlet P Low Cuation - A/L ’‘PCA N2 Inlet P Low Warning - LAB ’‘PCA N2 Inlet P Low Warning - A/L ’‘PCA O2 Inlet P Low Warning - LAB ’‘PCA O2 Inlet P Low Warning - A/L ’‘Cab P Low Warning - LAB ’‘E/L Cab P Low Warning - A/L ’‘ppO2 (Lab MCA) Warning ’‘MCA Loss of Comm - LAB ’‘Lab LTL PPA Pump in Press Low - LAB ’‘Lab LTL Unable to Repress - LAB ’‘Lab MTL PPA Pump in Press Low - LAB ’‘Lab MTL Unable to Repress - LAB ’

15. ENABLING PASS THRU TO C&C MDM

NOTEThe Pass Thru command will cause the EPCS to lose connectionwith the N1-2 MDM. This may take up to 1 minute to occur.Expect ‘MDM Connection Failed’ and ‘212 OIU AD1 NOLK ’messages.



cmd Pass Thru − Ena Execute





Load PCMMU CONFIG 780 (781) per ORB OPS FS

SM 212 OIUCRT OIU FORMAT 002 LOAD - ITEM 1 + 2 EXEC

362


17 JUL 002685.doc



17. ORBITER 5A PCS SETUP

NOTEWhen the orbiter is present, the AFD PCS must be connectedfirst to ensure that it receives the logical PCS ID of 1.

ISS Crew Close all display windows. PCS Disconnect CDS from MDM.

EPCS Close all display windows. (both) Disconnect CDS from MDM.

Close CDS Window.

At the taskbar on bottom of displaysel Exit

On ‘Logout Confirmation’ windowsel OK

When ‘Type any key to continue’ appears, continue.

EPCS 1,2 Laptop PWR → OffPCS 1,2 28 VDC PWR SPLY → OffEject the 1553 PC Card w/Adapter Cables from the PCMCIA slot for bothEPCSs.

Disconnect the DC PWR SUPPLY ADAPTER Cable 10' from the EPCSDC PWR outlet for both EPCSs.

Replace EPCSs with PCSs.Insert 1553 PC Card w/Adapter Cables into PCMCIA slot for both PCSs.Connect DC PWR SUPPLY ADAPTER Cable 10' to both PCSs.

Pwr Sply PCS 28 VDC PWR SPLY → On (Lt On)

PCS2 PCS Laptop PWR − On

NOTEThe PCS connected to the bus with the primary Node MDMwill automatically connect to the primary C&C MDM.


If a pop-up window appears because the PCS time is > 60 secondsdifferent from the MDM time, “PCS Time” should be selected.

363


17 JUL 002685.doc


Orbiter crew inform ISS crew, “Go for reconnecting PCS”; then, continuewith step 18.

ISS Crew sel ‘Connect to MDM’ button. PCS


If a pop-up window appears because the PCS time is >60 secondsdifferent from the MDM time, “PCS Time” should be selected.


18. ACTIVATING LA1 AND LA2 MDMS

NOTEThe LA1 and LA2 MDMs may take as long as 2 minutesfrom power on to transition to the Operational mode.

PCS2 Task: 5A: LAB Act PCSLAB Act PCS

‘LA1 MDM’

cmd RPCM LA1B_B RPC 9 − Close Execute (Verify − Cl)

‘LA2 MDM’

cmd RPCM LA2B_E RPC 4 − Close Execute (Verify − Cl)

Wait 2 minutes, then:

19. VERIFYING LA1 AND LA2 MDM STATUS‘LA1 MDM’

cmd LA1 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − ENA)


√Current State − OPERATIONAL√Sync Status − In Sync

‘LA2 MDM’

cmd LA2 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − ENA)


364


17 JUL 002685.doc


************************************************************************If LA1 MDM frame count not incrementing,

Perform steps 20, 22, 25, and 26, then go to {MANUALIATCS STARTUP: SINGLE MT}, all (SODF: ASSY OPS:CONTINGENCY: ITCS ACTIVATION).

If LA2 MDM frame count not incrementing,Perform steps 20, 21, 23 and 24, then go to {MANUALIATCS STARTUP: SINGLE LT}, (SODF: ASSY OPS:CONTINGENCY: ITCS ACTIVATION).

************************************************************************

20. ENABLING I/O TO TCS EQUIPMENT RPCMS

NOTEExpect two Caution messages

‘RPCM LAP61B_A Loss of Comm - Lab ’‘RPCM LAS62B_A Loss of Comm - Lab ’

LAB Act PCS‘TCS Equipment’

cmd RPCM LAP61B_A RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − ENA)cmd RPCM LAS62B_A RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − ENA)

NOTEThe accumulator quantity and pressure checks in steps 21 and22 verify that the LTL and MTL have not developed a leak. Ifthe quantity and pressure criteria are not satisfied, then theIATCS will be activated in an alternate mode and the avionicsthat are not receiving cooling will be powered down.

21. VERIFYING LTL INTEGRITY

Lab Act PCS‘TCS Equipment’

Verify LTL PPA Avg Accum Qty, % > ________ (√MCC-H)Verify LTL PPA Pump in Press, mmHg > _____ (____ kPa) (√MCC-H)

*****************************************************************************************If either of the above conditions is not met,

Perform steps 22, 25, and 26, then go to {IATCS DUAL LT FAILEDSTARTUP}, (SODF: ASSY OPS: CONTINGENCY: ITCS ACTIVATION).

*****************************************************************************************

365


17 JUL 002685.doc

22. VERIFYING MTL INTEGRITY


Verify MTL PPA Avg Accum Qty, % > ________ (√MCC-H)Verify MTL PPA Pump in Press, mmHg > _____ (____ kPa) (√MCC-H)

***************************************************************************If either of the above conditions is not met (and LTL integrity isverified), perform steps 23 and 24, then go to {IATCS DUAL MTFAILED STARTUP}, (SODF: ASSY OPS: CONTINGENCY:ITCS ACTIVATION).

***************************************************************************

NOTESteps 23 --- 26 close all RPCs required for a nominal IATCS activationin Dual Loop mode. RPCs for Rack LAP6 (step 23) and LAS6 (step 25)are checked immediately and alternate IATCS Startup procedures areexecuted if these RPCs are not closed. In the interest of time, all otherRPCs will be commanded closed without verifying end item response.If any RPCs fail to close, Table 1 identifies required actions for criticalRPCs. No action is required for RPCs not listed in the table.

23. APPLYING POWER TO LAP6 (LTL) TCS EQUIPMENTPCS2 Task: 5A: LAB Act PCS


sel LAB Act TCS RPC Commands

LAB Act TCS RPC Commands‘LTL’

‘RPCM LA1B_D’

cmd RPC 3 − LAP6 RPC − Close (Verify − Cl)

*********************************************************************************If RPC 3 - LAP6 RPC Posn − Op,

Perform steps 25, 26, and 27, then go to {MANUAL IATCSSTARTUP: SINGLE MT}, (SODF: ASSY OPS: CONTINGENCY:ITCS ACTIVATION).

*********************************************************************************

‘RPCM LAP61B_A’

cmd RPC 5 − LTL SFCA SOV RPC − Closecmd RPC 6 − LTL SFCA Mod Vlv RPC − Closecmd RPC 7 − LTL NIA Vent Vlv RPC − Closecmd RPC 8 − LTL NIA Isol Vlv RPC − Closecmd RPC 18 − LTL PPA RPC − Close

366


17 JUL 002685.doc

24. APPLYING POWER TO AFT END CONE (LTL) TCS EQUIPMENT

LAB Act TCS RPC Commands‘RPCM LA1B_F’

cmd RPC 4 − LTL TWMV RPC − Closecmd RPC 15 − LCA Vlv1 RPC − Close

25. APPLYING POWER TO LAS6 (MTL) TCS EQUIPMENT



LAB Act TCS RPC Commands‘MTL’

‘RPCM LA2B_F’cmd RPC 1 − LAS6 RPC − Close (Verify − Cl)

**********************************************************************************If RPC 1 - LAS6 RPC Posn − Op,

Perform step 26, then go to {MANUAL IATCS STARTUP: SINGLELT }, (SODF: ASSY OPS: CONTINGENCY: ITCS ACTIVATION).

**********************************************************************************

NOTEDue to a Lab wiring error with the following RPCs,RPC 5 actually powers the MTL SFCA Mod Vlv, andRPC 6 actually powers the MTL SFCA SOV.However, since both RPCs are being closed, thedisplay nomenclature is not being changed.

‘RPCM LAS62B_A’

cmd RPC 5 - MTL SFCA SOV RPC − Closecmd RPC 6 - MTL SFCA Mod Vlv RPC − Closecmd RPC 7 - MTL NIA Vent Vlv RPC − Closecmd RPC 8 - MTL NIA Isol Vlv RPC − Closecmd RPC 18 - MTL PPA RPC − Close

26. APPLYING POWER TO AFT END CONE (MTL) TCS EQUIPMENT

LAB Act TCS RPC Commands‘RPCM LA2B_G’

cmd RPC 2 - MTL TWMV RPC − Closecmd RPC 1 - MTL Regen TWMV RPC − Close

‘RPCM LA2B_E’

367


17 JUL 002685.doc

cmd RPC 2 - LCA Vlv2 RPC − Close

Table 1. IATCS RPC Failure ResponsesIF POSN ≠ CL ACTION‘LTL’

‘RPCM LAP61B_A’RPC 18 - LTL PPA RPC

Go to {IATCS SINGLE MT STARTUP}, (SODF:ASSY OPS: CONTINGENCY: ITCS ACTIVATION).

‘LTL’

‘RPCM LAP61B_A’RPC 5 - LTL SFCA SOV RPC

Go to {MANUAL IATCS STARTUP: SINGLE MT},(SODF: ASSY OPS: CONTINGENCY: ITCSACTIVATION).

‘MTL’

‘RPCM LAS62B_A’RPC 18 - MTL PPA RPC

LAB Act PCS‘TCS Equipment’cmd PPA LAP6 RT Status – Enable Execute

(Verify – Ena)

Go to {IATCS SINGLE LT STARTUP}, step 2(SODF: ASSY OPS: CONTINGENCY: ITCSACTIVATION).

‘MTL’

‘RPCM LAS62B_A’RPC 5 - MTL SFCA Mod VlvRPC (actually the MTL SFCASOV RPC)

Go to {MANUAL IATCS STARTUP: SINGLE LT},all (SODF: ASSY OPS: CONTINGENCY: ITCSACTIVATION).

‘LTL’

‘RPCM LA1B_F’

Go to {IATCS SINGLE LT STARTUP} (SODF:ASSY OPS: CONTINGENCY: ITCS ACTIVATION).

RPC 15 - LCA Vlv1 RPC

‘MTL’

‘RPCM LA2B_E’RPC 2 - LCA Vlv2 RPC

Expect Caution Message (no action required) afterexecuting ITCS Activation Startup command:‘Lab LCA Valve 1(2) Failure - Lab ’

27. BEGINNING IATCS AUTO STARTUP

NOTETable 2 specifies the actions required to respond tospecific Caution & Warning messages that could begenerated in the 3 minutes following the execution ofthe IATCS startup command.


cmd PPA LAP6 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − ENA)cmd PPA LAS6 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − ENA)

368


17 JUL 002685.doc

√IATCS Mode − Dual

NOTEExpect possible Caution messages (no action required):

‘Lab MTL Regen TWMV Undertemp - Lab ’‘Lab MTL TWMV Undertemp - Lab ’‘Lab LTL TWMV Overtemp - Lab ’‘Lab MTL SFCA Uncontrolled DP - Lab ’‘Lab LTL SFCA Uncontrolled DP - Lab ’

cmd IATCS - Startup Execute

Verify IATCS Activation − In Prog

After 3 minutes, if no messages from Table 2 annunciated, proceed tostep 28.

Table 2. IATCS Startup Message TableWARNING MESSAGE ACTION‘Lab LTL Leak AutoShutdown - Lab ’‘Lab MTL Leak AutoShutdown - Lab ’

PCS2 Lab: TCS: Thermal Load ReductionThermal Load Reduction‘Auto Thermal Load Shed’

cmd Inhibit – Arm (√X)cmd Inhibit − Inh

√Auto Thermal Load Shed − Inh

If ‘Lab LTL Leak AutoShutdown - Lab ’, then go to{IATCS DUAL LT FAILEDSTARTUP}, step 2 (SODF: ASSYOPS: CONTINGENCY: ITCS ACTIVATION).

If ‘Lab MTL Leak AutoShutdown - Lab ’, then go to{IATCS DUAL MT FAILEDSTARTUP}, step 2 (SODF: ASSYOPS: CONTINGENCY: ITCS ACTIVATION).

369


17 JUL 002685.doc

Continuation of Table 2.Caution Message Action‘Lab LTL PPA Pump Failure - Lab ’‘Lab LTL SFCA Shutoff Valve Failure - Lab ’

PCS2 Task: 5A: LAB ACT PCSLAB ACT PCS‘TCS Equipment’

Verify IATCS Mode − Sngl MTVerify IATCS Activation − Not in ProgVerify IATCS Stat − Oper

Go to step 29.

‘Lab MTL PPA Pump Failure - Lab ’‘Lab MTL SFCA Shutoff Valve Failure - Lab ’‘Lab LCA Valve 1 Failure - Lab ’‘Lab LCA Valve 2 Failure - Lab ’

PCS2 Task: 5A: LAB Act PCS LAB ACT PCS‘TCS Equipment’

Verify IATCS Mode − Sngl LTVerify IATCS Activation − Not in ProgVerify IATCS Stat − Oper

Go to step 29.

‘Lab LTL PPA Accum Qty Low - Lab ’ No immediate action required.Complete LAB ACTIVATION procedure, then

go to {3.305 LAB LTL LEAK ISOLATION},(SODF: TCS: MALFUNCTION: IATCS).

‘Lab MTL PPA Accum Qty Low - Lab ’ No immediate action required.Complete LAB ACTIVATION procedure, then

go to {3.318 LAB MTL LEAK ISOLATION},(SODF: TCS: MALFUNCTION: IATCS).

28. VERIFYING OPERATION OF SYSTEM


Verify IATCS Mode − DualVerify IATCS Activation − Not in ProgVerify IATCS Stat − Oper

Record MET: ___/___:___:___


LAB Act TCS RPC Commands‘MTL’‘RPCM LA2B_G’

Verify RPC 2 – MTL TWMV RPC Posn − Cl

370


17 JUL 002685.doc

*******************************************************************************

PCS2

If RPC 2 – MTL TWMV RPC Posn – Op

Lab: TCS: Regen TWMV Icon MTL Regen TWMV Commands‘CLC’

cmd Ena Execute (√Ena)

*******************************************************************************

29. ACTIVATING C&C2 MDM

LAB Act PCS‘Backup CCS MDM’

cmd RPCM LAD52B_A RPC 3 − Close Execute (Verify − Cl)

Wait 5 minutes for C&C2 to go through POST.

cmd CC2 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − ENA)

Verify MDM ID − CC2Verify Temp, deg C < 48.9Verify Frame Count incrementing.Verify Current State − BackupVerify Hard Fail − blankVerify Rev Soft Fail − blankVerify Soft Fail − blankVerify POST Stat − blankVerify I/O Bus Stat − blankVerify SX Card Slot − blank


If Sync Status − Loss of Synccmd Sync to BIA Execute (Verify − In Sync)

30. TRANSITIONING INT MDM TO STANDBY

NOTEThe INT MDM will be transitioned to Standby beforesyncing the C&C with Russian time to prevent possibleloss of sync with the PVCU MDMs, which could intiatenumerous undesirable safing responses.

NOTEMCC-H will evaluate the MTL Regen temperature anddetermine whether additional ITCS reconfiguration isrequired to maintain nominal ITCS coolant temperatures.

371


17 JUL 002685.doc

PCS2 C&DH Summary: Primary INT MDMPrimary Int MDM

NOTE1. Expect state LA MDM Tlm, Node MDM Tlm, and

associated RT Tlm.

2. Ignore the following Caution & Warning messages:TBD

sel processing State


cmd Transition to Standby State Execute

√Current State − Standby

NOTEThe Primary C&C MDM will display the correct RSTime. However, prior to the Sync to RS With Jump,the GMT will actually be the CCS time (epoch 1992).

31. SYNCHRONIZING C&C MDMS WITH RS TIMEPCS2 C&DH Summary: Primary C&C MDM

Primary CCS MDM

Record RS Time: _____________________

Verify RS Time within 5 minutes of GMT.


sel Time Management

Primary CCS Time Management

cmd Sync to RS with Jump Execute

Primary CCS MDM

Verify GMT Time within 10 seconds of RS Time

32. TRANSITIONING INT MDM TO OPERATIONALPCS2 C&DH Summary: Primary INT MDM

Primary Int MDM


372


17 JUL 002685.doc

NOTE1. Disregard the following expected Caution & Warning

messages:

Warning‘Primary CC Detected Primary Node 1 MDM Failure - LAB ’

Caution‘Primary CC Detected Secondary Node 1 MDM Failure - LAB ’

2. Disregard spurious PVCU MDM RT fail messages.




√Current State − Operational

33. PVCU AND C&C MDM SYNCHRONIZATIONPCS2 C&DH Summary: Primary PVCU MDM

Primary PVCU MDM

Verify MDM ID – PVCU 2B(4B)Verify Frame Count incrementing.


If Sync Status − Loss Syncsel Sync Statuscmd Sync to BIA Execute

Primary PVCU MDM


C&DH Summary: Backup PVCU MDMBackup PVCU MDM

Verify MDM ID − PVCU 4B(2B)Verify Frame Count incrementing.


If Sync Status − Loss Syncsel Sync Statuscmd Sync to BIA Execute

Backup PVCU MDM

373


17 JUL 002685.doc


C&DH Summary: Backup C&C MDMBackup CCS MDM

Verify MDM ID − CC2Verify Frame Count incrementing.


If Sync Status − Loss of Syncsel Sync Statuscmd Sync to BIA Execute

Backup CCS MDM


34. CLEANUPPCS2 Close all display windows.

Disconnect CDS from MDM.


ISS crew inform orbiter crew they have disconnected PCS.

PCS2 sel ‘Connect to MDM’ button.

√Status Box is green and ‘Connected ’ is displayed in the PCSDCS maincontrol panel window

If a pop-up window appears because the PCS time is >60 secondsdifferent from the MDM time, “MDM Time” should be selected.

Iconify PCSDCS main control panel window.

Orbiter crew inform ISS crew that the AFD PCS is connected to C&CMDM.

ISS Crew sel ‘Connect to MDM’ button. PCS

√Status Box is green and ‘Connected ’ is displayed in the PCSDCS maincontrol panel window

If a pop-up window appears because the PCS time is >60 secondsdifferent from the MDM time, “MDM Time” should be selected.

Iconify PCSDCS main control panel window.

ISS andOrbiter Deactivate, stow EPCS equipment.

374

CMG STARTUP(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 10 pages

11 AUG 002255.doc

1. GNC COMMAND RESPONSE COUNTERS RESETPCS MCS: GNC Command Response Counters

GNC Command Response Counters

sel Reset

Verify the Since Reset column values are all blank.

Do not close this window until the procedure is complete.

If while executing a command, the Command Accept counter on thatdisplay does not increment,

Reselect GNC Command Response Counters to determine if acommand was rejected

√MCC-H.

2. PREACTIVATION POWER AND MODE CONFIGURATION CHECKPCS Z1: EPS

Z1: EPS

Verify RPCM Z14B-B is dodger blue with green corners.Verify RPCM Z13B-B is dodger blue with green corners.

PCS MCSMCS Summary

‘MCS Status’

Verify US GNC Mode − UDG

3. SUPPRESSING CMG [X] FAILED CAUTIONS

NOTEBefore the CMGs are powered on, annunciation of this‘CMG[X] Failed’ caution messages is suppressed. Thesemessages will remain silenced until CMG startup is complete.

Coordinate with ODIN to request cyclic advisory dumps during thisprocedure.

From step 8 through the end of the procedure, dumping the advisory logwill help isolate conditions which set the ‘CMG [X] Failed’ Caution.

For event codes 5202, 5276, 5277, 5278<Cmd Inv: CCS_CW_Supp_Annun_Arm_Tmplt −(LADD96IM0062K)>

<Cmd Inv: CCS_CW_Supp_Annun_Fire_Tmplt −(LADD96IM0063K)>

4. AUTHORIZING CMGs FOR COMMANDINGMCS: CMG ConfigurationCMG Configuration

375


11 AUG 002255.doc

sel Pending Authorization

Pending Authorization

For all four CMGsIf Pending Authorization − Inh

cmd Enable (Verify − Ena)

5. PRIORITIZING CMGs FOR USE BY STEERING LAW

CMG Configuration

sel Pending Priority

Pending Priority

For all four CMGsIf Pending Priority − Active (Standby)

cmd Pending Priority − Non Active (Verify − Non Active)

6. INCORPORATING CMG AUTHORIZATIONS AND PRIORITIES

CMG Configuration

sel Pending Authorization and Priority Incorporation

Pending Authorization and Priority Incorporation

If Current Authorization and Priority does not match PendingAuthorization and Priority for any CMG,

cmd Incorporate Pending Authorizations and Priorities

Verify Current Authorization CMG1,2,3,4 − EnaVerify Current Priority CMG1,2,3,4 − Non Active

7. ENABLING CLOSING OF CMG RPCM/RPCs

NOTEEnabling the RPC Open and Close commands allowsthe GNC MDM CMG FDIR to operate properly.

CMG Configuration

sel Z1-4B-B/RPC 18 (CMG 1)

RPCM Z14B B RPC 18

√Open Cmd − Ena√Close Cmd − Ena

CMG Configuration

376


11 AUG 002255.doc


RPCM Z13B B RPC 18


CMG Configuration


RPCM Z13B B RPC 17


CMG Configuration


RPCM Z14B B RPC 17


8. POWERING ON CMGs, EA POWER SUPPLIES, AND GIMBALTORQUERS

CAUTIONA false indication of ‘CMG[X] Failed’ may be receivedupon powerup. Before continuing with CMG activationand spinup, verify the cause of the indication.

Verify ‘CMG[X] Failed’ caution messages have been suppressed fromstep 3.

CMG Configuration

sel EA Power

EA Power

For all four CMGscmd On

377


11 AUG 002255.doc

NOTEIt may take up to 2 minutes for the followingresponses to appear.

Verify EA Power − ClVerify RAM Bit Test Fail − blankVerify ROM Checksum Fail − blankVerify CPU Reset Flag − YesVerify CMG Post Fail − blank

CMG Configuration

sel CMG FDIR

CMG FDIR

For all four CMGscmd Advisory Configuration − ResetVerify CPU Reset Flag – No

9. INITIALIZING AND VERIFYING CMG CONFIGURATION

CMG Configuration

sel Initialization

Initialization

NOTEEA total current will increase in the following increments duringCMG initialization:

Power Supplies On = 0.4 ampsPower Supplies + IG Gimbal Torquer = 0.5 amps.Power Supplies + IG Torquer + OG Torquer = 0.7 ampsThe current readings may vary by ± 0.1 amps.

For all four CMGscmd Power Supplies − OnVerify Power Supplies − OnVerify EA Total Current: 0.4 amps (per note)

cmd IG Torquer − OnVerify IG Torquer − OnVerify EA Total Current: 0.5 amps (per note)

cmd OG Torquer − OnVerify OG Torquer − OnVerify EA Total Current: 0.7 amps (per note)

378


11 AUG 002255.doc

Verify CPU Reset Flag − NoVerify Fault Isol Request − blankVerify Initialized − Yes

10. ENABLING SPIN BEARING HEATERS

NOTE1. CMG Spin Bearing temperatures T1 & T2 must be > 3.3° C in order to

start CMG Spin up.

2. Activation of these heaters should be done so that the spin bearings canreach operational temperature (may take up to 5 hours) before Spin Up(step 14).

3. The Spin Bearing Heaters will cycleon if one temperature is < 15.6° Cand the other temperature is < 26.7° C.The spin Bearing Heaters will remain onuntil one temperature reaches 26.7° C.

CMG Configuration

sel Spin Bearing Heaters

Spin Bearing Heaters

For all four CMGs

cmd Enable

Verify SB Htr Status − EnaVerify current indications of Spin Bearing Heaters are consistent withabove note.

11. CMG LUBRICATION FOR INITIAL ACTIVATION

NOTEThese steps ensure individual gimbal bearingrotation through 360°.

CMG Configuration

sel Gimbal Angles

Gimbal Angles

For all four CMGs,‘CMG[X]’Verify Torquer Power IG,OG − On

on

off60° F15.6° C

80° F26.7° C

379


11 AUG 002255.doc

input Angles IG,OG: (0,0)cmd Set

Verify Cmd Angle IG,OG: (0,0)Verify Current Angle IG,OG are moving to commanded values.Verify Gimbals In Position − Yes (final condition)Verify Rate IG,OG: (0.0,0.0) (final condition)

For all four CMGs,‘CMG[X]’




input Angles IG,OG: (-120, -120)cmd Set

Verify Cmd Angle IG,OG: (-120, -120)Verify Current Angle IG,OG are moving to commanded values.Verify Gimbals In Position − Yes (final condition)Verify Rate IG,OG: (0.0,0.0) (final condition)




380


11 AUG 002255.doc

12. INPUTTING CMG GIMBAL ANGLES

CMG Configuration

sel Gimbal Angles

Gimbal Angles

input Angles IG,OG CMG 1: (0, 45)input Angles IG,OG CMG 2: (0, 135)input Angles IG,OG CMG 3: (0, 45)input Angles IG,OG CMG 4: (0, 135)

****************************************************************************If one CMG is unavailable for startup, use the following table todetermine spinup gimbal angles:

1 Failed CMGCMG1 CMG2 (0, 60) CMG3 (0, 60) CMG4 (0, 180)CMG2 CMG1 (0, 60) CMG3 (0, 180) CMG4 (0, 60)CMG3 CMG1 (0, 60) CMG2 (0, 180) CMG4 (0, 60)CMG4 CMG1 (0, 180) CMG2 (0, 60) CMG3 (0, 60)

If two CMGs are unavailable for startup, use the following table todetermine spinup gimbal angles:

2 Failed CMGsCMG1, CMG4 CMG2 (0, -1) CMG3 (0, 179)CMG1, CMG2 CMG3 (0, 1) CMG4 (0, 179)CMG1, CMG3 CMG2 (0, -1) CMG4 (0, 179)CMG2, CMG3 CMG1 (0, -1) CMG4 (0, 179)CMG2, CMG3 CMG1 (0, -1) CMG3 (0, 179)CMG3, CMG4 CMG1 (0, -1) CMG2 (0, -179)

****************************************************************************

For all four CMGscmd Set

Verify Cmd Angle IG,OG − (as commanded).Verify Current Angle IG,OG are moving to commanded values.Verify Gimbals In Position − Yes (final condition)Verify Rate IG,OG: (0.0,0.0) (final condition)

13. UPDATING CMG WHEEL SPEED

CMG Configuration

sel Wheel Speeds

Wheel Speeds

381


11 AUG 002255.doc

For all four CMGs,If GNC MDM Whl Spd or CMG Cmd Whl Spd is not 6600 rpm

cmd 6600 rpm

Verify GNC MDM Whl Spd: 6600Verify CMG Cmd Whl Spd: 6600

14. ENGAGING CMG SPIN MOTORS AND MONITORING CMGPERFORMANCE

NOTE1. CMGs are to be activated in pairs (1 and 4, 2 and 3). CMGs 1 and

4 should be spun up within 5 minutes of each other and CMGs 2and 3 should be spun up within 5 minutes of each other. This isdone to minimize resultant torques on the Station.

2. Do not spin up 2 and 3 until 1 and 4 have reached 200 rpm. Itshould take approximately 15 minutes for the CMGs to reach 200rpm.

3. Nominally, CMG spinup should not be initiated until spin bearingtemperatures are above 3.3° C. If MCC-H decides to override thistemperature limit, perform the star block. Furthermore, the ‘enable’and ‘inhibit’ commands for this function are backwards on PCS,although the telemetry is fine. While the button to click says‘enable’, the status to verify is ‘inhibit.’

CMG Configuration

**************************************************************************On MCC-H GO to override spin motor temperature autoshutdown,

sel CMG FDIR

CMG FDIR

For all CMGsIf T1 and/or T2 is below 3.3° C,

cmd Spin Motor Temp Auto Shutdown Enable(Verify - Inh)

**************************************************************************

If star block was not performed, when T1 and T2 for all CMGs are above3.3° C, proceed.

sel Spin UpSpin Up

382


11 AUG 002255.doc

For CMG 1 and CMG 4cmd Spin Up

Verify Current Whl Spd − <increasing>Verify Vibration Sensor − per note 1, belowWhen Current Whl Spd > 10 rpm

Verify Spin Motor Power − On

When CMG1 and CMG4 Current Whl Spd > 200 rpm, proceed.

For CMG 2 and CMG 3cmd Spin Up

Verify Current Whl Spd <increasing>Verify Vibration Sensor − per note 1, belowWhen current Whl Spd > 10 rpm

Verify Spin Motor Power − On

NOTE1. If at any time during spinup a CMG’s Vibration Sensor

reads above 0.2 g, consult with MER to determine ifCMG shutdown is necessary.

2. The entire spin up will take between 6.5 and 8.0 hours.

3. Ignore advisory ‘CMG[X] Wheel Over/Under Speed ’until CMG[X] reaches the commanded wheel speed of6600 rpm and continuous from 6000 to 6600 rpm.

When Current Wheel Speed reaches 4000 rpm, proceed.

For all four CMGs

sel CMG [X}

CMG [X}

‘Control Authority’

Verify Ready − Yes

‘Wheel’

Verify Whl Up-to-Spd − YesVerify Gimbals in Position − InPosn

383


11 AUG 002255.doc

15. ENABLING CMG [X] FAILED CAUTIONSWhen Current Wheel Speed reaches 6600 rpm, proceed.

NOTEAt this point, the period when there may be a falseindication of CMG failure has passed. Annunciationof the ‘CMG[X] Failed’ Cautions is re-enabled.

For event codes 5202, 5276, 5277, 5278<cmd Inv: CCS_CW_Ena_Annun_Tmplt − (LADD96IM0066K)>

384

CMG CONTROL AUTHORITY TEST(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 17 pages

11 AUG 002717.doc

NOTE1. Steps 1 --- 6 verify starting conditions and configure the US GNC

and RS �� software for the test. These steps may beexecuted while the CMGs are spinning up. MCC-H (ADCO) andMCC-M (��) will execute these steps; ISS crew should verifycompletion before proceeding.

2. Steps 7 --- 16 constitute the Momentum Servo portion of the test,observing how the orbiter and RS �� torques exerted on the stack by the CMGs. These steps may notbe executed until all 4 CMG wheel speeds are greater than 4000rpm. This portion of the test is executed by MCC-H (ADCO), ISScrew, and orbiter crew.

3. Steps 17 --- 24 constitute the Attitude Hold portion of the test,exercising progressively more integrated US-led attitude controllogic. These steps may not be executed until all 4 CMG wheelspeeds have reached 6600 rpm. This portion of the test isexecuted by MCC-H (ADCO) and ISS crew.

4. Step 25 calls out the Momentum Management Preparation andActivation procedure, a ground procedure, which will configureUS GNC to CMG/TA Momentum Management attitude control forovernight. This procedure is executed by MCC-H (ADCO).

BEFORE BEGINNING PROCEDURE, √MCC-H TO CONFIRM WHICHSTEPS WILL BE PERFORMED.

1. GNC COMMAND RESPONSE COUNTERS RESETPCS MCS: GNC Command Response Counters

GNC Command Response Counters

sel Reset

Verify the Since Reset column values are all blank.

Do not close this window until the procedure is complete.

If while executing a command, the Command Accept counter on thatdisplay does not increment,

Reselect GNC Command Response Counters to determine if acommand was rejected, then:

√MCC-H

385


11 AUG 002717.doc

2. VERIFYING SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONPCS MCS

MCS Summary‘MCS Status’

Verify US Station Mode − StandardVerify RS Station Mode − StandardVerify US GNC Mode − UDGVerify RS GNC Mode − ThrustersVerify RS Control − MasterVerify RS Ref Frame − RTEA

MCS: MCS SafingMCS Safing

‘Station Configuration’

Verify Auto Mode to CMG TA − InhVerify Auto Att Control Handover to RS − Inh

3. VERIFYING OPERATING CONDITIONSMCC-H Verify OIU Comm in format 1C.

Verify OIU data available if high-rate S-Band is not available.

NOTEFor successful completion of all steps in the Control AuthorityTest, it is necessary to determine the actual flight TEA oversome orbits prior to activating USOS Attitude Control. To dothis, ADCO should record the orbit-average LVLH TEA, asdetermined by monitoring the actual vehicle attitude while flyingin Thrusters Only, [��] (RTEA) over at least two orbits.

MCC-H TBD Ground NavigationTBD Ground Display

Record current Orbit-Average TEA in ISS LVLH Y − P − R −

Same attitude, ISS LVLH Quaternion 0 − 1 − 2 − 3 −

Same attitude, SM [OCK] Quaternion 0 − 1 − 2 − 3 −

386


11 AUG 002717.doc

4. VERIFYING CCDB CONFIGURATION

NOTEIn this step, if any CCDB Version ID is not as required, MCC-Hwill perform {1.236 CCS DATA LOAD MANAGEMENT}, all(SODF: GND: CDH: NOMINAL) to load the correct CCDB intothe appropriate GNC MDM.

PCS MCS: MCS ConfigurationMCS Configuration

‘CCDB Slots’

Slot #1Verify Version ID − 02001Verify Cntl Type − Att HoldVerify Ref Frame − LVLH




Slot #5Verify Version ID − 10102Verify Cntl Type − MMVerify Ref Frame − LVLH

PCS For CCDB Slots 1, 2, 3sel Cmd Att [X]

Cmd Att [X]

input ISS LVLH Quaternion 0 − (from step 3)1 − (from step 3)2 − (from step 3)3 − (from step 3)

cmd Set

387


11 AUG 002717.doc

Verify Slot [X] Cmd Att 0 − (as commanded)1 − (as commanded)2 − (as commanded)3 − (as commanded)

PCS MCS: PPL Version IDsPPL Version IDs

‘CCDBs Buffer’

Verify CCDB Slot 1 --- 5, Bkup MDM − identical to Primary MDM (listedabove)

‘PPLs Buffer’

Verify Non-CCDB CA, Primary and Bkup − 00011Verify Mass Properties, Primary and Bkup − 00101

5. SETTING RS THRUSTER DESATURATION PULSE PATTERN

NOTEThe command in this step is sent from CCS to SMCC to SMTC.End-item response must be evaluated by MCC-M before step17. The GNC command counter will not increment for this (orany other) RS command.


‘RS GNC’

sel Desat Cntl

Desat Cntl

cmd RS Continuous Thrust

MCC-M Verify RS Pulse Train Pattern set to Continuous.

6. VERIFYING CMG AUTHORIZATIONS ENABLED AND SETTING CMGPRIORITIES TO ACTIVE

PCS MCS: CMG ConfigurationCMG Configuration

sel Pending Authorization

Pending Authorization‘Pending Authorization’

For all four CMGsIf Pending Authorization − Inh

cmd Pending Authorization − Enable (Verify – Ena)

388


11 AUG 002717.doc

CMG Configuration

sel Pending Priority

Pending Priority‘Pending Priority’

For all four CMGsIf Pending Priority − NonActive(Standby)

cmd Pending Priority − Active (Verify – Active)

CMG Configuration

sel Pending Authorization and Priority Incorporation

Pending Authorization and Priority Incorporation

If Current Authorization and Priority do not match Pending Authorizationand Priority for any CMG

cmd Incorporate Pending Authorizations and Priorities

Verify Current Authorization CMG1,2,3,4 − EnaVerify Current Priority CMG1,2,3,4 − Active

NOTE1. Do not proceed to step 7 until Wheel Speed for all

activated CMGs is greater than 4000 rpm.

2. Steps 7 --- 16 constitute the Momentum Servoportion of the test.

7. SETTING UP RUSSIAN SUPPORT FOR MOMENTUM SERVO TESTRS Laptop Perform TBD� �� !��"�!� "��

(reference frame) to [��#�] to hold attitude at the SM [��] attitudefrom step 3 above, then proceed.

8. SETTING UP US GNC FOR MOMENTUM SERVO TESTPCS MCS: MCS Configuration

MCS Configuration‘Drift/Indicator Information’

sel Momentum Servo

Momentum Servo‘Momentum Servo’

NOTEThe purpose of this command is to change theMomentum Servo Reference Frame to Inertial.Ignore the momentum vector components.

389


11 AUG 002717.doc

If Commanded Reference Frame is LVLH (Body)cmd Inertial 0,0,0

Verify Commanded Reference Frame − Inertial

9. REMOVING INHIBITS TO ENABLE MODING

MCS Configuration‘GNC Moding’

sel Drift

Drift

If Mode Transition is Inhcmd Mode Transition Enable (Verify − Ena)

If Attitude Maneuver is Inhcmd Attitude Maneuver Enable (Verify − Ena)

If Att Cntl Shutdown is Inhcmd Att Cntl Shutdown Enable (Verify − Ena)

10. BEGINNING MOMENTUM SERVO TEST

Drift‘Moding’

Verify US Drift Available − Yes

cmd Mode to Drift

Verify US GNC Mode − Drift

‘Momentum Servo’

pick Required Reference Frame: Inertial

input Required Momentum Vector X: 1000Y: 1000Z: 1000

cmd Set

Verify Commanded Reference Frame − InertialVerify Commanded Momentum Vector X: 1000

Y: 1000Z: 1000

√MCC-H

When data collection is complete (approximately 25 minutes), proceed.

390


11 AUG 002717.doc

11. TESTING MOMENTUM SERVO IN LVLH AND [��]MCS: MCS ConfigurationMCS Configuration

‘GNC Moding’

sel UDG

UDG

cmd Mode to UDG



sel Drift

Drift‘Momentum Servo’

cmd LVLH 0,0,0

Verify Commanded Reference Frame − LVLH

‘Moding’


cmd Mode to Drift


√MCC-H


12. TESTING MOMENTUM SERVO AND INTERACTIONS WITH ORBITERMCS: MCS ConfigurationMCS Configuration

‘GNC Moding’

sel UDG

UDG

cmd Mode to UDG

391


11 AUG 002717.doc



sel Drift


cmd Inertial 0,0,0


‘Moding’


cmd Mode to Drift


Perform {HANDOVER ATTITUDE CONTROL RS THRUSTERS TOORBITER}, all (SODF: JOINT OPS: MATED OPS), using DAP TBD,PRCS then:

√MCC-H


13. TESTING MOMENTUM SERVO IN LVLH WITH ORBITERPCS MCS: MCS Configuration

MCS Configuration

‘GNC Moding’

sel UDG

UDG

cmd Mode to UDG



sel Drift

392


11 AUG 002717.doc


cmd LVLH 0,0,0


‘Moding’


cmd Mode to Drift


√MCC-H


14. SETTING UP TO TEST MOMENTUM SERVO IN INERTIAL AND [��]


sel UDG

UDG

cmd Mode to UDG

Verify US GNC Mode – UDG


sel Drift


cmd Inertial 0,0,0


‘Moding’


cmd Mode to Drift

393


11 AUG 002717.doc


Perform {HANDOVER ATTITUDE CONTROL ORBITER TO RSTHRUSTERS}, all (SODF: JOINT OPS: MATED OPS), in [��#�] atthe SM [��] attitude from step 3 above, then:

NOTEFrom this point on, no orbitercrew participation is required.

15. TESTING MOMENTUM SERVO IN INERTIAL AND [��]RS Laptop $�%�" �� !��"�!� "��

(reference frame) to [��], then:

√MCC-H


16. TESTING MOMENTUM SERVO IN LVLH AND [��]PCS MCS: MCS Configuration


sel UDG

UDG

cmd Mode to UDG



sel Drift


cmd LVLH 0,0,0


‘Moding’


cmd Mode to Drift

394


11 AUG 002717.doc


√MCC-H


NOTE1. Do not proceed to Step 17 until Wheel Speed for all activated

CMGs has reached 6600 rpm.

2. Steps 17 --- 24 constitute the Attitude Hold portion of the test.

17. PREPARING FOR CMG ONLY AND CMG TA ATTITUDE HOLDPCS MCS

MCS Summary‘MCS Status’

If RS Ref Frame − RTEA

RS Laptop Pe%�" �� !��"�!� "��(reference frame) to [��+P] to hold attitude at the SM [��]attitude from step 3 above, then proceed.

PCS MCS Configuration‘US Inhibits’

If Desat Request − Inhsel US GNC InhibitsUS GNC Inhibits

cmd Desat Request Enable (Verify − Ena)


If RS Indicator Available – No‘RS GNC’

sel Att Ctrl

Att Ctrl

cmd RS Prepare for Indicator Mode

Verify Indicator Available – Yes

MCS Configuration‘RS GNC’

395


11 AUG 002717.doc

sel Desat Cntl

Desat Cntl

If Thrusters Available for CMG Desat – Nocmd RS Prepare Thrusters for CMG Desat

Verify Thrusters Available for CMG Desat – Yes


sel Momentum Servo

Momentum Servo

cmd LVLH 0,0,0


18. TESTING CMG ONLY ATTITUDE HOLD AT TEA

CAUTIONWhile in CMG Only, a ‘CMGs Near Saturation’ eventrequires immediate action. Watch for the followingsignatures while US GNC Mode is CMG Only:

MCS Summary‘CMG Momentum’

If On Line Momentum exceeds 40 %Go to Step 19.

If ‘CMGs Near Saturation ’ Caution is receivedGo to Step 19.

MCS: MCS ConfigurationMCS Configuration

sel CMG Only

CMG Only

sel CMG Only Instances

CMG Only Instances

cmd Mode to CMG Only using CCDB Slot 1 Execute

396


11 AUG 002717.doc

Verify Active CCDB Source Slot: 1Verify US GNC Mode − CMG OnlyVerify RS GNC Mode − Indicator

√MCC-H


19. TESTING CMG TA ATTITUDE HOLD AT TEA


sel CMG TA

CMG TA‘Mode to CMG TA’

sel CMG TA Instances

CMG TA Instances

cmd Mode to CMG TA using CCDB Slot 1 Execute

Verify Active CCDB Source Slot: 1Verify US GNC Mode − CMG TAVerify RS GNC Mode − CMG TA

√MCC-H


20. TESTING CMG TA WITH MEDIUM BANDWIDTH CONTROLLEROn MCC-H call, test medium bandwidth controller.

MCS Configuration‘CCDB Slots’

sel Make Active 2

Make Active 2

cmd Incorporate

‘Active CCDB’

397


11 AUG 002717.doc

Verify Active CCDB Source Slot: 2Verify information under Slot 2 and Active CCDB are the same.

√MCC-H


21. TESTING CMG TA WITH HIGH BANDWIDTH CONTROLLEROn MCC-H call, test high bandwidth controller.

MCS Configuration‘CCDB Slots’

sel Make Active 3

Make Active 3

cmd Incorporate

‘Active CCDB’

Verify Active CCDB Source Slot: 3Verify information under Slot 3 and Active CCDB are the same.

√MCC-H


22. &'��()* +$ ,)� �'&�()* -,)��.'� �� & ��

NOTEThis step maneuvers the stack toISS LVLH (0,0,0) on RS Thrusters.

RS Laptop $�%�" �� !��"�!� "�� %��frame to [��#�], with the attitude (equal to LVLH 0,0,0)

0 - 0 1 - 0 2 - 1 3 - 0

Perform {2.502 US TO RS ATTITUDE CONTROL HANDOVER}, all(SODF: MCS: NOMINAL: HANDOVER) moding ISS to Thrusters.

When maneuver is complete, proceed.

398


11 AUG 002717.doc

23. SETTING UP AND TESTING CMG TA ATTITUDE HOLD AT LVLH(0,0,0)

MCS Configuration

sel Cmd Att 1

Cmd Att 1

cmd Attitude Quaternion 1,0,0,0

Verify Slot 1 Cmd Att 0: 1.01: 0.02: 0.03: 0.0

If Attitude Maneuver - Inhcmd Attitude Maneuver Enable (Verify − Ena)

NOTEThe next command sets momentum near the desatthreshold in order to “force” an automatic desaturationafter moding to CMG TA. The values given belowmay be overridden by the on-console ADCO based onmomentum trends observed in preceding steps.

MCS Configuration

sel Drift


input Required Reference Frame − LVLHinput Required Momentum Vector X: 0

Y: (-9300) Z: 0

cmd Set

Verify Commanded Reference Frame − LVLHVerify Commanded Momentum Vector X: 0

Y: (-9300) Z: 0

MCS: MomentumMomentum

‘Body Momentum’

399


11 AUG 002717.doc

When Online Momentum is X: 0 ±100Y: (-9300) ±100Z: 0 ±100

Proceed.

Perform {2.501 RS TO US ATTITUDE CONTROL HANDOVER}, all(SODF: MCS: NOMINAL: HANDOVER) moding ISS to CMG TA, usingSlot 1, then proceed.

√MCC-H


24. TESTING RCS ASSIST AND MANEUVERING TO TEA

NOTEThis step will maneuver the stack to thebiased TEA in preparation for transitionto Momentum Management (in step 25).


‘CCDB Slots’

sel Make Active 4

Make Active 4

If Attitude Maneuver - Inhcmd Attitude Maneuver Enable (Verify − Ena)

cmd Incorporate

Verify information under Slot 4 and Active CCDB are the same.

MCS Configuration‘Attitude Information’

Verify Att Mnvr In Prog − YesMonitor Att Error values for convergence as maneuver progresses.

NOTENo further ISS crew participation is required. MCC-H will transitionUS GNC to a Momentum Management CCDB in the next step.

√MCC-H

400


11 AUG 002717.doc

25. TESTING MOMENTUM MANGEMENTMCC-H Perform {6.210 UPDATING CCDB PARAMETERS}, (SODF: GND: MCS:

NOMINAL) to load Non-CCDB CA PPL version id 00008 to Primary andBackup GNC MDMs.

MCC-H Go to {6.120 MOMENTUM MANAGEMENT PREPARATION ANDACTIVATION}, (SODF: GND: MCS: A&C), with this PAD for step 3:

MANEUVER MOMENTUMMGMT

Version ID 03003 10102Control Type Attitude Hold Momentum Mgmt

Reference Frame LVLH LVLHCmd Att Y

PR

Cmd Att Quat 0123

CCDB SLOT 4 5

Desat Target Momentum Component %XYZ

401

16 AUG 00


402

GPS RECEIVER/PROCESSOR CHECKOUT (ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 3 pages

12 JUL 00 2317.doc

NOTE This procedure is used for GPS1 on flight 5A and for GPS2 on flight 5A.1. Use [X] = 1 for 5A and [X] = 2 for 5A.1.

1. VERIFYING POWER AVAILABLE

If using GPS 1 PCS LAB: EPS: DDCU LA1B DISTRIBUTION: RPCM LA1B F: RPC 13

RPCM_LA1B_F_RPC_13

Verify RPCM Integration Counter is incrementing.

If using GPS 2 PCS LAB: EPS: DDCU LA2B DISTRIBUTION: RPCM LAD22B A: RPC 9

RPCM_LAD22B_A_RPC_09

Verify RPCM Integration counter is incrementing. 2. CLOSING GPS RECEIVER PROCESSOR RPC PCS MCS: GPS RP Check

GPS RP Check ‘Power’

Verify RPC Position GPS[X] − Op

If using GPS1

sel RPCM LA1B-F-RPC-13

RPCM_LA1B_F_RPC_13

If using GPS2 sel RPCM LAD22B-A-RPC-09


‘Close Cmd’

Verify Close Cmd − Ena

cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify – Cl)

NOTE

Closing the RPC starts the Boot Sequence and causes self test to occur. Wait up to 60 seconds before proceeding.

3. VERIFYING GPS RECEIVER HEALTH AND STATE PARAMETERS

GPS RP Check ‘GPS Receiver/Processor Health’ ‘GPS[X]’

403


12 JUL 00 2317.doc

Verify GPS Operational Status − No Satellites(No Time) Verify Almanac Status − Not complete Verify Self Survey Needed − True Verify Time Needed − True Verify User Ephemeris Needed − True

‘State Vector’

NOTE

This state vector data is not valid as indicated but demonstrates GPS RP operability.

Verify that all data fields contain data.

4. VERIFYING SIGI RECEIVER HEALTH AND STATE PARAMETERS

‘SIGI Receiver Health’

Verify for GPS[X] that the following telemetry is within the given range of values and record the exact value in the space provided.

SIGI Status Part 1 _____ (0 to 15) SIGI Status Part 2 _____ (0 to 15)

Power Supply Status − OK

Inertial Electronics Status − OK

IE Detail Part 1 _____ (0 to 255) IE Detail Part 2 _____ (0 to 255)

System Processor Status − OK

SP Detail Part 1 _____ (0 to 255) SP Detail Part 2 _____ (0 to 255)

Bus I/O Detail _____ (0 to 255)

Internal Comm Detail _____ (0 to 255)

To verify data status and indications for the above data fields, refer to {6.510 SIGI RECEIVER TELEMETRY CONVERSION MATRIX} (SODF: GND: MCS: REFERENCE), then:

4. OPENING GPS RECEIVER PROCESSOR RPC

GPS RP Check ‘Power’

404


12 JUL 00 2317.doc

If using GPS1 sel RPCM LA1B-F-RPC-13

RPCM_LA1B_F_RPC_13

If using GPS2

sel RPCM LAD22B-A-RPC-09


‘Open Cmd’

Verify Open Cmd − Ena

cmd RPC Position − Open (Verify – Op)

405

16 AUG 00


406

LAB LTA HEATER ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

18 JUL 002715.doc

1. PROVIDING POWER TO THERMOSTAT FOR LAB LTA HEATER 1APCS Node1: TCS: LTA Heaters

Lab LTA Heaters‘LAB LTA Htr1A’

sel RPCM_N1RS1_B_RPC_02

RPCM N1RS1 B RPC 02


2. PROVIDING POWER TO THERMOSTAT FOR LAB LTA HEATER 1BPCS Node1: TCS: LTA Heaters

Lab LTA Heaters‘LAB LTA Htr1B’

sel RPCM_ N13B_A_RPC_14

RPCM N13B A RPC 14





RPCM N1RS1 B RPC 16




sel RPCM_ N13B_ A_RPC_15

RPCM N13B A RPC 15


407

LAB LTA HEATER ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

18 JUL 002715.doc




RPCM N1RS1 B RPC 01




sel RPCM_N13B_A_RPC_02

RPCM N13B A RPC 02





RPCM N1RS1 B RPC 15




sel RPCM_N13B_A_RPC_03

RPCM N13B A RPC 03


408

1.201 LAB IFHX ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT(TCS/4A - ALL/FIN) Page 1 of 4 pages

09 AUG 008381.doc

1. VERIFYING IFHX SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION

NOTEThe IFHX Control Processing is not redundant in the Node1MDMs. When the Node1 MDMs are in their nominal operationalstate, N1-1 is in secondary and controls the LTL IFHX ControlProcessing, and N1-2 is in primary and controls the MTL IFHXControl Processing. When N1-1 has transitioned to primary, theMTL IFHX Control Processing is no longer available, and the LTLIFHX Control Processing must be executed from a differentsection in the display.

PCS LAB: TCS: LTL(MTL) IFHX: LTL(MTL) IFHX Additional CommandsLTL(MTL) IFHX Additional Commands

If verifying the LTL IFHX‘LTL IFHX NH3’‘Secondary NCS‘

√IFHX Cntl Processing − Ena

If verifying the MTL IFHX‘MTL IFHX NH3’‘Primary NCS’

√IFHX Cntl Processing – Ena

‘Isol Vlv’

√Op Posn Ind Avail − Ena√Cl Posn Ind Avail − Ena

‘Byp Vlv’

√Flothru Posn Ind Avail − Ena√Byp Posn Ind Avail − Ena√Flothu Precond Ck – Ena

‘Isol Vlv’

√Cl Precond Ck − Ena

‘LTL(MTL) IFHX’

√NH3 Faild Precond Ck Rejection Counter: 0

‘LoopA(B) PFCS’

√PmpA Conv Speed: 0 rpm (± 975 rpm)√PmpB Conv Speed: 0 rpm (± 975 rpm)

409


09 AUG 008381.doc

sel LTL(MTL) IFHX Commands

LTL(MTL) IFHX Commands‘LTL(MTL) IFHX NH3’

√Isol Vlv Cntl Avail − Ena√Byp Vlv Cntl Avail – Ena√Undtemp Resp – Ena

‘Isol Vlv (SDO Card)’

√RPC Posn − Cl

‘Byp Vlv (SDO Card)’

√RPC Posn – Cl

‘LTL(MTL) IFHX NH3’

Verify Isol Vlv Open – XVerify Byp Vlv Byp – X

2. INHIBITING NCS IFHX UNDERTEMP FDIRPCS LAB: TCS: LTL(MTL) IFHX


cmd Undtemp Resp − Inh Execute

√Undtemp Resp − Inh

sel LTL(MTL) IFHX Additional Commands

LTL(MTL) IFHX Additional Commands‘LTL(MTL) IFHX NH3’

cmd Byp Vlv Flothru Precond Ck − Inh Execute

√Byp Vlv Flothru Precond Ck − Inh

410


09 AUG 008381.doc

CAUTION1. IFHX valve position must be verified before position

commands can be issued. If the valve position isindeterminate, driving the valve in the directionopposite of its last direction of motion can potentiallyresult in damage to the valve seal. If the valveposition is indeterminate, √MCC-H.

2. Once commanded, if the valve does not reach thecommanded position, the operator is allowed toissue the same position command up to threeadditional times. If the desired position is still notreached, √MCC-H.

3. COMMANDING BYPASS VALVE TO FLOTHRUPCS LAB: TCS: LTL(MTL) IFHX


If Byp Vlv − Flothru/Byp ≠ blankcmd Byp Vlv − Flothru Execute

√Byp Vlv Flothru − X

4. COMMANDING BYPASS VALVE TO BYPASSPCS LAB: TCS: LTL(MTL) IFHX


cmd Byp Vlv − Byp Execute

√Byp Vlv Byp − X

5. REENABLE FLOTHRU PRECONDITION CHECK FDIR SOFTWAREPCS LAB: TCS: LTL(MTL) IFHX: LTL(MTL) IFHX Additional Commands


cmd Byp Vlv Flothru Precond Ck − Ena Execute

√Byp Vlv Flothru Precond Ck − Ena

6. COMMANDING ISOLATION/RELIEF VALVE TO CLOSEPCS LAB: TCS: LTL(MTL) IFHX


If Isol Vlv − Open/Close ≠ blankcmd Isol Vlv − Close Execute

√Isol Vlv Close − X

411


09 AUG 008381.doc

7. COMMANDING ISOLATION/RELIEF VALVE TO OPENPCS LAB: TCS: LTL(MTL) IFHX


cmd Isol Vlv − Open Execute

√Isol Vlv Open − X

8. COMMANDING ISOLATION/RELIEF VALVE TO CLOSEPCS LAB: TCS: LTL(MTL) IFHX


cmd Isol Vlv − Close Execute


412

4.106 EETCS LOOP A(B) RESTART(TCS/4A - ALL/FIN) Page 1 of 15 pages

08 AUG 00145.doc

NOTE1. When this procedure is performed before Z1 IFHX umbilical

connections are made, steps 1, 2, 3, 11, 12, and 13 are notrequired.

2. When this procedure is performed post Z1 IFHX umbilicalconnections, but pre LAB Activation, steps 1 and 13 are notrequired.

1. VERIFYING THERMAL SAFING ALGORITHMS INHIBITEDPCS LAB: TCS: Thermal Load Reduction

Thermal Load Reduction

cmd Auto Thermal Load Shed Inhibit − Arm

√Auto Thermal Load Shed Inhibit − Arm

cmd Auto Thermal Load Shed Inhibit − Inh


cmd IATCS Reconfig Inhibit − Arm

√IATCS Reconfig Inhibit − Arm

cmd IATCS Reconfig Inhibit − Inh

√IATCS Reconfig − Inh

NOTEExpect possible Warning message ‘Thermal SafingIATCS Reintegration Action Inhibited ’.

sel IFHX Safing

IFHX Safing

√LTL(MTL) IFHX Reinteg − Inh

NOTEWhen the Bypass Valve is commanded to the Bypass position,expect following warning message:

‘Thermal Safing [..] Load Shed Timer Started ’

When Thermal Load Shed Wait Timer reaches 0 expect thefollowing warning:

‘Thermal Safing Load Shed Inhibited - LAB ’

413


08 AUG 00145.doc

2. VERIFYING IFHX VALVE POSITIONS

WARNINGThe IFHX Bypass Valve must be in the Bypass position and theIsol Valve should be in the Closed position prior to restart of theEETCS pump to prevent undertemperature of the IFHX core.

(E)PCS P6: TCS: LTL(MTL) IFHXLTL(MTL) IFHX Commands


Verify RPC Position − Cl

‘Byp Vlv (SDO Card)’

Verify RPC Position − Cl

P6: TCS: LTL(MTL) IFHX: LTL(MTL) IFHX Additional CommandsLTL(MTL) IFHX Additional Commands


√Byp Vlv Flothru Precond Ck − Ena√Isol Vlv Cl Precond Ck − Ena


Verify Bypass Valve position is either bypass or flow through.Verify Isolation Valve position is either opened or closed.

If valve position is indeterminate, verify position indicator availability.If position is available, without indication, contact MCC-H.


CAUTION1. IFHX valve position must be verified before position commands

can be issued. If the valve position is indeterminate, driving thevalve in the direction opposite of its last direction of motion canpotentially result in damage to the valve seal. If the valveposition is indeterminate, √MCC-H.

2. Once commanded, if the valve does not reach the commandedposition, the operator is allowed to issue the same positioncommand up to three additional times. If the desired position isstill not reached, √MCC-H.

414


08 AUG 00145.doc

√Byp Vlv Cntl Avail – Ena

If Byp Vlv – Flothru/Byp ≠ blankcmd Byp Vlv − Byp Execute

√Byp Vlv Byp − X

√Isol Vlv Cntl Avail – Ena

If Isol Vlv – Open/Close ≠ blankcmd Isol Vlv − Close Execute


***********************************************************************If either the Bypass Valve or the Iso Relief Valve fail to moveto the desired position, verify the following before attemptingto command the valves again.

sel LTL(MTL) IFHX Additional Commands


√Byp Vlv Byp Posn Ind Avail – Ena√Isol Vlv Cl Posn Ind Avail – Ena

If verifying LTL IFHX‘LTL IFHX NH3’‘Secondary NCS’

√IFHX Cntl Processing − Ena

If verifying MTL IFHX‘MTL IFHX NH3’‘Primary NCS’

√IFHX Cntl Processing – Ena



cmd Byp Vlv − Byp Execute

√Byp Vlv Byp – X

cmd Isol Vlv − Close Execute

√Isol Vlv Close − X***********************************************************************

415


08 AUG 00145.doc


sel RPCM N1RS1 A RPC 06(RPCM N1RS2 C RPC 03)

cmd RPC Position − Op


3. INHIBITING NCS IFHX UNDERTEMP FDIR(E)PCS P6: TCS: LTL(MTL) IFHX


cmd Undtemp Resp − Inh Execute

√Undtemp Resp − Inh

4. VERIFYING EETCS SOFTWARE ALGORITHM STATES(E)PCS P6: TCS: LoopA(B) PFCS

LoopA(B) PFCS Nominal Commands‘EETCS Loop A(B) PFCS’

√FCV Cntl − Inh

sel LoopA(B) Bkup PVCU Commands

LoopA(B) Bkup PVCU Commands‘Bkup PVCU EETCS LoopA(B)’

√PFCS FCV Cntl − Inh

NOTE1. After completing step 4, the EETCS FDIR and Closed

Loop Control algorithms within the software should bein the following configuration.

2. The table is provided for information only.

416


08 AUG 00145.doc

Parameter Display StateFCV Cntl LoopA(B) PFCS Nominal Commands InhInval Data FDIR LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Commands Ena

Min Out Temp FDIR LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Commands EnaPump Deadhead FDIR LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Commands EnaPump Switch FDIR LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Commands EnaMin In Temp FDIR LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Additional Commands EnaMax Out Temp FDIR LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Additional Commands EnaFCV Temp Recal FDIR LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Additional Commands InhAuto FCV Recal LoopA(B) PFCS Nominal Additional

CommandsInh

Invalid Data/Max Ln TempFDIR

LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Additional Commands Inh

Line Htr Cntl LoopA(B) Line Heater Commands EnaLine Htr Cmd Ck LoopA(B) Line Heater Commands Ena

5. INHIBITING EETCS MIN OUT TEMP FDIR(E)PCS P6: TCS: LoopA(B) PFCS: LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Commands

LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Commands‘EETCS LoopA(B) PFCS’‘Min Out Temp FDIR’

cmd Inhibit − Arm

√Inhibit Arm − X

cmd Inhibit − Inh

√Min Out Temp FDIR − Inh


LoopA(B) Bkup PVCU Commands‘Bkup PVCU EETCS Loop A(B)’

cmd PFCS Min Out Temp FDIR Inh − Armcmd PFCS Min Out Temp FDIR Inh − Inh

√PFCS Min Out Temp FDIR − Inh

6. POWERING ON LOOPA(B) PFCSIf required, perform step 6; if not, go to step 7.

(E)PCS P6: TCSP6:EETCS Overview

If EETCS LoopA(B) PFCS Integ Counter − <incrementing>Go to step 7.

417


08 AUG 00145.doc

If EETCS LoopA(B) PFCS Integ Counter − <not incrementing>P6: TCS: LoopA(B) PFCS: LoopA(B)PFCS FDIR CommandsLoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Commands

‘EETCS LoopA(B) PFCS’

cmd Inval Data FDIR Inhibit – Arm

√Inval Data FDIR Inhibit Arm – X

cmd Inval Data FDIR Inhibit – Inh

√Inval Data FDIR – Inh



cmd PFCS Inval Data FDIR Inh – Armcmd PFCS Inval Data FDIR Inh – Inh

√PFCS Inval Data FDIR − Inh

P6: TCS: LoopA(B) PFCS: RPCM 4B(2B) A RPC 04RPCM 4B(2B) A RPC 04

CAUTIONOnce the PFCS is powered on, the operator should record the higher ofPFCS Out Temp1 or PFCS Out Temp2 as soon as possible (navigationprovided below). The PFCS can remain powered on for the length oftime specified below, dependent on the temperature.

Temperature Time LimitT > 37° C 15 minutes

10° C < T < 37° C 1 hourT < 10° C 2 hours

cmd RPC Position − Close

√RPC Position − Cl

Record RPC closed: ______/______:______:______ GMT

P6: TCS: LoopA(B) DetailsLoopA(B) Details

‘EETCS LoopA(B)’

418


08 AUG 00145.doc

Record the higher of PFCS Out Temp1 and PFCS Out Temp2.Compare this reading to the values in the Caution Block above todetermine how long the PFCS can remain powered without an activepump.

PFCS Out Temp1 and PFCS Out Temp2: _______ deg C

P6: TCSP6:EETCS Overview

‘EETCS PFCS LoopA(B)’

Verify LoopA(B) PFCS Integ Counter − <incrementing>

CAUTIONExpect possible one or more of the following warning messages:

‘EETCS Loop A(B) PFCS Outlet Temp Low Violation P6 ’‘EETCS LoopA(B) PFCS Maximum Outlet Temp ViolationCondition P6 ’

‘EETCS LoopA(B) PFCS Min In Temp Violation Condition P6’‘LAB LTL(MTL) IFHX NH3 In Temp Low - Bypass Attempt LAB ’

(E)PCS P6: C&DH: Primary PVCU MDM (select the MDM identified as primary)Primary PVCU MDM

sel UB PVB 24-1(2): RT Status

UB PVB 24 1(2) RT Status‘09 PFCS 4B(2B) (SPA)’‘RT FDIR Status’

cmd − Enable FDIR

√RT FDIR Status − Ena

Verify RT Failed Status − <blank>

6.1 Issuing Clear Commands to PFCS and PVCU(E)PCS P6: TCS: LoopA(B) Firmware

LoopA(B) Firmware‘EETCS LoopA(B) PFCS’

cmd Common Clear − Armcmd Common Clear − Common Clear

sel Clear Cmds: PV Cmd Response Clear

PV Cmd Response Clear‘PFCS Command Response Clear’

419


08 AUG 00145.doc

cmd Armcmd Clear

√MCC-H before sending the Associated Data Clear commands

The commands clear latched data in the PVCU MDM.If there are other failures in the system, this command could erasevaluable information.

If MCC-H is unavailable, skip the Associated Data Clear commandsand proceed to the next set of commands.

Inform MCC-H at the next opportunity.

P6: TCS: LoopA(B) PFCS: LoopA(B) Firmware: Clear Cmds: PVAssoc Data ClearPV Assoc Data Clear

cmd Associated Data Clear Armcmd Associated Data Clear

6.2 Enabling Invalid Data FDIR(E)PCS P6: TCS: LoopA(B) PFCS: LoopA(B)PFCS FDIR Commands

LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Commands‘EETCS LoopA(B) PFCS’

cmd Inval Data FDIR Enable – Arm

√Inval Data FDIR Enable Arm – X

cmd Inval Data FDIR Enable – Ena

√Inval Data FDIR – Ena



cmd PFCS Inval Data FDIR Ena – Armcmd PFCS Inval Data FDIR Ena – Ena

√PFCS Inval Data FDIR − Ena

7. SETTING FCV POSITION PARAMETERS(E)PCS P6: TCS: LoopA(B) PFCS: LoopA(B) PFCS Nominal Additional

CommandsLoopA(B) PFCS Nominal Additional Commands


input FCV Set LOC Position: 0 (Full Bypass position)

420


08 AUG 00145.doc

cmd FCV Set LOC Position − Arm

√FCV Set LOC Posn Arm − X

cmd FCV Set LOC Position − Set

NOTEWhen the software in the PFCS loses track of the actualFCV Position, the PFCS must be informed of the actualFCV Position. The PFCS will lose track of the FCV Positionwhen power is removed from the PFCS. Some FDIRresponses will shut off the PFCS by removing power.

(E)PCS P6: TCS: Loop A(B) PFCSLoopA(B) PFCS Nominal Commands


Record current FCV Posn: ______ Deg

NOTEA Normalized Position is calculated by dividing the currentFCV Position reading in angular degrees by 90 degrees,which is the nominal range of motion for the valve.

Calculate FCV Normalized Posn: ______ (FCV Posn)/(90 Deg)

input FCV Set Init Posn – FCV Normalized Posn

cmd FCV Set Init Posn − Set

input FCV Posn: 0.0 (0.0 = normalized angle for Full Byp flow)

cmd Set

√FCV Posn: 0 ± 5.3 Deg (Full Bypass flow)

8. ACTIVATING PUMP A(B) AND VERIFY PARAMETERS(E)PCS P6: TCS

P6:EETCS Overview‘EETCS LoopA(B) PFCS’

CAUTIONIf the LoopA(B) PFCS In Press is less than the calculatedstartup pressure do not start the pump. There is a potentialfor activation below this pressure.

421


08 AUG 00145.doc

Determine the startup pressure using the chart below where temperatureis the Out Fltrd Lwr Temp in degrees Celsius.

EETCS Startup Pressure vs Temperature

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

-60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20Temperature (deg C)

Pre

ssur

e (k

Pa)

Startup Pressure

Pump startup allowedin this region.

Do not start pump in this region.

Startup Pressure = _________ kPa

Verify the following parameters are within range:

Parameter Lower Limit Upper LimitIn Press Startup Pressure 1800 kPaOut Fltrd Lwr Temp -42.8° C 10° C

***********************************************************************If In Press or Out Fltrd Lwr Temp are out of range, √MCC-H.

***********************************************************************

sel LoopA(B) PFCS

LoopA(B) PFCS Nominal Commands‘EETCS LoopA(B) PFCS’

NOTEThis procedure uses Pump A as the nominalEETCS pump. Pump selection is dependenton excessive run-time or pump failure.

If Pump A has failed or is unavailable, Pump B can be used in its place.

cmd PumpA − On

√PumpA − On

Record PumpA On: _____/_____:_____:_____ GMT

422


08 AUG 00145.doc

CAUTIONExpect possible one or more of the following warning messages:

‘EETCS Loop A(B) PFCS Outlet Temp Low Violation P6 ’‘EETCS LoopA(B) PFCS Maximum Outlet Temp ViolationCondition P6 ’

‘EETCS LoopA(B) PFCS Min In Temp Violation Condition P6’‘LAB LTL(MTL) IFHX NH3 In Temp Low - Bypass Attempt LAB ’

P6: TCSP6:EETCS Overview


Verify the following parameters read within the specified ranges.Allow 60 seconds for parameters to reach their nominal values.

Parameter Lower Limit Upper LimitAccum Fltrd Avg Qty 36.1 % 68.9 %Flow Rate 772 kg/hr 950 kg/hrPumpA Spd 12605 rpm 14555 rpm

9. ENABLING FCV AND LINE HEATER CONTROL(E)PCS P6: TCS: LoopA(B) PFCS

LoopA(B) PFCS Nominal Commands‘EETCS LoopA(B) PFCS’

cmd FCV Cntl Enable − Arm

√FCV Cntl Arm − X

cmd FCV Cntl Enable − Ena

√FCV Cntl − Ena

sel LoopA(B) Line Heater Commands

LoopA(B) Line Heater Commands‘EETCS LoopA(B) PFCS’‘Line Htr Cntl’

NOTEWhen Line Htr Cntl is enabled, ignore the InhibitedLine Heater telemetry field. It does not updatebased on the Line Htr Cntl Enable command.

cmd Enable − Arm (√X)cmd Enable − Ena

√Line Htr Cntl − Ena

423


08 AUG 00145.doc



cmd PFCS FCV Cntl Ena − Armcmd PFCS FCV Cntl Ena − Ena

√PFCS FCV Cntl − Ena

cmd PFCS Ln Htr Cntl Ena – Armcmd PFCS Ln Htr Cntl Ena – Ena

√PFCS Ln Htr Cntl − Ena

10. ENABLING REQUIRED EETCS FDIR ALGORITHMS

NOTE1. After completing step 8, the EETCS FDIR and Closed

Loop Control algorithms within the software should bein the following configuration.


Parameter Display StateFCV Cntl LoopA(B) PFCS Nominal Commands EnaInval Data FDIR LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Commands EnaMin Out Temp FDIR LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Commands InhPmp Deadhead FDIR LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Commands EnaPump Switch FDIR LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Commands EnaMin In Temp FDIR LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Additional Commands EnaMax Out Temp FDIR LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Additional Commands EnaFCV Temp Recal FDIR LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Additional Commands InhAuto FCV Recal LoopA(B) PFCS Nominal Additional

CommandsInh

Invalid Data/Max LnTemp FDIR

LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Additional Commands Inh

Line Htr Cntl LoopA(B) Line Heater Commands EnaLine Htr Cmd Ck LoopA(B) Line Heater Commands EnaInteg Counter EETCS Overview <incrementing>

NOTEWhen EETCS LoopA(B) Out Fltrd Lwr Temp or the OutLine Fltrd Temp temperatures < 1.2° C, it may takeseveral hours for either of them to rise above 1.2° C.

424


08 AUG 00145.doc

(E)PCS P6: TCS: LoopA(B) PFCS: LoopA(B) PFCS FDIR CommandsLoopA(B) PFCS FDIR Commands


Verify Out Fltrd Lwr Temp ≥ 1.2° CVerify Out Ln Fltrd Temp ≥ 1.2° C

cmd Min Out Temp FDIR Enable − Arm

√Min Out Temp FDIR Enable Arm − X

cmd Min Out Temp FDIR Enable − Ena

√Min Out Temp FDIR − Ena


LoopA(B) Bkup PVCU Commands‘Bkup PVCU EETCS LoopA(B)

cmd PFCS Min Out Temp FDIR Ena − Armcmd PFCS Min Out Temp FDIR Ena − Ena

√PFCS Min Out Temp FDIR − Ena

11. REENABLING NCS IFHX UNDERTEMP FDIR

NOTEWhen LTL IFHX NH3 In Temp 1 and 2 < 1.2° C, it maytake several hours for both to rise above 1.2° C.

(E)PCS P6: TCS: LTL(MTL) IFHXLTL(MTL) IFHX Commands

‘LTL(MTL) IFHX’

Verify NH3 In Temp 1 ≥ 1.2° CVerify NH3 In Temp 2 ≥ 1.2° C

CAUTIONThe Undertemp Response algorithm should notbe enabled until both NH3 In Temp 1 and NH3In Temp 2 are greater than or equal to 1.2° C.


cmd Undtemp Resp − Ena Execute

√Undtemp Resp − Ena

425


08 AUG 00145.doc

12. CONFIGURING IFHX VALVES FOR NORMAL OPERATIONS(E)PCS P6: TCS: LTL(MTL) IFHX: LTL(MTL) IFHX Additional Commands


√Byp Vlv Flothru Precond Ck − Ena√Isol Vlv Cl Precond Ck − Ena

CAUTIONThe IFHX Isol valve must be commanded open priorto commanding the IFHX Bypass valve to Flothru toprevent deadheading of the EETCS pump.


LTL(MTL)IFHX Commands‘Isol Vlv (SDO Card)’

sel RPCM N1RS1 A RPC 06(RPCM N1RS2 C RPC 03)

cmd RPC Position − Cl

√RPC Position − Cl

CAUTION1. IFHX valve position must be verified before position

commands can be issued. If the valve position isindeterminate, driving the valve in the directionopposite of its last direction of motion can potentiallyresult in damage to the valve seal.

2. Once commanded, if the valve does not reach thecommanded position, the operator is allowed toissue the same position command up to threeadditional times. If the desired position is still notreached, √MCC-H.


√Isol Vlv Cntl Avail − Ena

If Isol Vlv – Open/Close ≠ blankcmd Isol Vlv − Open Execute

√Isol Vlv Open − X

426


08 AUG 00145.doc

√Byp Vlv Cntl Avail − Ena

If Byp Vlv – Flothru/Byp ≠ blankcmd Byp Vlv − Flothru Execute

√Byp Vlv Flothru − X

NOTE1. The following table is a summary of the configuration and

expected ranges where the system should be operating.

2. After completing step 12, the IFHX Valves and NCS FDIRshould be in the following configuration.


Parameter Display State / PositionLTL(MTL) IFHX Undtemp Resp LAB IATCS Overview EnableLTL(MTL) IFHX NH3 Isol Vlv Posn LAB IATCS Overview OpenLTL(MTL) IFHX NH3 Byp Vlv Posn LAB IATCS Overview FlothruLTL(MTL) IFHX NH3 In Temp 1 LAB IATCS Overview ≥ 1.2° CLTL(MTL) IFHX NH3 In Temp 2 LAB IATCS Overview ≥ 1.2° C

NOTEMCC-H will perform the procedure necessaryto reenable Thermal Load Shed.

13. ENABLING THERMAL SAFING ALGORITHMSPCS LAB: TCS: Thermal Load Reduction

Thermal Load Reduction‘Clear Load Shed C/Ws’

cmd Load Shed Timer/IATCS Reconfig − Clear C/W

Verify ‘Thermal Safing [..] Load Shed Timer Started ’ and ‘ThermalSafing IATCS Reconfig Action ’ messages return to normal.

‘Load Shed Started’

cmd Partial LTL(MTL) – Clear C/W

Verify ‘Thermal Safing LTL Partial Load Shed Started ’ message hasreturned to normal.

Verify LTL(MTL) Load Shed Wait Timer: 0Verify IATCS LTL(MTL) IFHX Byp/Isol − blankVerify IATCS LTL(MTL) Shutdown Power Request − blank

cmd IATCS Reconfig Enable − Ena

√IATCS Reconfig − Ena

427

16 AUG 00


428

TCS FDIR RECONFIGURATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 1 page

05 JUL 008850.doc

NOTEThe steps in this procedure configure TCS FDIR to nominalstates that are different from default states contained withinthe INT and C&C MDMs upon power up.

1. ENABLING SYSTEM AUTO LEAK ISOLATIONPCS LAB: TCS: Software: Software Additional Commands

Software Additional Commands‘Leak Recovery IATCS’‘Leak Rcvy’‘Auto Isolation’

cmd Enable − Ena

Verify Auto Isolation − Ena

2. INHIBITING IFHX REINTEGRATIONPCS LAB: TCS: Software: IFHX Safing

IFHX Safing‘LTL IFHX Reinteg’

cmd Inhibit − Arm (√ − X)cmd Inhibit − Inh

√LTL IFHX Reinteg − Inh

‘MTL IFHX Reinteg’

cmd Inhibit − Arm (√ − X)cmd Inhibit − Inh

√MTL IFHX Reinteg − Inh

429

16 AUG 00


430

2.107 EETCS RADIATOR DEPLOY(TCS/4A - ALL/FIN) Page 1 of 5 pages

08 AUG 00168.doc

1. CONFIRMING RADIATOR IS READY FOR DEPLOYMENT

WARNINGIf deployment takes place during an EVA, ensure noEVA activities are being held within 3 meters of theradiator to avoid potential injury to EVA crew member.

CAUTIONPressure in both loops should be less than 1,724 kPa inorder to avoid damaging the radiator during deployment.

PCS P6: TCSP6: EETCS Overview

‘EETCS PFCS Loop A,B’

Verify Out Press < 1,724 kPa

2. VERIFYING RADIATOR ALGORITHM STATUSPCS P6: TCS: TTCR(STCR)

TTCR(STCR) Commands‘EETCS Loop A(B) TTCR(STCR)’

√Config Fail FDIR − Ena√Auto Time Out FDIR − Ena

‘Auto Off’

cmd Inhibit − Arm (√X)cmd Inhibit − Inh

√Auto Off − Inh

3. MOTOR POWER-ON, STATUS VERIFICATION AND ACCUMULATORREADINGS

PCS P6: TCS: TTCR(STCR)TTCR(STCR) Commands

‘EETCS Loop A(B) TTCR(STCR)’

cmd Motor Power On − Arm (√X)cmd Motor Power On − On

Verify Motor Power Cmd Stat − OnVerify Deployed − <blank>Verify Retracted − XVerify Overcurrent Trip − <blank>

‘EETCS LoopA TTCR(STCR)’

Record Accum Qty: _____%

431


08 AUG 00168.doc

‘EETCS LoopB TTCR(STCR)’


P6: TCS: Loop A PFCSLoopA PFCS Nominal Commands

‘EETCS Loop A PFCS’ (midsection of display)

Record Accum Qty 1: _____%


P6: TCS: Loop B PFCSLoopB PFCS Nominal Commands

‘EETCS Loop B PFCS’ (midsection of display)



CAUTIONStation should be placed in free drift in order toavoid damaging the radiator during deployment.

4. CONFIGURING STATION TO FREE DRIFTPerform as appropriate.

Either perform {HANDOVER ATTITUDE CONTROL RS THRUSTERS TOORBITER}, steps 2, 3 (SODF: JNT OPS: MATED OPERATIONS), then:

or

C3(A6) DAP: FREEOrbiter ⇒ ISS, MCC-H, “Orbiter is in Free Drift.”

432


08 AUG 00168.doc

5. STARTING RADIATOR DEPLOYMENT AND MONITOR STATUS

NOTE1. The Auto-off function is inhibited because the deploy motor needs

to run for one additional minute after the Deploy Indicatorbecomes active in order to ensure the cables are at the propertension.

2. The Auto Time Out FDIR resides in the firmware controller andprotects the drive motor from continued operation after a loss ofcommunication with the PVCA or the PVCA fails to command themotor off. The Auto Time Out FDIR will command the motor tostop, power it off, and set the Timeout Indicator after 13 minutes ifdeploy conditions are not met.

3. The Config Fail FDIR resides in the PVCU and will command themotor to stop after 15 minutes if deploy conditions are not met.

4. Accumulator quantity sensor data may fluctuate due to radiatormotion.

Crew should set an event timer upon execution of the deploy commandand when the Deploy Indicator becomes active.

***********************************************************************If one of the following parameters becomes true

Trip IndOvercurrent TripTimeout Ind

Perform {3.109 EETCS RADIATOR DEPLOY/RETRACTFAILURE}, all (SODF: TCS: MALFUNCTION: EETCS).

***********************************************************************

PCS P6: TCS: TTCR(STCR)TTCR(STCR) Commands

‘EETCS Loop A(B) TTCR(STCR)’

cmd Deploy − Armcmd Deploy − Deploy

Start event timer and record time: GMT ____ /__________________.

433


08 AUG 00168.doc

Monitor and verify the following parameters during operation.

Parameter Stowed TransitionDrive Stat Stop RunMotor Power Cmd Stat On OnDeployedRetracted XTrip IndOvercurrent TripTimeout Ind

Record time when Deployed Indicator transitions to “X”:GMT ___/________________.

After the Deployed Indicator has been set to “X” for 60 seconds, send thefollowing commands

‘Drive Stat’

cmd Stop Arm (√X)cmd Stop

√Drive Stat − Stop

‘Motor Power’

cmd Off − Arm (√X)cmd Off − Off

√Motor Power Cmd Stat − Off

NOTEThe ISS should be transitioned back to active attitudecontrol after the radiator motor has been turned off.

6. RESUMING ATTITUDE CONTROLPerform as appropriate.

Either perform {HANDOVER ATTITUDE CONTROL ORBITER TO RSTHRUSTERS}, steps 2, 4, 5 (SODF: JNT OPS: MATED OPERATIONS),then:

or

C3(A6) DAP: INRTL

When rates are dampedDAP: AUTO

434


08 AUG 00168.doc

7. CONCLUDING RADIATOR OPERATIONSPCS P6: TCS: TTCR(STCR)

TTCR(STCR) Commands‘EETCS LoopA TTCR(STCR)’


‘EETCS LoopB TTCR(STCR)’


‘Auto Off’

cmd Enable − Arm (√X)cmd Enable − Ena

√Auto Off − Ena

P6: TCS: Loop A PFCSLoopA PFCS Nominal Commands

‘EETCS Loop A PFCS’ (midsection of display)



P6: TCS: Loop B PFCSLoopB PFCS Nominal Commands

‘EETCS Loop B PFCS’ (midsection of display)



Notify MCC-H that procedure is complete.

435

16 AUG 00


436

PMA2 HEATER ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

18 JUL 005404.doc

1. HEATER PROCESSING STARTUPPCS PMA2: TCS: PMA2 Heater Control

PMA2 Heater Control

cmd PMA2 Htr Software Startup − Startup

Verify PMA2 Htr Software − Started

2. ENABLING CLOSED LOOP CONTROL OF ALL TEN HEATERS

NOTEVerify with EPS (√MCC-H) that power levels areadequate to turn on all ten PMA 2 Shell Heaters.

PCS PMA2: TCS: PMA2 Heater ControlPMA2 Heater Control

cmd PMA2 Htr CLC Enable − Ena

Verify PMA2 Htr CLC − Ena

3. VERIFYING HEATER FUNCTIONALITYPerform step 3 for all PMA 2 Heaters per the following example (forPMA2 Htr1A).

PCS PMA2: TCSPMA2:TCS

‘PMA2 Htr1A’

If Temp ≤ 1.67 deg C (35 deg F)Verify Stat – On

If Temp ≥ 1.67 deg C (35 deg F)sel PMA2 Htr1A icon

PMA2 Htr1‘PMA2 Htr1A Status’

cmd Override On – Ovrd On

Verify PMA2 Htr1A Status – Ovrd On

NOTETemperature and RPCM current changes willbe plotted by MCC-H to determine successfulheater operation.

437

PMA2 HEATER ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

18 JUL 005404.doc

4. POWERING OFF AND INHIBITING CLOSED LOOP CONTROL OF ALLHEATERS

PCS PMA2: TCS: PMA2 Heater ControlPMA2 Heater Control

cmd PMA2 Htr CLC Inhibit − Arm (√ − X)cmd PMA2 Htr CLC Inhibit − Inh

Verify PMA2 Htr CLC – Inh

438

16 AUG 00

TRANSFER PROCEDURES

TRANSFER

439

16 AUG 00


TRANSFER

440

RESUPPLY TRANSFER LIST(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 9 pages

18 JUL 005451.doc

√ FD Initials Item#

Item Name Qty ShuttleStowage

ISSStowage

DeltaStowage

ToxLevel

XFERTime(min)

TotalWt

Procedures/Constraints/Comments

FD 3 TRANSFER1 CONTINGENCY WATER

CONTAINERP/N 10312-10032-04

10

2 CWC WATER SAMPLEP/N SED46113541-302

8

3 PURGE BAGSP/N KLSJ320189-301

4

4 SOLID SORBENT AIR SAMPLERP/N SED39117010-307

2

5 DC PWR SUPPLY ADAPTERCABLE (PWR SUPPLY TO 760),10’P/N SEG39129263-301

7

6 RS/ORB DC PWR SUPPLY(28V->20V)P/N SED39126010-305

2

7 US DC PWR & 1553 CABLE(UOP TO PWR SUPPLY & 760)8 FTP/N SEG39129268-301

2

8 US DC PWR CABLE (UOP TOPWR SUPPLY) 6’P/N SEG39129260-305

6

9 PRINTER POWER CABLE (120V)(PWR SUPPLY TO PRINTER)P/N SEZ39129260-305

3

10 US DC PWR SUPPLY (120V)P/N SEG39129272-301

9

11 ETHERNET 10 BASE 2 CABLES3 FTSED39129316-301

20

12 1553 PC CARD W/ ADAPTERCABLE (PRI)P/N SEG39129273-301

2

13 LAN ACCESS POINTS (AP)P/N SEZ39129738-303

1

441


18 JUL 005451.doc



ISSStowage

DeltaStowage

ToxLevel

XFERTime(min)

TotalWt


14 RF NETWORK CARDP/N SEZ39129739-303

2

15 ETHERNET “T” CONNECTORSP/N SED39129318-801

12

16 ETHERNET CONNECTORS(BARREL)P/N 528-43087-1

12

17 PCS 3.0 GB HARD DRIVE(760 XD)P/N SEZ39129266-301

4

18 FLOPPY DRIVEP/N SEG39129288-301

2

19 BEZEL, FLOPPY DRIVEP/N SDG39129281-001

2

20 WRITABLE CD-ROM, PCSP/N SEZ39131210-301

6

21 85 MB FLASH CARDP/N SDZ39131200-301

2

22 PC HARD CARD (520 MBCALLUNAC)P/N SED33105832-304

1

23 PGSC DESK PLATEP/N SED33108703-302

6

24 ETHERNET CARD/CABLEP/N SDZ39129269-301

6

25 MULTI-USE BRACKETP/N SEG33107631-301

6

26 XD LAPTOP COMPUTERP/N SDZ39129262-303

6

27 EXTERNAL FLOPPY DRIVECASEP/N SDZ39131205-301

3

28 ETHERNET TERMINATORSP/N SED39129319-801

10

29 LAN ACCESS POINTS (AP)P/N SEZ39129738-301

1

442


18 JUL 005451.doc



ISSStowage

DeltaStowage

ToxLevel

XFERTime(min)

TotalWt


30 ETHERNET 10 BASE2 CABLES,25 FTP/N SED39129317-301

3

31 LION BATTERIESP/N SEG39129286-303

4

32 IP CLAMPP/N SEG33111394-301

2


1

34 PHOTO/TV RESUPPLYALLOCATIONP/N TBD 4-1

1

35 S-BAND BSPP/N 10033177-1

1

36 S-BAND TRANSPONDERP/N 10039397-1

1

37 FLUID LINE ANCHOR PATCH(FLAP) .5” BODY AP/N 1F98569-1

2

38 FLUID LINE ANCHOR PATCH(FLAP) .75” BODY BP/N 1F98528-1

2

39 FLUID LINE ANCHOR PATCH(FLAP) 1” BODY BP/N 1F98570-1

2

40 IMV JUMPERP/N 683-13870-14

1

41 FLUID JUMPER, NODE TOELEMENTP/N 683-13870-6

1


1


1

443


18 JUL 005451.doc



ISSStowage

DeltaStowage

ToxLevel

XFERTime(min)

TotalWt


44 BARRIER ASSY-BVC, AXIALP/N 683-60461-1

1


1


1

47 GROUND STRAP, ELEMENTASSYP/N 683-13477-7

2

48 PROTECTIVE CAPP/N NATC-PPC-N-11-0

16


24


4

51 NATC PLUG PROTECTIVE CAPN-25P/N NATC-PPC-N-25-0

28

52 WIRE HARNESS ASSY, W2001P/N 1F89687-1

1


1


1


1


1


1


1


1

444


18 JUL 005451.doc



ISSStowage

DeltaStowage

ToxLevel

XFERTime(min)

TotalWt



1


1


1


1


1


1


1

67 VITON TAPEP/N KB10BLACK

1

68 FLUID FITTING TORQUEDEVICEP/N 683-56372-1

2


1


1


1


1

73 CAPTURE LATCH ASSEMBLYPROTECTIVE PLUGP/N NATC-PPC-N-09-0

10

74 PROTECTIVE CAPP/N NATC-RPC-N-11-0

16

445


18 JUL 005451.doc



ISSStowage

DeltaStowage

ToxLevel

XFERTime(min)

TotalWt


75 CAPTURE LATCH ASSEMBLYPROTECTIVE RECEPTACLEP/N NATC-RPC-N-09-0

10

76 HEADSETP/N 683-28015-1

2

77 HEADSET CONTROL UNITP/N 683-28015-2

2

78 HEADSET EXTENSION CABLEP/N 683-28015-3

2

79 CREW CARE PACKAGEALLOCATIONP/N TBD

1

80 CREW CARE ALLOCATIONP/N TBD 4-1

1

81 NH3 VENT TOOLP/N 1F98589-1

2

82 EMER EGRESS-POWERSUPPLYP/N 683-26007-1

3

83 UTILITY OUTLET PANEL683-27710-1

2

84 RAIU INTERFACE KITP/N 683-56304

1

85 VELCRO STRAPP/N 528-43074-1

10

86 ADDRESS CONNECTORW3999-2P/N 683-13999-2

1

87 CABLE W3999-1P/N 683-13999-1

1

88 LOOP BACK EVACONNECTORSP/N 683-22031

1

89 VS EQUALIZATION TOOLP/N 683-34651-1

1

446


18 JUL 005451.doc



ISSStowage

DeltaStowage

ToxLevel

XFERTime(min)

TotalWt



1

91 IMV VALVEP/N 2353024-1-1

2

92 GEARBOX ASSEMBLY WINDOWSHUTTERP/N 683-13303-3

1

93 MODULE SHUTTER ASSEMBLYP/N 683-14620-1

1

94 ITCS RECONFIGURATION LABJUMPERSP/N 683-56836-520

2

95 ITCS RECONFIGURATION LABJUMPERSP/N 683-56836-522

2

96 HOSE, AIR DUCT,SEMIFLEXIBLEP/N BACD40R20A30

4

97 THERMAL INSULATIONP/N 683-52805-11

1

98 DUCT, AFT, IMVP/N 683-15170-1

1

99 PIVOT PIN BRACKETASSEMBLYP/N 683-61711-31

5

100 PORTABLE FIREEXTINGUISHERP/N E4482

1

101 IMV CAP, V-FLANGEP/N 683-15016-1

2

102 MPEVP/N 2353028-2-1

1

103 BACTERIA FILTER ELEMENT –HEPAP/N SV810010-1

6

447


18 JUL 005451.doc



ISSStowage

DeltaStowage

ToxLevel

XFERTime(min)

TotalWt


104 RACK HANDLE ASSYP/N 683-60120-1

2

105 RACK TO RACK S-BAND A/GJUMPERP/N 683-22019-1

1

106 DUCT, LOWER, IMVP/N 683-15180-1

1

107 VES/VRS JUMPERP/N 683-56836-513

1

108 CBM IVA SEALP/N TBD 4-1

1

109 IMV HOSE CLAMPSP/N NAS1922-0525-3

8

110 VIDEO SIGNAL CONVERTERP/N 51617-3001-1

1

111 VIDEO SIGNAL CONVERTER(VSC)P/N 51617-0044-01

1

112 VSC THERMAL BLANKETP/N 51617-3002-1

1

113 PPRV CAPP/N PPRV-1-915

2


1

115 PIVOT PIN BRACKETASSEMBLYP/N 683-61711-32

5

116 PIVOT ASSEMBLY SPARE,OUTER LEFTP/N 683-61711-33

1

117 PIVOT ASSEMBLY SPARE,OUTER RIGHTP/N 683-61711-34

1

118 LEFT KBAR ASSEMBLYP/N 683-62201-1

4

448


18 JUL 005451.doc



ISSStowage

DeltaStowage

ToxLevel

XFERTime(min)

TotalWt


119 RIGHT KBAR ASSEMBLYP/N 683-62201-2

4

120 PROTEIN CRYSTAL GROWTH-ENHANCED GASEOUSNITROGEN DEWAR

1

121 EXTERNAL SAMPLINGADAPTERP/N 97M54015

1

449

16 AUG 00


450

RETURN TRANSFER LIST(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 5 pages

10 AUG 005452.doc



ISSStowage

DeltaStowage

ToxLevel

XFERTime(min)

TotalWt


FD 3 TRANSFER201 CWC WATER SAMPLE

P/N SED46113541-3025

202 PURGE BAGSP/N KLSJ320189-301

3

203 CONTINGENCY WATERCONTAINERP/N 10132-10032—04

7

204 DC PWR SUPPLY ADAPTERCABLE (PWR SUPPLY TO 760),10’P/N SEG39129263-301

1

205 RS/ORB DC PWR SUPPLY(28V->20V)P/N SED39126010-305

1

206 1553 PC CARD W/ADAPTERCABLE (PRI)P/N SDG39129273-301

1

207 XD LAPTOP COMPUTERP/N SDZ39129262-303

1

208 PC HARD CARDP/N SED33105832-304

1

209 WRITABLE CD-ROM, PCSP/N SEZ39131210-301

6


2

211 LAPTOP NIMH BATTERIESP/N SEG39129286-301

4

212 PHOTO/TV RESUPPLYALLOCATIONP/N TBD 4-1

1

213 PROTECTIVE CAPP/N NATC-RPC-N-11-0

12

214 CAPTURE LATCH ASSEMBLYPROTECTIVE RECEPTACLEP/N NATC-RPC-N-09-0

4

451


10 AUG 005452.doc



ISSStowage

DeltaStowage

ToxLevel

XFERTime(min)

TotalWt


215 IMV CAP, V-FLANGEP/N 683-15016-1

2

216 ACBM MOTOR CONTROLLERCONNECTOR DUST CAPP/N NATC 06G15N355N

4

217 CAPTURE LATCH ASSEMBLIESP/N 683-13434-1

4

218 CHARCOAL CATALYSTS FILTERELEMENTP/N SV821776-1

4

219 CONTROLLER ASSYP/N 2355260-1-1

2


1


1

222 ITCS PRESSURE CAPSP/N TBD

1

223 ITCS PRESSURE CAPSP/N 683-16347-813

2


2


4


4

227 ITCS JUMPER DUST CAPSP/N 683-16347-806

4

228 DUMMY, POWER SUPPLYP/N 1F98936-1

3

229 DUMMY, UTILITY OUTLETPANELP/N 1F98870-1

2

230 ITCS JUMPER DUST CAPSP/N TBD

1


2

452


10 AUG 005452.doc



ISSStowage

DeltaStowage

ToxLevel

XFERTime(min)

TotalWt



2


4


4

235 CABLE CONNECTOR CAPS (ARUTILITY JUMPERS)P/N TBD

1


2


1

238 NATC PLUG PROTECTIVE CAPN-25P/N NATC-PPC-N-25-0

2

239 NATC PROTECTIVE CAP N-25LP/N NATC-PPC-N-25L-0

1

240 UTILITY INTERFACE PANELPROTECTIVE CAPS (CABIN AIRSAMPLE)P/N TBD

1

241 UTILITY INTERFACE PANELPROTECTIVE CAPSP/N TBD 4-1

1


1


1


1


1

453


10 AUG 005452.doc



ISSStowage

DeltaStowage

ToxLevel

XFERTime(min)

TotalWt



1


1


1


1


1


1


1


1


1

255 WINDOW CONTAMINATIONCOVERP/N 683-58024-7

1

256 CHARCOAL CATALYSTS FILTERELEMENTP/N SV821776-1

6

257 LAUNCH LATCH PIN (HATCH)P/N 56790B3-09

1

454


10 AUG 005452.doc



ISSStowage

DeltaStowage

ToxLevel

XFERTime(min)

TotalWt


258 NEGATIVE PRESSURE RELIEFVALVEP/N 683-16322-1

2

259 POSITIVE PRESSURE RELIEFVALVEP/N 683-16321-1

1

260 IMV FLANGE SAVERP/N 683-15016-2

2

261 PC HARD CARD (520 MBCALLUNAC)P/N SED33105832-304

1

455

16 AUG 00


456

16 AUG 00

DEORBIT PREP PROCEDURES

DEORBIT

PREP

457

16 AUG 00


DEORBIT

PREP

458

PAYLOAD DEACT(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 1 page

18 JUL 005431.doc

N/A

459

16 AUG 00


460

PAYLOAD REACT(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 1 page

18 JUL 005432.doc

N/A

461

16 AUG 00


462

PAYLOAD ENT SW LIST/VERIF(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 1 page

19 JUL 005433.doc

TIG-1:55 PAYLOAD PWR CONFIGR1 PL CAB − OFF

PRI MNC − OFF, hold 3 sec, (tb-bp)√MNB − ctr (tb-OFF)√FC3 − ctr (tb-OFF)

AUX − OFF√AFT MNB − OFF√MNC − OFF

(SSP1) √APCU 1 CONV − OFF (tb-bp) L12U √OUTPUT RLY − OP (tb-bp)

√cb APCU 1 SW PWR − op√APCU 2 CONV − OFF (tb-bp)

√OUTPUT RLY − OP (tb-bp)√cb APCU 2 SW PWR − op√OIU PWR − ctr (tb-bp)

(PDIP) √Ku BAND RATE − OFF L12L √DC PWR 1,2 (two) − OFF

(SSP2) √ODS CONN MATE X1 TLM PWR − OFF L12L √X2 TLM PWR − OFF

cb PDIP PWR 1 − op√cb SW PWR 4 − op

√3 − op√PRI C/L CAM PWR − OFF√TCS PWR − OFF (tb-bp)√SEC C/L CAM PWR − OFF

(SSP3) cb PDIP PWR 2/Ku BAND RLY − op

463

16 AUG 00


464

16 AUG 00

CONTINGENCY PROCEDURES

CONTINGENCY

465

16 AUG 00


CONTINGENCY

466

LAB ACTIVATION: SINGLE POWER CHANNEL (2B)/SINGLE NODE 1MDM - N1-2


13 JUL 002726.doc

NOTE1. The C&C2 MDM and the INT-2 MDM are being powered up

together since there is only one string of avionics available.

2. Sending the Configuration command to the Primary Node 1 MDMwill cause it to perform a reset to all I/O interfaces, which willresult in ‘MDM Connection Failed ’ and ‘212 OIU AD1 NOLK ’messages and a loss of MDM TLM with the ground.

1. PREPARING PCS FOR USE WITH C&C MDMPerform {PCS SETUP}, steps 1 --- 4 (SODF: ASSY OPS: ACTIVATIONAND CHECKOUT: C&DH), for PCS which will be used to connect to theC&C MDM, then:


NOTEOnce these RTs are enabled, MCC-H will see theLB Sys Lab busses continually channel swap untilthe DDCU is activated.

EPCS Task: LAB Act EPCSLAB Act EPCS


cmd RPCM LA2B_C RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)cmd RPCM LAD52B_A RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

CAUTIONThe DDCU and MDMs will be activated without cooling inthis procedure. The MDM (C&C2 and INT-2) overheattime is 84 minutes, which is the limiting time factor to getactive cooling established during this procedure.

If the ITCS is not activated within 84 minutes after the Lab DDCU isactivated, Lab activation should be terminated by performing {LABSHUTDOWN DURING CRITICAL ACTIVATION} (SODF: ASSY OPS:CONTINGENCY: LAB ACTIVATION).

On MCC-H GO

3. LAB DDCU ACTIVATION

LAB Act EPCS‘DDCU LA2B’


467



13 JUL 002726.doc


Record MET: ____/___:___:___

If using single Node 1 MDM (N1-2) to activate Lab, proceed to step 5.

4. COMMANDING N1-1 MDM TO BE RT ON CB GNC-1 & LB SYS-LAB 1

LAB Act EPCS‘Secondary NCS MDM’


NOTEExpect possible ‘RPCM LA1A4A_E Lossof Comm - LAB ’ message.

cmd Config 6 Execute (√Config 6)

5. POWERING ON C&C2 MDM AND INT-2 MDM

NOTESending the Configuration command at the end of this step willcause the EPCS on the ISS to lose connection with the MDM. TheISS crew will not have any USOS monitoring capability until the PCSis connected to the C&C2 MDM (after it has transitioned to Primary).

LAB Act EPCS

sel Early PCS RPCMs

Early_PCS_RPCMs‘RPCM LA2B C’

sel RPC 2 (RPCM LAD52B_A)cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify − Cl)

Early_PCS_RPCMs‘RPCM LAD52B A’

sel RPC 3 (C&C2 MDM)cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify − Cl)

NOTEThe Configuration command must be sent to the N1-2MDM within 2 minutes of INT-2 MDM being powered on.

468



13 JUL 002726.doc


sel RPC 4 (INT-2 MDM)cmd RPC Position − Close (Verify − Cl)

LAB Act EPCS‘Primary NCS MDM’




6. REESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION WITH N1-2 MDMEPCS sel Icon to open PCSCDS main control panel window







Verify MDM ID − N1-2Verify Frame Count incrementing



469



13 JUL 002726.doc



If LOCK not YES,


SM 212 OIU




8. CHECKING C&C2 HEALTH AND STATUS

NOTEC&C2 MDM initializes and transitions to Primary approximately4 minutes after power is applied.



Verify Frame Count incrementing

Record Temp, deg C: _______

Orbiter crew inform ISS crew of C&C2 status, proceed to step 10.





470



13 JUL 002726.doc




Record Temp, deg C: _______

Verify Frame Count incrementingVerify Current State − PrimaryVerify Hard Fail − blankVerify Rev Soft Fail − blankVerify Soft Fail − blankVerify POST Stat − blankVerify I/O Bus Stat − blankVerify SX Card Slot − blank



NOTEIt may take up to 5 minutes from power on toreceive data from the INT-2 MDM.








NOTEIt may take up to 6 minutes from poweron for the INT-2 MDM to be automaticallycommanded to Operational.


471



13 JUL 002726.doc

**********************************************************If Current State not Operational





√Current State − Operational**********************************************************






NOTEThe Pass Thru command will cause the EPCS to lose connectionwith the N1-2 MDM. This may take up to 1 minute to occur. Expect‘MDM Connection Failed ’ and ‘212 OIU AD1 NOLK ’ messages.

472



13 JUL 002726.doc





If LOS, perform step 12; otherwise, proceed to step13.

12. REESTABLISHING ISS DATA GROUND TLM THROUGH OIU(MCC-H PERFORM)


Load PCMMU CONFIG 780(781) per ORB OPS FS

SM 212 OIU

CRT OIU FORMAT 002 LOAD - ITEM1 + 2 EXEC






EPCS Close all display windows. (both) Disconnect CDS from MDM.

Close CDS Window.



When ‘Type any key to continue’ appears, continue.

473



13 JUL 002726.doc




Pwr Sply PCS 28 VDC Power Supply → On (Lt On)

PCS PCS Laptop PWR − On






ISS Crew sel ‘Connect to MDM’ button PCS




14. ACTIVATING LA2 MDMIf using single Node 1 MDM (N1-2) to activate Lab, go to {IATCSACTIVATION WITH SINGLE NODE 1 MDM} (SODF: ASSY OPS:CONTINGENCY: IATCS ACTIVATION).

NOTEThe LA2 MDM may take as long as 2 minutes frompower on to transition to the Operational mode.

474



13 JUL 002726.doc

PCS Task: 5A: LAB Act PCSLAB Act PCS

‘LA2 MDM’

cmd RPCM LA2B_E RPC 4 − Close Execute (Verify − Cl)


15. VERIFYING LA2 MDM STATUS‘LA2 MDM’

cmd LA2 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)



NOTEThe following MTL accumulator quantity andpressure criteria must be satisfied to showthat a leak has not developed in the MTL.

16. VERIFYING MTL INTEGRITY


Verify MTL PPA Avg Accum Qty, % > ________ (√MCC-H)Verify MTL PPA Pump in Press, mmHg > _______ (____ kPa) (√MCC-H)

****************************************************************************If either of the above MTL criteria is not satisfied, the Lab cannotbe activated at this time. Go to {LAB SHUTDOWN DURINGCRITICAL ACTIVATION} (SODF: ASSY OPS: CONTINGENCY:LAB ACTIVATION).

****************************************************************************

17. ENABLING I/O TO TCS EQUIPMENT RPCM

NOTEExpect Caution message:

‘RPCM LAP62B_A Loss of Comm - Lab ’


cmd RPCM LAS62B_A RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

475



13 JUL 002726.doc

NOTEIn steps 18 and 19, in the interest of time, the RPC closurestatus will only be checked on those RPCs which are criticalto MTL activation.




LAB Act TCS RPC Commands‘MTL’‘RPCM LA2B_F’

cmd RPC 1 − LAS6 RPC − Close (Verify − Cl)

NOTEDue to a Lab wiring error with the following RPCs, RPC 5actually powers the MTL SFCA Mod Vlv, and RPC 6actually powers the MTL SFCA SOV. However, since bothRPCs are being closed, the display nomenclature is notbeing changed.

‘RPCM LAS62B_A’

cmd RPC 5 − MTL SFCA SOV RPC − Close (Verify − Cl)cmd RPC 6 − MTL SFCA Mod Vlv RPC − Closecmd RPC 7 − MTL NIA Vent Vlv RPC − Closecmd RPC 8 − MTL NIA Isol Vlv RPC − Closecmd RPC 18 − MTL PPA RPC − Close (Verify − Cl)

19. APPLYING POWER TO AFT END CONE (MTL) TCS EQUIPMENT‘RPCM LA2B_G’

cmd RPC 2 - MTL TWMV RPC − Closecmd RPC 1 - MTL Regen TWMV RPC − Close

‘RPCM LA2B_E’

cmd RPC 2 - LCA Vlv2 RPC − Close (Verify − Cl)

Go to {MANUAL IATCS STARTUP: SINGLE MT} (SODF: ASSY OPS:CONTINGENCY: IATCS ACTIVATION).

476



10 AUG 002727.doc

NOTE1. The C&C1 MDM and the INT-1 MDM are being powered up

together since there is only one string of avionics available.

2. Sending the Configuration command to the primary Node 1MDM will cause it to perform a reset to all I/O interfaces, whichwill result in ‘MDM Connection Failed ’ and ‘212 OIU AD1NOLK ’ messages and loss of MDM TLM with the ground.

1. PREPARING PCS FOR USE WITH C&C MDMPerform {PCS SETUP}, steps 1 --- 4 (SODF: ASSY OPS: ACTIVATIONAND CHECKOUT: C&DH), for PCS which will be used to connect to theC&C MDM.


NOTEOnce these RTs are enabled, MCC-H will see theLB Sys Lab buses continually channel swap untilthe DDCU is activated.



cmd RPCM LA1B_D RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)cmd RPCM LAD11B_A RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

CAUTIONThe DDCU and MDMs will be activated without cooling inthis procedure. The MDM (C&C1 and INT-1) overheat timeis 84 minutes, which is the limiting time factor to get activecooling established during this procedure.

If the ITCS is not activated within 84 minutes after the Lab DDCU isactivated, Lab activation should be terminated by performing {LABSHUTDOWN DURING CRITICAL ACTIVATION}, (SODF: ASSY OPS:CONTINGENCY: LAB ACTIVATION).

On MCC-H GO3. LAB DDCU ACTIVATION


‘DDCU LA1B’


477



10 AUG 002727.doc


Record MET: ____/___:___:___

4. POWERING ON C&C1 MDM AND INT-1 MDM

NOTESending the Configuration command at the end of this step will causethe EPCS on the ISS to lose connection with the MDM. The ISS crewwill not have any USOS monitoring capability until the PCS isconnected to the C&C1 MDM (after it has transitioned to Primary).

LAB Act EPCS‘CC1 MDM Power’

cmd RPCM LA1B_D RPC 4 − Close Execute (Verify − Cl)cmd RPCM LAD11B_A RPC 7 − Close Execute (Verify − Cl)

NOTEThe Configuration command must be sent to the Node 1MDM within 2 minutes of INT-1 MDM being powered on.

sel Early PCS RPCMs


sel RPC 9 (INT-1)


LAB Act EPCS‘Primary NCS MDM’

Verify MDM ID − N1-1Verify Frame Count incrementing.Verify Current Status − Primary

NOTEExpect Possible ‘RPCM LA1A4A_E Lossof Comm - LAB ’ message.



478



10 AUG 002727.doc

5. REESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION WITH N1-1 MDMEPCS sel icon to open PCSCDS main control panel window











SM 212 OIU

CRT √STATUS ACTIVE DEVICES AD1 LOCK − YES

If LOCK not YES,


SM 212 OIU




479



10 AUG 002727.doc

7. CHECKING C&C1 HEALTH AND STATUS

NOTEC&C1 MDM initializes and transitions to Primaryapproximately 4 minutes after power is applied.





Orbiter crew inform ISS crew of MDM C&C1 status, proceed to step 9.









Verify Frame Count incrementing.Verify Current State − PrimaryVerify Hard Fail − blankVerify Rev Soft Fail − blankVerify Soft Fail − blankVerify POST Stat − blankVerify I/O Bus Stat − blankVerify SX Card Slot − blank


480



10 AUG 002727.doc


NOTEIt may take up to 5 minutes from poweron to receive data from the INT-1 MDM.








NOTEIt may take up to 6 minutes from power on for the INT-1MDM to be automatically commanded to Operational.


***********************************************************If Current State not Operational





√Current State − Operational***********************************************************



481



10 AUG 002727.doc




NOTEThe Pass Thru command will cause the EPCS to lose connection with theprimary Node 1 MDM. This may take up to 1 minute to occur. Expect‘MDM Connection Failed ’ and ‘212 OIU AD1 NOLK ’ messages.








Load PCMMU CONFIG 780(781) per ORB OPS FS

SM 212 OIU

482



10 AUG 002727.doc







EPCS Close all display windows.Disconnect CDS from MDM.Close CDS Window.



When ‘Type any key to continue ’ appears, continue.




Pwr Sply PCS 28 VDC PWR SPLY → On (Lt On)

PCS PCS Laptop Power − On



483



10 AUG 002727.doc






If a pop-up window appears because the PCS time is > 60 secondsdifferent from the MDM tiem, “PCS Time” should be selected.


13. ACTIVATING LA1 MDMIf using single Node 1 MDM (N1-1) to activate Lab, go to {IATCSACTIVATION WITH SINGLE NODE 1 MDM} (SODF: ASSY OPS:CONTINGENCY: IATCS ACTIVATION).

NOTEThe LA1 MDM may take as long as 2 minutes frompower on to transition to the Operational mode.

PCS Task: 5A: LAB Act PCSLAB Act PCS

‘LA1 MDM’

cmd RPCM LA1B_B RPC 9 − Close Execute (Verify − Cl)


14. VERIFYING LA1 MDM STATUS‘LA1 MDM’

cmd LA1 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)



NOTEThe following LTL accumulator quantity andpressure criteria must be satisfied to showthat a leak has not developed in the LTL.

484



10 AUG 002727.doc

15. VERIFYING LTL INTEGRITY


Verify LTL PPA Avg Accum Qty, % > _________ (√MCC-H)Verify LTL PPA Pump in Press, mmHg > _______(____ kPa) (√MCC-H)

**************************************************************************If either of the above LTL criteria is not satisfied, the Lab cannotbe activated at this time. Go to {LAB SHUTDOWN DURINGCRITICAL ACTIVATION} (SODF: ASSY OPS: CONTINGENCY:LAB ACTIVATION).

**************************************************************************

16. ENABLING I/O TO TCS EQUIPMENT RPCM

NOTEExpect Caution message:

‘RPCM LAP61B_A Loss of Comm - Lab ’


cmd RPCM LAP61B_A RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

NOTEIn steps 17 and 18, in the interest of time, theRPC closure status will be checked only onthose RPCs that are critical to LTL activation.

17. APPLYING POWER TO LAP6 (LTL) TCS EQUIPMENT



LAB Act TCS RPC Commands‘LTL’‘RPCM LA1B_D’

cmd RPC 3 - LAP6 RPC − Close (Verify − Cl)

‘RPCM LAP61B_A’

cmd RPC 5 - LTL SFCA SOV RPC − Close (Verify − Cl)cmd RPC 6 - LTL SFCA Mod Vlv RPC − Closecmd RPC 7 - LTL NIA Vent Vlv RPC − Closecmd RPC 8 - LTL NIA Isol Vlv RPC − Closecmd RPC 18 - LTL PPA RPC − Close (Verify − Cl)

485



10 AUG 002727.doc

18. APPLYING POWER TO AFT ENDCONE (LTL) TCS EQUIPMENT‘RPCM LA1B_F’

cmd RPC 4 - LTL TWMV RPC − Closecmd RPC 15 - LCA Vlv1 RPC − Close (Verify − Cl)

Go to {MANUAL IATCS STARTUP: SINGLE LT} (SODF: ASSY OPS:CONTINGENCY: ITCS ACTIVATION).

486

LAB SHUTDOWN DURING CRITICAL ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

18 JUL 008204.doc

Current State of Lab Activation Orbiter CrewAction

ISS CrewAction

Pass Thru is Enabled A, B, C, D, E B, CPass Thru not Enabled but ISS PCS isconnected to C&C MDM

B, C, D, E A, B, C

MDM N1-2 still in Config 4 F, D, E

ACTION AIf C&C1 is Primary

PCS LAB: EPS: DDCU LA2B Distribution: DDCU LA2B: ConverterDDCU LA2B Converter

cmd Off

Verify Output Voltage, V: 0.0

LAB: EPS: DDCU LA1B Distribution: DDCU LA1B: ConverterDDCU LA1B Converter

cmd Off

Expect ‘PCS Disconnect ’ and ‘212 OIU AD1 NOLK ’ messages.

Record MET: ____/___:___:___

If CC&2 is PrimaryPCS LAB: EPS: DDCU LA1B Distribution: DDCU LA1B: Converter

DDCU LA1B Converter

cmd Off

Verify Output Voltage, V: 0.0

LAB: EPS: DDCU LA2B Distribution: DDCU LA2B: ConverterDDCU LA2B Converter

cmd Off


Record MET: ____/___:___:___

ACTION BWait 5 minutes for Node 1 MDMs to reconfigure after Lab DDCU powerdown.

ACTION CConnect EPCS to Primary Node 1 MDM.

487

LAB SHUTDOWN DURING CRITICAL ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

18 JUL 008204.doc

ACTION DEPCS NODE 1: C&DH: MDM N1-1: Configuration

Secondary_NCS_Configuration

Right mouse click on box under ‘Select Configuration’

sel 3: Config 4

√Config 4 showing in box

cmd Select Configuration Execute

√Current Configuration – Config 4

NODE 1: C&DH: MDM N1-2: ConfigurationPrimary NCS Configuration

Right mouse click on box under ‘Select Configuration’

sel 3: Config 4

√Config 4 showing in box

cmd Select Configuration Execute


Reconnect EPCS to Primary Node 1 MDM.

ACTION E

SM 212 OIUCRT OIU FORMAT 002 LOAD – ITEM 1 + 2 EXEC

Notify MCC-H when complete.

ACTION FEPCS EPS: DDCU_LA2B: Converter

DDCU_LA2B_Converter

cmd Off

Verfiy Output Voltage, V < 0

EPS: DDCU_LA1B: ConverterDDCU LA1B Converter

cmd Off

Verify Output Voltage, V < 0

Record MET: ____/___:___:___

488

IATCS ACTIVATION WITH SINGLE NODE 1 MDM


14 JUL 008388.doc

1. LAB DDCU ACTIVATIONIf using single N1-2 MDM to activate Lab,

PCS Lab: EPS: DDCU LA1B Distribution: DDCU LA1B

DDCU LA1B

sel Converter

DDCU LA1B Converter

cmd Converter On � Arm

cmd Converter On � On


DDCU LA1B


If using single N1-1 MDM to activate Lab,

PCS Lab: EPS: DDCU LA2B Distribution: DDCU LA2B

DDCU LA2B

sel Converter

DDCU LA2B Converter

cmd Converter On � Arm

cmd Converter On � On


DDCU LA2B


2. ACTIVATING LA1 AND LA2 MDMS

NOTEThe LA1 and LA2 MDMs may take as long as 2 minutesfrom power on to transition to the Operational mode.

PCS Task: 5A: LAB Act PCS

LAB Act PCS

�LA1 MDM�

cmd RPCM LA1B_B RPC 9 - Close Execute (Verify - Cl)

�LA2 MDM�

489



14 JUL 008388.doc

cmd RPCM LA2B_E RPC 4 - Close Execute (Verify - Cl)

Wait 2 minutes.

3. VERIFYING LA1 AND LA2 MDM STATUS�LA1 MDM�

cmd LA1 RT Status - Enable Execute (Verify - ENA)


ÖCurrent State - OPERATIONAL

ÖSync Status - In Sync

�LA2 MDM�

cmd LA2 RT Status - Enable Execute (Verify - ENA)


ÖCurrent State - OPERATIONAL

ÖSync Status - In Sync

4. ENABLING I/O TO TCS EQUIPMENT RPCMS

NOTEExpect two caution messages:

�RPCM LAP61B_A Loss of Comm � Lab�

�RPCM LA262B_A Loss of Comm � Lab�

LAB Act PCS

�TCS Equipment�

cmd RPCM LAP61B_A RT Status - Enable Execute (Verify - Ena)

cmd RPCM LAS62B_A RT Status - Enable Execute (Verify - Ena)

5. VERIFYING LTL AND MTL INTEGRITY

LAB Act PCS

�TCS Equipment�

Verify LTL PPA Avg Accum Qty, % > _____(ÖMCC-H)

Verify LTL PPA Pump in Press, mmHg > _____(_____ kPa)(ÖMCC-H)

Verify MTL PPA Avg Accum Qty, % > _____(ÖMCC-H)

Verify MTL PPA Pump in Press, mmHg > _____(_____ kPa)(ÖMCC-H)

490



14 JUL 008388.doc

NOTEIn steps 6 --- 9, in the interest of time, the RPC closurestatus wil only be checked on those RPCs which arecritical to IATCS activation.

6. APPLYING POWER TO LAP6 (LTL) TCS EQUIPMENT

LAB Act PCS

�TCS Equipment�


LAB Act TCS RPC Commands

�LTL��RPCM LA1B_D�

cmd RPC 3 - LAP6 RPC - Close (Verify - Cl)

�RPCM LAP61B_A�

cmd RPC 5 - LTL SFCA SOV RPC - Close (Verify - Cl)

cmd RPC 6 - LTL SFCA Mod Vlv RPC - Close

cmd RPC 7 - LTL NIA Vent Vlv RPC - Close

cmd RPC 8 - LTL NIA Isol Vlv RPC - Close

cmd RPC 18 - LTL PPA RPC - Close (Verify - Cl)

7. APPLYING POWER TO AFT END CONE (LTL) TCS EQUIPMENT�RPCM LA1B_F�

cmd RPC 4 - LTL TWMV RPC - Close

cmd RPC 15 - LCA Vlv1 RPC - Close (Verify - Cl)


LAB Act TCS RPC Commands

�MTL��RPCM LA2B_F�

cmd RPC 1 - LAS6 RPC - Close (Verify - Cl)

NOTEDue to a Lab wiring error with the following RPCs, RPC 5actually powers the MTL SFCA Mod Vlv, and RPC 6 actuallypowers the MTL SFCA SOV. However, since both RPCs arebeing closed, the display nomenclature is not being changed.

�RPCM LAS62B_A�

491



14 JUL 008388.doc

cmd RPC 5 - MTL SFCA SOV RPC - Close (Verify - Cl)

cmd RPC 6 - MTL SFCA Mod Vlv RPC - Close (Verify - Cl)

cmd RPC 7 - MTL NIA Vent Vlv RPC - Close

cmd RPC 8 - MTL NIA Isol Vlv RPC - Close

cmd RPC 18 - MTL PPA RPC - Close (Verify - Cl)

9. APPLYING POWER TO AFT END CONE (MTL) TCS EQUIPMENT�RPCM LA2B_G�

cmd RPC 2 - MTL TWMV RPC - Close

cmd RPC 1 - MTL Regen TWMV RPC - Close

�RPCM LA2B_E�

cmd RPC 2 - LCA Vlv2 RPC - Close (Verify - Cl)

Go to {IATCS SINGLE LT STARTUP} (SODF: ASSY OPS:CONTINGENCY: ITCS ACTIVATION).

492

IATCS SINGLE LT STARTUP (ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 1 page

12 JUL 00 2728.doc

1. ENABLING IATCS PPA RTs PCS Task: 5A: LAB Act PCS

LAB Act PCS ‘TCS Equipment’

cmd PPA LAP6 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena) cmd PPA LAS6 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

2. BEGINNING IATCS AUTO STARTUP PCS Lab: TCS: Software

Software Commands ‘IATCS’ ‘Mode’

cmd Sngl LT − Arm cmd Sngl LT − Sngl LT

√IATCS Mode − Sngl LT

NOTE

Expect possible Caution messages (no action required): ‘Lab LTL TWMV Overtemp - Lab ’ ‘Lab LTL SFCA Uncontrolled DP - Lab ’

‘IATCS’

cmd Activation − Startup


Wait 3 minutes.

3. VERIFYING OPERATION OF IATCS PCS Task: 5A: LAB Act PCS

LAB Act PCS ‘TCS Equipment’

Verify IATCS Mode − Sngl LT Verify IATCS Activation − Not in Prog Verify IATCS Stat − Oper

Record MET: ___/___:___:___

Go to {LAB ACTIVATION: CRITICAL SYSTEMS}, steps 29 --- 34 (SODF: ASSY OPS: ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT: LAB).

493

16 AUG 00


494

IATCS SINGLE MT STARTUP(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 1 page

18 JUL 002729.doc

1. BEGINNING IATCS AUTO STARTUPPCS Task: 5A: LAB Act PCS


cmd PPA LAS6 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

Lab: TCS: SoftwareSoftware Commands

‘IATCS’

‘Mode’

cmd Sngl MT − Armcmd Sngl MT − Sngl MT

√IATCS Mode − Sngl MT

NOTEExpect possible Caution messages (no action required):

‘Lab MTL TWMV Undertemp - Lab ’‘Lab MTL Regen TWMV Undertemp - Lab ’‘Lab MTL SFCA Uncontrolled DP - Lab ’

‘IATCS’




2. VERIFYING OPERATION OF IATCSPCS Task: 5A: LAB Act PCS


Verify IATCS Mode − Sngl MTVerify IATCS Activation − Not in ProgVerify IATCS Stat − Oper

Record MET: ___/___:___:___

Go to {LAB ACTIVATION: CRITICAL SYSTEMS}, steps 29 --- 34(SODF: ASSY OPS: ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT: LAB).

495

16 AUG 00


496

IATCS DUAL LT FAILED STARTUP(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 4 pages

19 JUL 002730.doc

1. INHIBITING THERMAL LOAD SHED AND COMMANDING DUAL LTFAILED

PCS2 Lab: TCS: Thermal Load ReductionThermal Load Reduction

‘Auto Thermal Load Shed’




‘TCS Equipment’

√PPA LAS6 RT Status − Ena


‘IATCS’

‘Mode’

cmd Dual LT Fail − Armcmd Dual LT Fail − Dual LT Fail

√IATCS Mode − Dual LT Fail

‘IATCS’



NOTEExpect Warning:

‘Thermal Safing Partial LTL Load Shed Timer Started ’

Followed 5 minutes later by Warning:‘Thermal Safing Load Shed Inhibited ’


2. VERIFYING IATCS CONFIGURATIONPCS2 Task: 5A: LAB Act PCS


497


19 JUL 002730.doc

Verify IATCS Mode − Dual LT FailVerify IATCS Activation − Not In ProgVerify IATCS Stat − Oper

Record MET: ___/___:___:___

CAUTIONString 1 equipment (C&C1 MDM, LA1 MDM andDDCU LA1B) is not receiving cooling. The String 1equipment will overheat if not powered down.

3. ACTIVATING C&C2 MDM

LAB Act PCS‘Backup CCS MDM’

cmd RPCM LAD52B_A RPC 3 − Close Execute (Verify − Cl)

Wait 5 minutes for C&C2 to go through POST.

cmd CC2 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

Verify MDM ID − CC2Verify Frame Count incrementingVerify Temp, deg C < 48.9Verify Current State − BackupVerify Hard Fail − blankVerify Rev Soft Fail − blankVerify Soft Fail − blankVerify POST Stat − blankVerify I/O Bus Stat − blankVerify SX Card Slot − blank


If Sync Status − Loss of Synccmd Sync to BIA Execute (Verify − In Sync)

4. TRANSITIONING C&C1 TO STANDBYPCS2 C&DH Summary: Primary C&C MDM

Primary CCS MDM


Primary_CCS_Processing_State_Transitions

498


19 JUL 002730.doc

NOTECommanding C&C1 to Standby will cause C&C2 toautomatically transition to Primary. Expect a loss oftelemetry during the transition and a disconnection ofall PCS. Ignore the following two Caution messages:

‘C&C MDM Transition to Primary - LAB ’‘Backup CC MDM Fail - LAB ’

‘Transition to Standby Status’

cmd Arm Executecmd Transition Execute

Wait TBD seconds after the Primary CCS transitions to the StandbyState for the Backup MDM to assume control as Primary.

5. RECONNECTING PCSPCS2 Close all display windows.

Disconnect CDS from MDM (if not automatically disconnected).

ISS Crew Close all display windows. PCS Disconnect CDS from MDM (if not automatically disconnected).

ISS crew inform orbiter crew they have disconnected PCS.

PCS2 sel ‘Connect to MDM’ button




Orbiter crew inform ISS crew that the AFD PCS is connected to C&CMDM.





499


19 JUL 002730.doc

6. VERIFYING MDM STATESPCS2 C&DH Summary: Primary C&C MDM

Primary CCS MDM

Verify Frame Count incrementingVerify MDM ID – CC2Verify Processing State − Primary

7. POWERING DOWN LAB DDCU LA1B

NOTEExpect the following Caution message:

‘Backup CC MDM Fail – LAB ’

PCS2 LAB: EPS: DDCU LA1B Distribution: DDCU LA1B: ConverterDDCU LA1B Converter

cmd Off

Verify Output Voltage, V: 0

Record MET: ____/___:___:___


500

IATCS DUAL MT FAILED STARTUP(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 6 pages

19 JUL 002731.doc

1. INHIBITING THERMAL LOAD SHED AND COMMANDING DUAL MTFAILED

PCS2 Lab: TCS: Thermal Load ReductionThermal Load Reduction

‘Auto Thermal Load Shed’




‘TCS Equipment’

√PPA LAP6 RT Status − Ena


‘IATCS’

‘Mode’

cmd Dual MT Fail − Armcmd Dual MT Fail − Dual MT Fail

√IATCS Mode − Dual MT Fail

‘IATCS’



NOTEExpect Warning:

‘Thermal Safing Partial MTL Load Shed Timer Started ’

Followed 5 minutes later by Warning:‘Thermal Safing Load Shed Inhibited ’


501


19 JUL 002731.doc

2. VERIFYING IATCS CONFIGURATIONPCS2 Task: 5A: LAB Act PCS


Verify IATCS Mode − Dual MT FailVerify IATCS Activation − Not In ProgVerify IATCS Stat − Oper

Record MET: ___/___:___:___

CAUTIONString 2 equipment (INT-2 MDM, LA2 MDM, andDDCU LA2B) is not receiving cooling. The String2 equipment will overheat if not powered down.(LA-2 MDM overheat time is 174 minutes.)

3. ACTIVATING INT-1 MDMPCS2 Lab: EPS: DDCU LA1B Distribution

DDCU LA1B Dist

sel RPCM LAD11B A

RPCM_LAD11B_A

sel RPC 9


Wait 2 minutes for Backup INT to go through bootup and POST toStandby.

4. ENABLING BACKUP INT MDM RT ON C&C MDMPCS2 C&DH Summary: Primary C&C MDM

Primary CCS MDM

sel CB INT 1 Bussel RT Status

CB INT 1 RT Status

cmd 26 MDM Int 1 RT Status – Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

502


19 JUL 002731.doc

5. VERIFYING BACKUP INT MDM STATUSPCS2 C&DH Summary: Backup INT MDM

Backup INT MDM

Verify Frame Count incrementingVerify MDM ID − INT 1Verify Processing State − Standby

6. TRANSITIONING INT-2 TO STANDBYPCS2 C&DH Summary: Primary INT MDM

Primary Int MDM



cmd Transition to Standby State Execute

Verify Current State − Standby

NOTEExpect state LA MDM Tlm, Node MDM Tlm, andassociated RT Tlm.

7. CONFIGURING PRIMARY C&C MDM FOR NEW PRIMARY INT MDMPCS2 C&DH Summary: Primary C&C MDM

Primary CCS MDM‘Software Control’

sel Recovery Retry

Primary CCS Recovery Retry‘Switch Logical Device’

cmd Switch Int Execute

8. TRANSITIONING NEW PRIMARY INT MDM TO OPERATIONALPCS2 C&DH Summary: Primary INT MDM

Primary Int MDM

Verify Frame Count incrementingVerify MDM ID − INT 1

503


19 JUL 002731.doc

NOTE1. After the new Primary INT MDM has been transitioned to

Operational, it will automatically send a Sync to BIA commandto all it’s RTs, which will stop RT bus traffic for up to 10seconds. Disregard the following expected C&W messages:

Warnings

‘Primary CC Detected Primary Node 1 MDM Failure − LAB ’

Cautions

‘Primary CC Detected Secondary Node 1 MDM Failure − LAB ’

2. Disregard spurious PVCU MDM RT fail messages.




Verify Current State − Operational

9. ENABLING LAB AND NODE 1 MDMS I/O WITH PRIMARY INT MDM

Primary Int MDM

sel LB SYS LAB 2 Bussel Rt Status

LB SYS LAB 2 Status

cmd 13 MDM N1-2 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)cmd 27 MDM LAB 2 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

Primary Int MDM

sel LB SYS LAB 1 Bussel RT Status

LB SYS LAB 1 Status

cmd 13 MDM N1-1 RT Status – Enable Execute (Verify – Ena)cmd 27 MDM LAB 1 RT Status – Enable Execute (Verify – Ena)

504


19 JUL 002731.doc

10. INHIBITING BACKUP INT MDM RT FDIR ON C&C MDMPCS2 C&DH Summary: Primary C&C MDM

Primary CCS MDM


CB INT 2 RT Status

cmd 26 MDM Int 2 RT FDIR Status − Inhibit FDIR Execute (Verify − Inh)

11. INFORMING NEW INT MDM OF IATCS STATUSPCS2 Task: 5A: LAB Act PCS


cmd PPA LAP6 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)cmd PPA LAS6 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)


‘IATCS’

‘Mode’

cmd Dual MT Fail − Armcmd Dual MT Fail − Dual MT Fail

Verify IATCS Mode − Dual MT Fail (may take up to 40 seconds)

12. POWERING DOWN LAB DDCU LA2B

NOTEExpect the following Caution message:

‘Backup INT MDM Fail − LAB ’

PCS2 LAB: EPS: DDCU LA2B Distribution: DDCU LA2B: ConverterDDCU_LA2B_Converter

cmd Off

Verify Output Voltage, V: 0

Record MET: ___/___:___:___

505


19 JUL 002731.doc

13. VERIFYING RT FDIR AND RECOVERY RETRY FOR PRIMARY INTMDM

PCS2 C&DH Summary: Primary C&C MDMPrimary CCS MDM


CB INT 1 RT Status

Verify 26 MDM Int 1 RT FDIR Status − Ena

Primary CCS MDM‘Software Control’

sel Recovery Retry

Primary CCS Recovery Retry‘Internal Recovery’

Verify Recovery Status − Ena

‘Internal Retry’

Verify Retry Status − Ena


506

MANUAL IATCS STARTUP: SINGLE LT(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 3 pages

19 JUL 008475.doc

1. ENABLING RT TO LTL PPAPCS Task: 5A: LAB Act PCS


cmd PPA LAP6 RT Status - Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

2. INHIBITING FAILURE RECOVERY FDIRPCS LAB: TCS: Software

Software Commands‘IATCS’‘Fail Rcvy’


√Fail Rcvy − Inh

3. INHIBITING LRITCSPCS LAB: TCS: Software: Software Additional Commands

Software Additional Commands‘Leak Recovery IATCS’‘LTL Leak Rcvy’‘Auto Shutdown’


√Auto Shutdown − Inh

‘MTL Leak Rcvy’‘Auto Shutdown’



4. RECONFIGURING LTL TWMVPCS LAB: TCS: LTL TWMV Icon

LTL TWMV Commands‘LTL TWMV’

cmd Software – Startup Execute

√Software − Started

507


19 JUL 008475.doc

cmd CLC − Ena Execute

√CLC − Ena

5. OPENING LTL SFCA SHUTOFF VALVEPCS LAB: TCS: LTL SFCA

LTL SFCA Commands‘LTL SFCA’

cmd Software – Startup


‘Shutoff Vlv Posn’

cmd Open − Open

Verify Shutoff Vlv Posn − Open

6. OPENING LTL SFCA MOD VALVE


√CLC − Inh

‘Mod Valve’‘Direct Vlv’

input drive voltage: -5 voltsinput drive duration: 17 sec

cmd Set

7. CONFIGURING LCA VALVEPCS LAB: TCS: LCA Icon

LCA Commands‘LCA’

cmd Vlv 1 Posn – Sngl Execute (Verify Vlv 1 Posn – Sngl)

8. SETTING LTL PUMP TO 100% SPEEDPCS LAB: TCS: LTL PPA

LTL PPA Commands‘LTL PPA’

cmd Pump Software − Startup

508


19 JUL 008475.doc

√Pump Software − Started

‘Set Pump Speed’

input Arm: 18902 rpm

cmd Arm (√X)

input Set: 18902 rpm

cmd Set

LAB: TCSLab IATCS Overview

‘PPA’

Verify LTL Pmp Spd, rpm: 18902+ 600

9. ENABLING LTL SFCA MOD VALVEPCS LAB: TCS: LTL SFCA


cmd CLC − Ena

√CLC − Ena

Go to {LAB ACTIVATION: CRITICAL SYSTEMS}, steps 29 --- 34 (SODF:ASSY OPS: ACTIVATION AND CHECKOUT: LAB).

509

16 AUG 00


510

MANUAL IATCS STARTUP: SINGLE MT(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 3 pages

18 JUL 008476.doc

1. ENABLING RT TO MTL PPAPCS Task: 5A: LAB Act PCS


cmd PPA LAS6 RT Status − Enable Execute (Verify − Ena)

2. INHIBITING FAILURE RECOVERY FDIRPCS LAB: TCS: Software

Software Commands‘IATCS’

‘Fail Rcvy’


√Fail Rcvy − Inh

3. INHIBITING LRITCSPCS LAB: TCS: Software: Software Additional Commands

Software Additional Commands‘Leak Recovery IATCS’

‘LTL Leak Rcvy’

‘Auto Shutdown’



‘MTL Leak Rcvy’

‘Auto Shutdown’



4. RECONFIGURING MTL TWMV AND MTL REGEN TWMVPCS LAB: TCS: Regen TWMV Icon

MTL Regen TWMV Commands‘MTL Regen TWMV’


511


18 JUL 008476.doc



√CLC − Ena

LAB: TCS: MTL TWMV IconMTL TWMV Commands

‘MTL TWMV’




√CLC − Ena

5. OPENING MTL SFCA SHUTOFF VALVEPCS LAB: TCS: MTL SFCA

MTL SFCA Commands‘MTL SFCA’

cmd Software – Startup


‘Shutoff Vlv Posn’

cmd Open − Open

Verify Shutoff Vlv Posn − Open

6. OPENING MTL SFCA MOD VALVE


√CLC − Inh

‘Mod Valve’‘Direct Vlv’

input drive voltage: -5 voltsinput drive duration: 17 seccmd Set

512


18 JUL 008476.doc

7. CONFIGURING LCA VALVEPCS LAB: TCS: LCA Icon

LCA Commands‘LCA’

cmd Vlv 2 Posn – Sngl Execute (Verify Vlv 2 Posn – Sngl)

8. SETTING MTL PUMP TO 100% SPEEDPCS LAB: TCS: MTL PPA

MTL PPA Commands‘MTL PPA’

cmd Pump Software − Startup

√Pump Software − Started

‘Set Pump Speed’

input Arm: 18902 rpmcmd Arm (√X)

input Set: 18902 rpmcmd Set

LAB: TCSLab IATCS Overview

‘PPA’

Verify MTL Pmp Spd, rpm: 18902+ 600

9. ENABLING MTL SFCA MOD VALVEPCS LAB: TCS: MTL SFCA


cmd CLC − Ena

√CLC − Ena

Go to {LAB ACTIVATION: CRITICAL SYSTEMS}, steps 29 --- 34 (SODF:ASSY OPS: Activation and Checkout: Lab).

513

16 AUG 00


514

16 AUG 00

MALFUNCTION PROCEDURES

MALFUNCTIO

N

515

16 AUG 00


MALFUNCTIO

N

516

LAB ACT LAB C&C1 FAILURE DURING LAB ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

19 JUL 003750.doc

1

C&C1 has notactivated properlyas indicated byMDM ID = CC1.Temp is less thanTBD degC and theframe count wasincrementing duringthe nominal lab actprocedure.Alternatively, if theMDM should failafter being properlyactivated (asindicated throughthe Loss of PCSTelemetry DuringLab Act).

2

Periodically attemptto reconnect ePCSon N1-2 untilconnectionestablished. If theC&C fails when theNCS is in config 6,Minnie Mouse willactivate and theNCS should regaincontrol in less than 2minutes after PCSconnection is lost.

4 Reconfigure N1-2 AsBC On SYS LAB-2

TASK: Lab_Act_EPCSLAB ACT EPCS

‘Primary NCS MDM’•√MDM ID – N1-2• cmd Config 9 Execute• Expect ‘MDM

Connection Failed’message and ‘212 OIUAD1 NOLK’ .

5 Establish Comm WithN1-2

For EPCS2:• sel Icon to open

PCSCDS Main ControlPanel Window

• sel ‘Connect to MDM’button

•√Status box is Green and‘Connected’ is displayed

• Iconify PCSCDS MainControl Panel Window.

6 Verify N1-2 As BC

TASK: Lab_Act_EPCSLab Act EPCS

‘Primary NCS MDM’•√MDM ID − N1-2•√Config 9

7 Power On C&C2

TASK: Lab_Act_EPCSLAB Act EPCS

• sel Early PCS RPCMsEarly PCS RPCMs

‘RPCM LA2B C’• sel RPC 2• cmd RPC Position – Close (Verify – CL)

Early PCS RPCMs‘LAD52B A’

• sel RPC 3 (C&C2 MDM)• cmd RPC Position – Close (Verify – CL)• Wait 5 minutes for C&C2 Bootup.

1 Reconnect To MDM

PCS CDS Main Controlpanel Window• sel ‘Connect to MDM’

icon

Is MDM connected statusbox green?

2

•√MCC

3 Verify N1-2 As BC

TASK: Lab_Act_EPCSLab Act EPCS

‘Primary NCS MDM’•√MDM ID - N1-2•√Config

NCS in Config 9?

No

Yes

8

2

C&C1 MDM failsto activateproperly or therehas been a lossof PCStelemetry

Nominal Config:N1-1:State − SecondaryBC CB GNC-1RT LB SYS Lab-1BC UB ORB N1-1(Config = 8, MinnieMouse)

N1-2:State − PrimaryBC CB GNC-2RT LB SYS Lab-2BC UB ORB N1-2(Config = 8, MinnieMouse)

C&C1:Assumed poweredon

Frame count notincrementing

DDCU LA1B, LA2B -Activated

RPCM LA1B_DRPC 4 (AvionicsRack #2) Closed

RPCM LAD11B_ARPC 7 (C&C1 MDMpower) Closed

RPCM LAD52B_ARPC 3 (C&C2 MDMpower) Open

RPCM LAD1_1B_ARPC 9 (INT-1 MDMpower) Open

RPCM LAD52B ARPC 4 (INT-2 MDMpower) Open

1

Yes

No

517

LAB ACT LAB C&C1 FAILURE DURING LAB ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

19 JUL 003750.doc

3

Per Flight Rule5A7B-22, if bothC&C MDMs fail priorto ITCS Activationthen power must beremoved from all labequipment.

8 Checking C&C2 Healthand Status

LAB Act EPCS‘Primary CCS MDM’

• Verify Frame Countincrementing

• Record Temp, deg C:________

Is Frame CountIncrementing?

No

Yes

9 Shutdown Lab

• Go to LAB SHUTDOWNDURING CRITICALACTIVATION (SODF:ASSY OPS:CONTINGENCY).

10

• Orbiter crew inform ISScrew of MDM C&C 2status, then:

• Return to {LABACTIVATION: CRITICALSYSTEMS} (SODF:ASSY OPS) step 10‘Commanding N1-1 MDMto Be RT on LB Sys-Lab-1’.

• Replace C&C1 withC&C2 throughoutremainder of procedure.

3

7

518

LAB LAB INT-2 FAILURE DURING LAB ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 2 pages

10 AUG 003751.doc

1

INT-2 has notactivated as PrimaryINT MDM asindicated on theSM PCS byFrame Count =<Incrementing>.Due to flight rules,we will not attemptto power cycle thefailed INT-2 orpower it down.Although it is addingheat to the coolingloops, there isenough margin topress immediately tothe INT-1.

2

In order for the INTto transition toOperational mode,the Node MDM hasto be an RT on thebus, otherwise theINT MDM will stay inStandby and requireoperatorintervention. Thisstep should be doneas quickly aspossible althoughthere should be 2minutes.

CAUTIONALARM

Received C&Ws:Primary CCMDM DetectedLoss of Commwith INT 1(2)MDM − LAB,Primary INTMDM Fail − LAB

INT MDMRecovery Fail −LAB, INT MDMRetry Fail − LAB

Nominal Config:N1-1: State −Secondary

RT CB GNC-1RT LB SYS Lab-1BC UB ORB N1-1(Config = 6)

N1-2: State −Primary

RT CB GNC-2RT LB SYS Lab-2BC UB ORB N1-2(Config = 6)

C&C1: State −Primary

BC CB GNC-1,2

DDCU LA1B −Activated

DDCU LA2B −Activated

RPCM LA1B_D RPC4 (Avionics Rack#2) − Closed

RPCM LA2B_C RPC2 (AvionicsRack #1) − Closed

RPCM LAD52B_ARPC 4 (INT-2 MDMpower) − Closed(assumed)

RPCM LAD11B_ARPC 9 (INT-1 MDMpower) − OPEN

Telemetryestablished throughOIU.

INT-2 fails toactivate properly

1 Reconfig N1-1 as BC

TASK: Lab_Act_EPCSLab Act EPCS‘Secondary NCS MDM’

•√MDM ID − N1-1• cmd Config 9 Execute

(Verify – Config 9)

2 Power on INT-1

Lab Act EPCS‘CC1 MDM Power’

•√RPCM LA1B_D RPC 4Posn – CL

• sel Early PCS RPCMsEarly PCS RPCMs‘RPCM LAD11B_A’

• sel RPC 09 (INT-1)• cmd RPC Position Close

(Verify − CL)

3 Reconfig N1-1 as RT

Lab Act EPCS‘Secondary NCS MDM’

•√MDM ID − N1-1• cmd Config 6 Execute

(Verify – Config 6)

1

2

4

519

LAB LAB INT-2 FAILURE DURING LAB ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 2 of 2 pages

10 AUG 003751.doc

3

Although the AFDcrew can verify thatthe INT is operating,only the ISS teamcan ensure that theMDM is in theoperational state.Nominally, this isautomatically duringlab activation. But ifthere has been afailure, theautomatic softwarewill not executeagain.

4 Check INT-1 Status

After up to 5 minutes:

SM PCSTASK: C&DH Summary

For INT-2 Primary:• sel Primary C&C MDM

‘Software Control’• sel Recovery Retry

Primary_CCS_Recovery_Retry• sel INT MDM

INT_Recovery_Retry‘Switch Logical Device’

• cmd Switch INT ExecuteTASK: C&DH Summary

•√INT-1 MDM – Primary

• sel Primary INT MDMPrimary_INT_MDM

•√MDM ID - INT-1•√Frame Count − <incrementing>•√Current state − operational

For frame count incrementing butstate not operational:

C&DH Summary: Primary INTPrimary INT MDM

• sel ‘Processing State’• cmd Transition to Operational

State Execute• Wait up to 30 seconds.•√Current state − operational

• Inform orbiter crew of MDM INT-1status.

INT-1 Primary Mode?

3

5 Serious failureNo

Yes

6

• Go to LAB ACTIVATION:CRITICAL SYSTEMS,step 15 “Enabling PassThru to C&C MDM”(SODF: ASSY OPS)

7

•√MCC

3

520

LAB ACT LOSS OF PCS TELEMETRY DURING LAB ACTIVATION(ASSY OPS/5A/FIN) Page 1 of 8 pages

20 JUL 008474.doc

1

This procedure canbe executed byeither the ISS ororbiter crews.However, interactionbetween the two willbe required toascertain the root ofthe problem

2

If only the SM ePCSnot connected, theorbiter crew shouldcontinue with theNominal procedure.

3

Since both ePCSshave disconnected,probable loss ofN1-2 MDM. N1-1will take over and tryto power cycle N1-2via Auto Retry. Thiswill be attemptedtwice, taking about 5minutes per attempt.

4

Since both ePCSunits havedisconnected, weprobably lost theC&C MDM. After 5minutes, MinnieMouse will executeand the NCS willtake over ascommand andcontrol device inConfiguration 8,Pass-thru and thePCS applicationswill be disabledand the ePCSapplicationrestarted. Inconfiguration 8, theNode MDM is BC onthe CB GNC and UBOrb busses, and RTon the SYS Labbusses.

{LOSS OF PCS TELEMETRY(POST CCS)} (SODF: C&DH: PCS)

{LAB C&C1 FAILURE DURING LABACTIVATION} (SODF: ASSY OPS)

MDM ConnectionFailed MessageBox on SM/AFDePCS/PCS

Nominal Config:ePCS in SM on CBGNC-2 up throughNCS in config 9

PCS in SM on CBGNC-1 after NCS inconfig 9

ePCS in AFD on UBORB-N1-2 upthrough Pass-thru

User Notification

1 Reconnect To MDM.


icon


Yes

No

1

2 Transient loss ofconnection. Commreestablished.

3 NCS Config 4

• With NCS in Config 4, check the following

SM ePCS connected, AFD ePCS not connectedor

SM ePCS not connected, AFD ePCS connected

Both SM & AFD ePCS not connected

None of the above.

2

3

4 NCS In Config 9

• With NCS in Config 9 check the following

AFD ePCS not connected, SM PCS connected −NCS in Config 9

AFD ePCS connected, SM PCS not connected −NCS in Config 9

None of the above.

5 NCS In Config 6 But Before Pass-ThruEnabled

• With NCS in Config 6, and pass-thru is not yetenabled, check the following

AFD ePCS not connected, SM PCS connected −NCS in Config 6 prior to pass-thru activation

AFD ePCS connected, SM PCS not connected –NCS in Config 6 prior to pass-thru activation

None of the above.

6 NCS In Config 6 and Pass-Thru Enabled

• With NCS was in Config 6, and pass-thruenabled, check the following

SM PCS connected, AFD PCS not connected(post pass-thru activation)

SM PCS not connected, AFD PCSconnected(post pass-thru activation)

SM PCS not connected, AFD PCS not connected(post pass-thru activation)

8

•√MCC

9

14

18

18

7 Lost C&C MDM, setup ePCS.

4

38

521


20 JUL 008474.doc

5

The generalIncrement 1 Loss ofePCS Telemetry willdetermine if wehave had a transientloss of connection orif the Node MDMshave swapped.After executing,return to this block.

6

Transient problemwith N1-2. There isnothing that can bedone at this pointand the procedureshould be resumeduntil another failureoccurs.

{LAB ACTIVATION: SINGLEPOWER CHANNEL (4B)/SINGLE NODE 1 MDM N1-1}(SODF: ASSY OPS)

9 Check Connection

•√MDM data cableconnection at PDIP forPCS 2

•√1553 cable connection atPCMCIA card for PCS 2

Everything connectedproperly?

3

10 ReconnectComponents

• Reconnect data cable.• If 1553 card is removed

or comes unseated,perform PCS REBOOT(SODF: POC), then:

• sel ‘Connect to MDM’icon

Is icon Green?

Yes

No

No

Yes

11 Swap ePCS Machines

• Reconnect other PCS toN1-2 at PDIP Panel orPCR.

• sel ‘Connect to MDM’ icon

Is Status Box Green?No

Yes

12

• Node MDMs have notswapped but can’tconnect the PCS.

•√MCC13

• Resume {LABACTIVATION: CRITICALSYSTEMS} (SODF:ASSY OPS).

14 Run ePCS Loss ofTelemetry

• Check if OIU Lock waslost and performIncrement 1 {LOSS OFPCS TELEMETRY (Pre-CCS} (SODF: C&DH),then:

Successful?

3

5

No

Yes

15

•√MCC

16 Which MDM Primary(N1-1 or N1-2)

Is N1-1 Primary?

Yes

No17


6

522


20 JUL 008474.doc

7

The SM PCS caneasily perform thecheck without theorbiter crewchanging PCSs.

8

Either a transientdisconnect or N1-2underwent Autoretry. However,there is nothing todo at this point butresume theprocedure.

18 Check Primary NCSOn SM PCS

SM PCS: C&DHSummaryC&DH Summary

• Record Primary N1-1 orN1-2.

Is N1-1 Primary?

4 5

7

19 Attempt Reconnect

• Inform orbiter crew toattempt reconnect.

• AFD PCS: PCS CDSMain Control panelWindow



Yes

No

20 Check Retry Counter

SM PCS: C&DHSummary: Secondary N1MDMSecondary NCS MDMNode 1

‘Software Control’• sel MDM Utilities•√Auto Retry Counter

When the counter is > 0,wait for Retry to complete(up to 8 minutes for bothattempts).

21


8

No

Yes

22

30

523


20 JUL 008474.doc

9

If N1-2 goes down,N1-1 will becomePrimary and attemptRecovery (up to twotimes). Each time itwill transition backto Secondary andcheck to see if N1-2goes to Primary.Thus we need towait for the systemto settle.

29

• Go to {LABACTIVATION: SINGLEPOWER CHANNEL(4B)/SINGLE NODE 1MDM N1-1},

•√MCC for procedure step.

22 Time Elapsed

SM PCS: C&DHSummary

• Record Primary N1-1 orN1-2.

Is N1-1 Primary?23 Attempt Reconnect

• Inform orbiter crew toattempt reconnect.

• AFD PCS: PCS CDSMain Control panelWindow



Yes

No

Yes

No

27 Reconnect To OtherMDM.

On SM PCS connected toN1-1• PCS CDS Main Control

panel Window• sel ‘Connect to MDM’

icon


Yes

20

No

24

• Resume {LABACTIVATION: CRITICALSYSTEMS} (SODF:ASSY OPS).25 Check Connection

•√MDM data cableconnection atPDIP/PCR/UOP forPCS 2



No

Yes


• Reconnect data cable.• If 1553 Card is removed

or comes unseated,perform {PCS REBOOT}(SODF: POC), then:


Is Icon Green?

28

•√MCC

No

24

Yes

9

26

3533

524


20 JUL 008474.doc

10

Probable bus failure.Switch Node MDMs.30 Check Connection




Yes

No




Is Status Box Green?

Yes

33 Transition to OtherMDM

• Perform Increment 1{NODE 1 MDMTRANSITION B: N1-2TO DIAGNOSTIC/STANDBY/OFF FROMPRIMARY AND N1-1 TOPRIMARY FROMSECONDARY ORSTANDBY (PRE CCS)}(SODF: C&DH), then:

10

35 Swap ePCS machines




37

•√MCC

No

Yes

Yes

No



or comes unseated,perform PCS REBOOT(SODF: POC).


Is Icon Green?No

34


35

36 Probable bus failure.Cannot connect ePCS toPrimary Node MDM.

27

34

25

19

525


20 JUL 008474.doc

4

Since both ePCSunits havedisconnected, weprobably lost theC&C MDM. After 5minutes, MinnieMouse will executeand the NCS willtake over ascommand andcontrol device inConfiguration 8,Pass-thru and thePCS applicationswill be disabledand the ePCSapplicationrestarted. Inconfiguration 8, theNode MDM is BC onthe CB GNC and UBOrb busses, and RTon the SYS Labbusses.

11

In configuration 8,the Node MDM isBC on the CB GNCand UB Orb busses,and RT on the SYSLab busses.

38 Check Connection










or comes unseated,Perform PCS REBOOT(SODF: POC).


Is Icon Green?

Yes

No

41

• Resume {LABACTIVATION: CRITICALSYSTEMS}PROCEDURE (SODF:ASSY OPS)

No

Yes

No

Yes

42 Anticipate AFD ePCSDisconnect

• Wait for Minnie Mouse toexecute and AFD ePCSshould get disconnectedapproximately 5 minutesafter the C&C MDM fails.

• Proceed whendisconnected.

• Determine if SM or AFD

SM?No

Yes

45

•√MCC

5

44 Reconnect to MDM.


icon


43Yes

No

42

40

47

4 11

43 Verify Minnie Mouse

TASK: LAB_ACT_EPCSLAB_ACT_EPCS

‘Primary NCS MDM’•√MDM ID − N1-2•√Frame Count −

<Incrementing>•√Current State − Primary•√Config: 8

44

46

526


20 JUL 008474.doc

12

With the Node inConfiguration 8 (RTon the SYS Labbusses) there is nodirect way to poweron the C&C2 MDMfrom the PCSdisplays. Theground will have tosend this command.

13

The orbiter crew willactivate a new C&CMDM. The ISScrew couldreconnect theePCS if desired.

48 AFD ePCSReconfigure N1-2 AsRT

TASK: Lab_Act_EPCSLab_Act_EPCS

‘Primary NCS MDM’•√MDM ID − N1-2• cmd Config 6 Execute• Expect PCS disconnect

message

47

• Wait for orbiter crew.• On go from AFD crew,

continue.

13

46 Power On C&C2

• The ground will send theRPC close to C&C2MDM TBD.

12

49 Reconnect To MDM


icon


Yes

No

50 Verify C&C2 Primary

SM PCS• sel ‘Connect to MDM’

button•√Status box is Green &

‘Connected’ is displayedLAB_ACT_PCS

•√MDM ID − CC2•√Temp, degC < TBD•√Frame Count −

<incrementing>•√Current State – Primary• Inform orbiter crew of

C&C2 status.

C&C2 Primary?YesNo

55

53 Verify NCS in Config 6


‘Primary NCS MDM’•√MDM ID − N1-2•√Frame Count −

<Incrementing>•√Current State − Primary•√Config: 6

51 Reconnect to MDM


icon


No

Yes

52

•√MCC

54 Verify C&C FrameCount


‘Primary NCS MDM’•√Frame Count −

<Incrementing>• Give SM crew go to

reconnect

43 42

56

527


20 JUL 008474.doc

14

Spurious C&Wmessages:

Primary CCDetected PrimaryNode 1 MDMFailure-LAB (W),

Primary CCDetected SecondaryNode 1 MDMFailure-LAB (C)

Spurious PVCU andINT MDM RT failmessages.

15

Expect spurious RTfail C&Ws from thePVCUs for up to10 seconds afterissuing the sync toBIA

56 Resync NCS

C&DH Summary: PrimaryNode MDMPrimary NCS MDMNode1

• Verify Frame Count −incrementing.

• Verify MDM ID – N1-2.•√Sync Status - In Sync

For Sync Status − Lossof Sync (expected):

• sel Sync StatusPrimary NCS SyncStatus

• cmd Sync to BIAExecute

• Ignore spurious C&Wmessages.

•√Sync Status − In Sync

• On concurrence with theSM crew, continue.

57


55 Resync INT MDM

C&DH Summary: Primary INT MDMPrimary INT MDM

• Verify Frame Count − incrementing• Verify MDM ID − INT 2•√Sync Status − In Sync

For Sync Status − Loss of Sync (expected):• sel Processing State

Primary_INT_Processing_State_Transitions• cmd Transition to Standby State Execute•√Current State − Standby

Primary INT MDM• sel Sync Status

Primary INT Sync Status• cmd Sync to BIA Execute

Ignore supurious C&W messages.•√Sync Status − In Sync• sel Processing State

Primary_INT_Processing_State_Transitions• cmd Transition to Operational State Execute•√Current State − Operational

• On concurrence with AFD crew, continue.

50

5414

15

528

International Space Station Assembly Operations Book ISS-5A · JSC-48502-5A International Space Station Assembly Operations Book ... ISS-5A FINAL August 16, 2000 ... SETTING IWIS

Documents